Lands of Red and Gold, Act II

Lands of Red and Gold #70: True Colours (and #71)
  • Lands of Red and Gold

    ACT II: THE FOUR HORSEMEN

    Lands of Red and Gold #70: True Colours

    Instalment #70 gives the framing device which will be used during Act II.

    Reader discretion is advised when reading this instalment.

    * * *

    24 December 1912
    Gerang’s Falls [Buckley’s Falls], near Cumberland [Geelong, Victoria]

    Carl Ashkettle paces slowly up and down the road atop a dam. He steps from one length of the dam to the other, then turns around and repeats the process. The dam is small, and in truth he could walk it quickly if he wishes, but he is in no hurry. Or rather, he is in a hurry, but this slow walk will have to do as a means of marking time.

    To his right – as he now paces – the waters of the lake grow ever darker as the sun sets behind them. The lake is only small; the River Wandana [Barwon River] has been dammed here purely to hold water for fishing and aquaculture. He supposes that the dimming glimpses of the lake might be soothing, if he were in the right mind, but all he cares about now is the much-delayed arrival of the source he has arranged to meet here.

    Moments later, he notices a man walking down the road at the far side of the dam. Walking. The man has come here on foot. Strange, that.

    As the man draws nearer, Ashkettle studies him with a practiced chronicler’s [reporter’s] eye. Old and short, are his first impressions. The man barely reaches Ashkettle’s shoulder, and Ashkettle himself is far from the tallest of men. The man’s advanced age is obvious from the whiteness of the hair on his head and neatly-trimmed short beard. Something is odd about his face, though; it nags at Ashkettle, but he cannot place it for now.

    The newcomer’s clothes are undistinguished. He wears dark green linen overalls with a few blackish stains. Nothing that would be out of place in any of Cumberland’s many mills [factories].

    “Good evening, Mr... Clements, is it?” Ashkettle says, with the briefest hint of a bow, but with no effort to shake hands.

    “So I’m called,” Clements answers, with a vague hint of a bow in response. “My most recent name, that is.”

    Ashkettle raises an eyebrow, but the other man does not elaborate. After a moment, Ashkettle says, “Why did you ask me out here, Mr Clements?” A little abrupt, perhaps, but the long waiting past the appointed hour plays on his nerves.

    “Because I want you to tell my story,” Clements says.

    “The tale of your life, or just one particular story that you want the world to hear?”

    Clements grins. “Oh, my life story. Enough as would interest the world, any ways. I dare say they’d be right taken with most of it.”

    “Enough to pay to read it?” Ashkettle says, in what he hopes is a disarming tone. Lots of people think they have stories worth telling, but usually other people do not find those stories worth listening to.

    “I’d say so. Yes, I’d def’nitely say so. Not that it matters much to me, you see.”

    “Oh?”

    “Don’t care nothing for this,” Clement says, and rubs his thumb against his first two fingers of his left hand. “Make what cash off’ve my tale as you can. Only one condition I have for you.” At Ashkettle’s inquiring noise, the old man says, “Write as much as you can while I live, to get yourself ready. But you can’t print nothing in your paper or books til I’ve gone.”

    “Ah.” That kind of story could well be interesting. Perhaps not, but the chances are so much better. And a story for which he pays nothing will cost him only his time. Easy enough to stop hearing the tale if it proves worthless.

    Ashkettle produces a notebook and pencil. “Shall we begin? The short version, to start with.”

    Clement chuckles. “No such thing, with my tale. But we can go from the beginning.”

    “As good a place as any, I suppose. Where were you born?”

    “Yigutji [Wagga Wagga]. The city. The old city.”

    Ashkettle has to think for a moment. History has never been his forte. “Ah, yes. The old – very old city. Must be a tale there. How did you come to be born in an archaeological site?”

    “My mother didn’t live in no place of diggers. When I was born, Yigutji was still a real city. A living, breathing place. The heart of its kingdom.”

    Ashkettle gives a hollow laugh. “Oh, your mother borrowed a time machine before she gave birth?”

    “Not on your life. Born there too, she was, may she rest in peace.”

    Ashkettle considers whether to rip the page out of his notebook and walk away on the spot, but decides to indulge this would-be scammer a little longer. “How old are you, then?”

    “Don’t rightly know, not to the day. Live long enough, and the oldest times start to blur in your head, know what I mean?” Clements looks at him, and apparently recognises how close he is to leaving on the spot. “But I dare say I would’ve been born around 1610, give or take.”

    “You’re telling me you are three hundred years old?”

    “That I am, or thereabouts, any ways.”

    “And I’m Prestor John. I think I’ve wasted enough time here,” Ashkettle says, and tucks the notebook back into his pocket.

    He goes to put the pencil in after it, but Clements lays a hand on his shoulder. “I assure you, Mr. Ashkettle, that hearing me out will be worth your time. I am offering you the biggest scoop of the decade, if not the century, and you are not willing to listen.”

    The change in diction is astonishing. Ashkettle knows he is staring, but cannot stop.

    Clements chuckles. “Oh, yes, I can sound like an educated man, or a common oaf, as I prefer. Or any of several other guises. Live as long as I have, sir, and you will learn to play many roles. If only so you can go on living a while longer.”

    Ashkettle looks at the man more closely. His ancestry appears muddled enough that he could be telling the truth about being a Yigutji man of pure heritage, even if he lies about his age. Or he could have a white man or two somewhere in his ancestry, and be a Junditmara [1]. It is difficult to tell.

    After studying the man, Ashkettle realises what has been nagging him about the old man’s face. There are lines on it, as befits an old man. But there are no other blemishes on it at all. No scars, no moles, nothing but the patchwork of lines. Clements is old, but somehow he looks less worn than he should.

    Three hundred years old?” He does not believe it. He cannot believe it. But he writes it down, just the same. Whatever story Clements has to tell may be worth publishing, even if it is just entertaining fiction.

    “I’ve already said I cannot tell you, not to the year. My family were not wealthy, and in that era, few low-born families kept what you would call accurate records. But I was alive and old enough to hear and remember the first confused tales about the “raw men” – de Houtman’s expedition, that is – when they spread to Yigutji in what would have been 1619 or 1620. I was still considered a child then, and boys were thought of as men quite young in those days. So I think that I was born around 1610, and in any case no later than 1615.”

    “Is there nothing you can place that would... Actually, forget that for now. It can wait. You don’t look that old.”

    Clements smirks. “You expect a three centuries old man to look like some decrepit half-mummified corpse with a beard down to his knees?” He shrugs. “In truth, for most of that time I did not look old at all. I reached the age of twenty-five, and that is where I stayed, in outward appearance. As far as looks go, I did not age at all. Which made saying in one place for too long an unwise idea, as you can imagine. I had to keep moving on and changing my name.”

    Clements clears his throat. “Anyway, until about twenty years ago, I looked young. After that, I started aging. Quicker than a normal man, which is why you see me as I am. I expect that I will live a little longer, but now I can see death approaching. Time to tell my story.”

    The man certainly sounds convincing, enough to make Ashkettle wonder where the scam can be found. “The story of how you met everyone famous in the last three hundred years, I suppose.”

    “A few over the years, but not so many as you might think. My preference has always been to avoid attracting attention. Living in the courts of the rich and aimless was never a good way to remain low-key, since too many people would be likely to remember me.” He pauses, as if thinking. “But I rode with the Hunter during the great crusades. I was in the crowd at Wujal [Cooktown] that cheered Korowal home when he brought his ships back from sailing around the world via the three capes. And Pinjara considered me his friend.”

    Ashkettle makes what he hopes is a non-committal grunt. He would have expected a confidence man to claim that he knew many more famous people than those named. Unless he does not want to be caught out giving false details, of course. But then again, years of journalism have taught Ashkettle how fallible human memory is; any man can misremember things even if they are being honest. “What can you tell in your story, then?”

    “I can tell you about the way things happened to ordinary people. I saw that. I saw it all, from the earliest coming of white men. I saw their coming. I saw the new marvels they brought. The new hope. And I saw what came after. The wars, the plagues, the famines. The deaths, so many deaths. I lived through it all.”

    Ashkettle’s skepticism returns. “You did all that? You lived through the plagues?”

    Clements nods.

    “Even, hmm, smallpox? Where’s your scars?”

    “I do not scar,” Clements says. “That is probably part of why I have lived so long. If I get cut, I heal without scars. I even had half a finger regrow once. Though that is an experience I would prefer not to repeat.”

    That is something that can be verified,” Ashkettle says.

    “Not if I die of infection, thank you all the same,” Clements says. “If you want me to prove my veracity, there are safer ways. I can tell you things about my life, things which history does not remember.

    “Listen, and I will tell you.”

    * * *

    [1] Native Aururians of the Five Rivers (Murray basin) have slightly lighter skin than most other Gunnagalic peoples. In turn, other Gunnagalic peoples have slightly lighter skin when compared to other native Aururians, and the Junditmara have somewhat darker skin than just about everyone else.

    This is a consequence of the history of adoption of agriculture. The shift to agriculture meant a lower animal protein diet, which in turn meant less dietary vitamin D available, and thus led to natural selection for lighter skin (i.e. faster biosynthesis of vitamin D in the skin). This process started earliest with the Gunnagalic peoples (the earliest farmers), and spread with them during the Great Migrations (900 BC – 200 AD) as they expanded across eastern Aururia (see also post #6).

    However, during these migrations, the dispersing Gunnagalic peoples were hunters as much as farmers (due to the disruption), and so the selection pressure halted for most of the millennium. Within the Five Rivers itself, however, the hunting grounds had largely been exhausted, and the aquaculture collapsed with the Interregnum, so the selection pressure continued throughout that period. Even after the Interregnum ended and aquaculture (and domesticated birds) became more common, they were still a high-status commodity, and so the selection pressure continues.

    The Junditmara maintained a long tradition of aquaculture throughout this period, and thus had as much vitamin D as they needed, and retained a darker skin tone.

    * * *

    Lands of Red and Gold #71: World Out Of Balance

    Carl Ashkettle asks, “When you were born in Yigutji all those years ago, were your family Plirite?”

    “Not as you would understand things today,” Mr. Clements says. “Religion was not something you were, it was something you did. My family took me to the local temples from time to time, on the right occasions. Weddings, most often. When the occasion demanded it, we attended other ceremonies that were not Plirite, too, such as whenever the bunya pines produced cones.” He shrugs. “But we did not need to be Plirite to know that the arrival of the raw men had put the world out of balance.”

    * * *

    This instalment gives an overview of what’s happened in the Third World – that is, Aururia and Aotearoa – since the time of first European contact in 1619. It covers events up until approximately 1643. While it recaps briefly on some of the main features of the pre-contact era, and provides expanded information in a couple of cases, its main purpose is to summarise how things have changed since then. The history of the pre-contact Third World is described in post #11.

    This instalment also gives some overview of how Aururian contact has changed the broader world, but in less detail. The main focus of this timeline is, and will remain, on the Third World itself.

    * * *

    The ATJUNTJA (see post #12) are an ethnicity and empire in south-western Aururia, and the second most populous state on the continent at the time of European contact. Ruled by the King of Kings in the White City, or in its native tongue Milgawee [Albany, Western Australia], the Atjuntja Empire was the product of the first iron-workers on the continent, who were first unified by conquest, then in turn conquered all of their farming neighbours. The Atjuntja religion is based on a dualism between positive principles, embodied by the Lady, and negative principles, embodied by the Lord. Most prominently from their neighbours point of view, the Atjuntja believe that the Lord needs to be appeased by sacrifice – to the pain or to the death – to avert even greater suffering.

    The Middle Country (the Atjuntja realm) has been much changed by European contact, perhaps more than any other region. First contact came here with the ships of Frederik de Houtman in 1619, and the Dutch East India Company (VOC) has been heavily involved in the Atjuntja lands ever since. Early contact saw trade agreements established, under terms more or less dictated by the Atjuntja, but the balance of power has been gradually shifting. The VOC profits enormously from exporting Atjuntja gold, sandalwood, sweet peppers and other spices to the broader world, and so has an ever-growing interest in this realm.

    The Atjuntja lands were the first hit by Old World diseases; syphilis, tuberculosis, mumps and chickenpox have between them killed about one person in eight in the Middle Country. This has been exacerbated by plagues of rats which escaped from Dutch ships, and are now troubling Atjuntja farmers, not to mention the local wildlife. The value of European trade goods quickly made trade with the VOC indispensable to the Atjuntja nobility, at the cost of disrupting many of the old internal trade networks, and the King of Kings no longer dares to cut off trade.

    The watershed moment came in 1632-1633 (see post #31), when a chickenpox epidemic followed by a rebellion by a subject noble called Nyumbin came close to overthrowing the Atjuntja monarchy. Dutch aid in transporting Atjuntja soldiers was of great assistance in preserving the Atjuntja throne, and the VOC capitalised on this by securing unrestricted trade access to all of the Middle Country. While the King of Kings theoretically is still an absolute monarch over all of his dominions, the opinions of the VOC officials matter more and more with every passing year.

    * * *

    The YADJI (see posts #15 and #16), in south-eastern Aururia, are the most populous state on the continent. Their neighbours call them the Yadji, after the name of their ruling family; to the Yadji themselves, they are the inhabitants of Durigal, the Land of Five Directions. They are a rigidly hierarchical society with a religion that holds that this world is awaiting the emergence of the Neverborn, the god within the earth. Their emperors merely rule in the name of the Neverborn; their imperial title can be translated as Regent. They are the master engineers of Aururia, particularly in building dams and other waterworks to sustain their ancient aquaculture.

    The Yadji permit trade, but have a justified reputation for violence to any visitors who transgress their complex social codes. Other Aururian peoples warned the early Dutch explorers of this reputation and advised against making contact, and those explorers followed this advice. While some Dutch met with individual Yadji elsewhere, the first direct contact between Europeans and the Yadji Empire was in 1636. In that year, the English East India Company (EIC) sent an expedition commanded by William Baffin, who made contact with the Yadji (see post #39) before proceeding to explore the east coast of Aururia.

    Although direct contact with Europeans came relatively late, the Yadji were affected by the same early plagues that ravaged the rest of the continent. One of these plagues (mumps) was blamed for the death of a mad Regent in 1629, although in truth he was assassinated. This triggered a ten-year civil war between two rival Yadji princes, that caused considerable devastation within the Empire.

    In the later stages of the Yadji civil war, a Dutch adventurer and would-be conquistador named Pieter Nuyts invaded the empire. While he won some battles and gained some local allies, he was ultimately defeated (see post #44). After that battle, the Yadji united behind their new Regent, Gunya, who blamed the Dutch as a whole for Nuyts’s raid, and has forbidden them from entering the Land of the Five Directions. The Yadji have now concluded trade agreements with the EIC, who are establishing trading outposts. A VOC raid on one of these, Gurndjit [Portland, Victoria], in 1642, is usually taken to mark the start of the Proxy Wars.

    * * *

    The NANGU, known to the rest of Aururia as the ISLANDERS (see post #14), who live on the Island [Kangaroo Island], are a culture of maritime traders who have explored all of the coastal agricultural regions in Aururia, and who had ongoing trade contact with most of them (except the more northerly parts of the east coast) even before European irruption in 1619. The Islanders are staunch adherents of Plirism (see post #17), and have been active in spreading that faith through much of Aururia. They have economic hegemony over the neighbouring Mutjing people of the Seven Sisters [Eyre Peninsula], who supply much of their food, and maintain some more far-flung colonial outposts as trading stations, resupply points, and sources of raw materials such as timber.

    European contact has brought mixed blessings for the Nangu. Dutch competition has eroded much of their original trading network, with their monopolies broken and many of their own people fighting against each other. Nangu influence over the Mutjing is waning as the Dutch establish their own protectorates, and the rise of feuds and vendettas on the Island, together many deaths from the plagues, has prevented the Nangu from re-asserting their influence.

    European contact has brought some gains for the Nangu, however. Knowledge of the broader world has inspired them to undertake greater voyages of their own, and develop larger classes of ships that can transport greater cargo. The Nangu are developing considerable influence on much of the Spice Coast [the eastern coast of Aururia] to replace lost markets elsewhere, including establishing new outposts in tropical Aururia [far north Queensland]. A bold Nangu captain named Werringi led the first expedition to circumnavigate Aururia, and has undertaken further voyages to Jakarta and the Ryukyus to establish trade contacts there. Four out of twenty-one Nangu bloodlines have already relocated to the new tropical outposts, and two others are considering joining them. As the Proxy Wars begin, the Island’s future hangs in the balance.

    * * *

    The CIDER ISLE [Tasmania] (see post #13) has long been divided into three nations: the honour-bound TJUNINI along the north coast, the crafty KURNAWAL who live on the east coast, and the indigenous PALAWA who survived the colonisation of Gunnagalic-speaking peoples and now live in the rugged interior and the more remote parts of the southern and western coasts. The Cider Isle historically exported much bronze to the mainland, although with the spread of ironworking its main exports are now gold and gum cider. The Tjunini and Kurnawal have an ancient hatred and regularly fight wars with each other; while there have been some reversals, the trend has been for the Tjunini to gradually displace their rivals.

    European contact with the Cider Isle has been sporadic until quite recently. The first visit was the expedition of François Thijssen in 1627 (see post #24) who mapped much of the south and eastern coasts of the island that would later be named for him, and made some contact with the Kurnawal. Follow-up visits brought them into contact with the Tjunini as well. From the Dutch perspective, the Cider Isle’s only worthwhile resource was gold, since the few spices (principally sweet peppers) it grew could be more easily obtained in the Atjuntja lands without undertaking a long voyage around Aururia. Trading for gold was difficult, though, since shortly after Thijssen’s visit the Tjunini and Kurnawal began another iteration in their cycle of endless wars. During the war, the only European goods which interested the two peoples were weapons, and the VOC had adopted a policy of not trading weapons with the native Aururians.

    The war in the Cider Isle came to an end in 1637 in the aftermath of Tjunini victories and a chickenpox epidemic which deprived both nations of manpower. In the dying days of that war, William Baffin visited the Tjunini as part of the first EIC expedition to Aururia. Now, with war ending and the peoples of the Cider Isle rebuilding as best they can, the VOC and EIC are seeking influence and gold...

    * * *

    The Five Rivers [Murray basin], the ancient heart of Aururian agriculture, is divided into three kingdoms, Yigutji [Wagga Wagga], Gutjanal [Albury-Wodonga] and the largest, TJIBARR [Swan Hill] (see post #18). The culture of the Gunnagal, the main ethnicity in Tjibarr, is dominated by the factions, eight groupings which are ostensibly about teams who compete in their form of football, but which in reality are social groupings whose competition extends to economics, the aristocracy, politics and justice. Famously argumentative – it has been said that the mark of achievement is getting three Gunnagal try to agree about anything – this is in most respects the most technologically advanced culture in Aururia, with the best physicians, metal workers and distillers in the Third World.

    Due to a coincidence of geography, the Five Rivers have only limited ocean access to the sea; the great river Nyalananga [Murray River] is not navigable from the sea. Their contact with the broader world came via the Copper Coast, the fertile coastal strip between Dogport [Port Augusta] and the Nyalanga mouth. Most commerce was conducted via a much-travelled road to the great port of Jugara [Victor Harbor]. This made the Copper Coast a valuable region, and control of it was the source of endless wars between Tjibarr and the Yadji Empire.

    This geographical fact has had major consequences for the Five Rivers’ contact with Europeans after 1619. VOC and (recently) EIC ships have visited Jugara and the other Copper Coast ports, but very few Europeans have been into the heartland of the Five Rivers, most notably a captive Pieter Nuyts after he fled the Yadji realm. The plagues have had similar consequences for the Five Rivers as the rest of the continent, but so far they have been untouched by direct invasion.

    The isolation of the Five Rivers has recently been fading. Commerce is of considerable interest to the Gunnagal. While many of their goods were exported around Aururia in pre-Houtmanian times, to Europeans their most attractive commodity is the drug kunduri, on which the Five Rivers have a monopoly. After a slow beginning, European commerce in the drug grew rapidly during the later 1630s; in 1643 Governor-General Anthony van Diemen reported that over 50 tons of kunduri had passed through Batavia’s warehouses [1], mostly brought on VOC ships but a portion sold in Batavia by the Islanders.

    European demand for kunduri was so strong that Tjibarr’s factions persuaded the VOC to lift its arms embargo on Aururia in exchange for continued supplies of the drug. This deal had its own cost, however; their Yadji rivals have now obtained English backing, and war between the two realms now appears imminent.

    * * *

    The High Lands [Monaro plateau, Errinundra plateau and Australian Alps], the mountainous sources of the two most reliable of the Five Rivers, are occupied by the Nguril and Kaoma. These two peoples acquired farming from the lowland peoples but maintained their own languages and culture. They have been given minimal coverage in the timeline to date, a feature which has been maintained in this overview.

    * * *

    In 1619, the eastern coast of Aururia is less populated and less technologically advanced than the farming peoples further west. The westerners call the region the Spice Coast, and while they value the spices exported from there, otherwise they give the region little heed. Divided by rugged geography, and in most cases lacking a strong maritime tradition, few large states have developed in the east. Technology has been slow to diffuse over the mountainous barrier of the continental divide; for instance, iron working has not yet arrived save as an occasional curiosity.

    The kingdom of DALUMING (see post #19), with its capital at Yuragir [Coffs Harbour] is inhabited by a people of warriors and raiders whose most notable feature – from their neighbours’ perspective – is their habit of honouring fallen worthy foes by collecting their skulls and interring them behind glass. The PATJIMUNRA of the Kuyal Valley [Hunter Valley, New South Wales] are a caste-ridden, insular society who happily sell spices to anyone who visits but otherwise care very little for the world outside their borders.

    The KIYUNGU (see post #45) of the Coral Coast [Gold Coast, Moreton Bay and Sunshine Coast, Queensland] are a coastal culture of city-states held together in a loose confederation. While their maritime tradition is less advanced than the Nangu, the Kiyungu are capable of coastal voyages, which traditionally was to collect coral from the reefs further north and trade it south for bronze. Long confined to the south by the constraints of indigenous agriculture, the Kiyungu started advancing north when new tropically-suited crops (sweet potato and lesser yam) reached their cities. Many of the Kiyungu are moving north in a gradual migration which is slowly displacing the native hunter-gatherers; this process is still continuing in 1619.

    Beyond the same plagues which have afflicted every Aururian culture, European irruption has had relatively limited consequences for the eastern peoples. Due to some early unsuccessful voyages and the disruption of Aururian diseases causing their own epidemics in the Old World, the VOC were not even the first Europeans to visit the eastern coast. William Baffin’s voyage (1636-7), sailing for the English East India Company, was the first to visit the eastern coast. He made brief contact with the Patjimunra, but his most significant contact was with Daluming, where one of his crew received the traditional Daluming honour for a worthy warrior (see post #63).

    The first Dutch exploration of the eastern coast followed in 1639-40 with the ships of Matthijs Quast. His voyage was intended mainly to assess the accuracy of charts which the VOC had copied from the earlier Nangu explorer Werringi. Based on that advice, his expedition carefully avoided landing anywhere on Daluming’s shores, although he conducted a brief visit to the Kiyungu at Quanda Bay [Moreton Bay]. Although the VOC leadership plans to expand this contact, as of 1643 their influence over eastern Aururia remains minimal.

    The other main changes that have been brought to the Spice Coast have been indirectly, via the consequences of European contact for the Island. The Nangu who found themselves closed out from traditional markets have begun to push east in greater numbers, establishing greater contact with the eastern peoples, and seeking greater volumes of spices. Most notably, four of the Nangu bloodlines formed a nuttana (trading association) to trade with the Spice Coast and beyond to the East Indies. Their association in turn concluded a treaty with the Kiyungu city-states to provide farmers and labourers.

    After this pact, the nuttana founded a trading post and victualling station at Wujal [Cooktown, Queensland] which is rapidly growing into a significant city as many Nangu flee the Island and Kiyungu labourers choose to remain after finishing their terms of service. The nuttana have also been fortunate in their exploration of nearby regions; as part of making contact with local hunter-gatherers, they discovered strange translucent stones deposited on several beaches, with colours ranging from red to yellow to green to the rarest kind of brilliant blue (amber).

    * * *

    The most ancient agricultural peoples in Aururia call the land they live in the Five Rivers, but in truth their agriculture and population is concentrated on only three of those rivers, the Nyalananga [Murray], Matjidi [Murrumbidgee], and Gurrnyal [Lachlan].

    The fourth river, the Anedeli [Darling] runs through country which for most of their history was too arid to support large populations. The Anedeli serves mostly as a transport route, although its flow is so irregular that it is sometimes unusable for months or in worst case more than a year. Despite that difficulty, it provides the only route to the ancient sources of tin in the northern highlands [New England tablelands, New South Wales], though in more recent years it has been more commonly used as one of the best routes for bringing in spices from the eastern coast.

    The fifth river, the Pulanatji [Macquarie] is the southernmost major tributary of the Anedeli, and marks not a centre of agriculture but a border. The land beyond the Pulanatji is considered no longer part of the Five Rivers, and in truth in modern times even the peoples who dwell on the nearer side of the river have no meaningful involvement with the main kingdoms of the Five Rivers. By southerners’ standards the whole country is arid, transportation difficult, and in many of the northern regions, the principal crop of red yams barely grows.

    The headwaters of the Andeli are thus largely ignored by southerners, except for those passing through in trade. The peoples who live here are called the Butjupa and Yalatji. The division between them is purely geographical; the Butjupa live to the south and the Yalatji north of what both peoples call with pragmatic unoriginality the Border River [2]. Both peoples speak a range of dialects which are so divergent that some of them are mutually unintelligible, but some of their dialects can be understood by speakers of dialects among the other people.

    Politically, both peoples are also divided into numerous small chiefdoms. The semi-arid lands they inhabit mean that their lands are filled with numerous small agricultural communities, but few large towns. In particular, the Yalatji country, which they call the Neeburra [Darling Downs, Queensland] was until recently on the margins of Aururian agriculture; of the three staple crops, one would not grow at all (murnong) and the red yam was marginal and would not grow any further north.

    In their religion, both peoples have gradually converted to the Tjarrling faith. This religion had the same origin as Plirism, but treats the founding Good Man as a semi-divine figure, and it reveres a class of warrior-priests who claim to be his spiritual successors and seek both religious and political authority. All of the Yalatji and Butjupa chiefdoms are either ruled directly by men who have been adopted into the Tjarrling priestly caste, or who have such priests as advisers.

    The transformation of these two peoples has nothing to do with European irruption. Indeed, of all the agricultural peoples in Aururia, they have been the least affected by the coming of Europeans. Even the plagues have so far harmed them less than most other Aururian peoples; the distance from European contact and their physical separation into so many small communities means that some of those communities have so far been spared one or more of the plagues.

    The Butjupa and (particularly) the Yalatji have been changed not by European contact, but by the arrival of the new crops of lesser yams and sweet potato. While neither of these crops is as drought-tolerant as their former agricultural staples, both of them can be grown in the tropics without difficulty. This led to a gradual northward expansion in the interior of Aururia, which began around 1450 and continues to the present.

    As of 1643, the northernmost inland farmers have reached about Beelyandee [Clermont, Queensland]. This has not been a continuous expansion; there are some hunter-gatherer peoples who still live south of that line, though they are gradually been displaced or absorbed by farmers (mostly Yalatji with smaller numbers of other peoples).

    Perhaps the most significant development for the future of these peoples, however, was made further south in the new lands that the Yalatji are colonising. Among the migrants were a few former miners from the northern highlands. In 1626, one of those miners turned farmers working his land noticed a red stone which he recognised as a form of the sapphires which were still mined back in the old highlands – to his people, rubies are simply the red form of sapphires. These gems were greatly valued in the Five Rivers, and he began a more systematic search. He found a couple more, and word soon spread. Further discoveries followed, of other colours of sapphires, and of emeralds.

    By 1643, there are now several hundred miners exploring the gem fields of the interior [3]. Trade in these stones has reached the Five Rivers and beyond, and the wider world is beginning to become interested in what can be found in this remote region.

    * * *

    The MAORI (see post #46) reached the islands of Aotearoa at the same time they did historically, and soon came into contact with Aururian peoples. This led to a mutually profitable exchange of technology. The Maori gave knowledge of seafaring and navigation to some Aururian peoples, and passed on sweet potato and a few other tropically-suited crops. In exchange, they received the indigenous Aururian crop package, pottery, bronze working, literacy and several other technologies, and the less welcome receipt of two native Aururian epidemic diseases, Marnitja and blue-sleep.

    In 1619, Aotearoa is a heavily-populated group of islands divided into a number of competing Maori kingdoms (iwi); Aururian crops have allowed them to support a much higher population than was possible with the crops they brought from Polynesia. Their high population allows them both to sustain an almost endless series of warfare, usually a low-intensity cycle of endless raids, but sometimes developing into all-out warfare. Their higher population density and labour-intensive industry of weaving the native fibres harakeke and wharariki [New Zealand flax] means that slavery is a major social institution, and raids for slaves are a major reason for their ongoing warfare. Plirism has made some minor inroads amongst common peoples and lesser nobles, but the large majority of Maori peoples, and all of their kings, still follow their traditional religion.

    Maori relations with the exterior world are complex. Unlike their historical counterparts, the Maori have maintained their knowledge of long-distance seafaring. Their have ongoing trade with Aururia, principally for bronze and gold from the Cider Isle, but occasionally for spices from the Spice Coast; the main goods they provide in response are textiles and cordage. The endemic warfare of their own peoples means that they are often wary of outsiders, but the Nangu do manage some occasional trade. The Maori also have sporadic contact with their ancestral homelands and various other Polynesian islands, but trade is quite limited because the Polynesians do not have any goods which the Maori value. The only commodity which Polynesia can really provide is people: a handful of chiefs in Fiji, Tonga, Samoa and Kuki Airani [Cook Islands] have persuaded the Maori to supply bronze, textiles and sweet peppers in exchange for suitable numbers of slaves.

    Maori foreign relations are not always peaceful. Heavily warlike amongst themselves, the Maori have also been known to go raiding overseas. Displaced peoples in their internecine warfare, or sometimes just opportunists, have looked overseas from time to time in pursuit of new lands. Attempted raids on mainland Aururia have long since ceased; early efforts soon showed the Maori that they had no technological or numerical advantage.

    Other island groups are another story, however. The Maori have at various times settled islands near Aotearoa, including Norfolk, Lord Howe, the Kermadecs, the Chathams, and Auckland Islands. Some of those settlements failed, but even successful settlements found themselves targets whenever some ambitious Maori chief decide to pay a visit with a few hundred heavily-armed friends. To date the Maori have not conquered any other previously populated islands, but there have been a handful of raids in New Caledonia and one on Fiji.

    Since 1619, European irruption has had some consequences for the Maori, but less than in Aururia. Some diseases (syphilis and mumps) have reached them via trade with the Cider Isle, but other diseases (chickenpox and tuberculosis) which have struck Aururia have yet to reach across the Gray Sea [Tasman Sea]. A handful of European explorers have visited Aotearoa, but their reception has been largely hostile. However, the Nangu have turned to Aotearoa with greater interest as other trade markets have been closed to them; trade contact has increased, and in 1638 the first Maori king converted to Plirism.

    * * *

    Among European powers, the Dutch had the earliest contact and thus far the most extensive involvement in the Third World. They started from their first contact with the Atjuntja but have been gradually expanding their influence further east.

    From the Atjuntja, the VOC’s most valuable early trade commodities were gold and the Aururian form of sandalwood. Sandalwood was extremely popular throughout much of Asia, particularly in India, so much so that for the first two decades of contact the trade in sandalwood was even more valuable than that of gold. However, Aururian sandalwood is an extremely slow-growing species, taking many decades to reach a harvestable form. Native farmers used to plant a few trees of sandalwood every five years and harvest them in rotation, which ensured a sustainable yield. Dutch demand led to extensive overharvesting, and sandalwood production is now in significant decline. Gold remains the most valuable VOC export from the Atjuntja realm, supplemented with sweet peppers and smaller amounts of minor spices.

    Dutch trade along the southern coast of Aururia took much longer to build. The kunduri trade is rapidly becoming another valuable venture for the VOC, and they are also acquiring greater volumes of sweet peppers. So far, the Dutch have no significant trade in the greater range of spices available from the Spice Coast, but the VOC is seeking to expand its influence there, too.

    * * *

    The Portuguese (while still ruled by Spain) were the second European power to explore Aururia. With rumours of the early Dutch discovery percolating throughout the Indies, the Portuguese were in the best position to explore northern Aururia, thanks to their existing bases in Timor and its neighbouring islands. Their first voyage of exploration in 1629, led by António de Andrade, inadvertently brought blue-sleep back to the Indies with them (see post #25). The disruptions of the plagues and warfare with the Dutch curtailed any immediate efforts to colonise the northern coast of Aururia, but the Portuguese did launch several more expeditions to chart the northern coast, which largely concluded that there was little of value to be found. They also made an extremely profitable raid on Fort Nassau [Fremantle], the largest Dutch trading outpost with the Atjuntja, in 1631.

    In 1643, Portugal has broken away from Spanish rule – though Spain has yet to recognise its independence – and has concluded a tacit truce with the VOC in the Indies. (No such truce exists with the Dutch West India Company in Brazil, however). With the problems of the plagues and warfare subsiding, Portugal is once again giving some consideration to the Great Spice Island.

    * * *

    The English East India Company knew of the rumours of the wealth which the Dutch had discovered in the newest spice island. However, they had an existing truce with the Dutch that shared trade in the East Indies, and the EIC’s directors were reluctant to anger the Dutch and risk that trade in exchange for an unknown land. In time they grew bolder, and sent William Baffin to explore the new land; his voyage lasted from 1635 to 1637.

    Baffin was the first to call the new continent Aururia, the Land of Gold, after his contact with the Yadji convinced him of its wealth. He also made the first European contact with the Spice Coast. His voyage gave the EIC the opportunity it needed, and it has moved quickly to establish links with the Yadji. The best seafaring route around Aururia is along the southern coast and then north along the east coast, so this also puts the EIC in a strong position to trade with the Spice Coast. This effort was what pushed the VOC into open warfare in 1642 when it struck at one of the new English outposts in the Yadji realm. While the two nations are not officially at war, for all practical purposes the VOC and EIC are, and Aururia will be one of their chief battlegrounds.

    * * *

    Aururian contact has had considerable consequences on the broader world. The earliest effects were economic; the Dutch East India Company (VOC) became considerably wealthier with Aururian gold, sandalwood and spices. Aururian gold funded greater expansion of their endeavours elsewhere in Asia, even after the plagues struck, and paid for stronger efforts in the VOC’s wars against the Spanish-Portuguese. By 1643, the VOC had essentially pushed the Portuguese out of the Moluccas. They also made an earlier alliance with the kingdom of Kandy in Ceylon that pushed the Portuguese back to the western coast of the island, although the outbreak of peace negotiations in Europe saw the VOC conclude a de facto truce with Portugal that left the remainder of its Sri Lankan and Indian possessions in Portuguese hands.

    Much of the wealth flowed back into the Netherlands to be reinvested in other Dutch ventures. The Dutch West India Company received a considerable flood of investment which it poured into new ventures, including better fortifications in its outposts in Dutch Brazil and the New Netherlands, and for more slave trading outposts in West Africa, particularly in the Gold Coast [southern Ghana]. The Dutch provided some subsidies to Protestant powers in the religious wars in Germany. Inflation is also growing within the Netherlands as the money supply increases.

    Some of the economic effects of Aururian contact are more unexpected. The rise of the kunduri trade is starting to undermine the tobacco boom in the New World; while production of tobacco is still increasing, the prices it commands are starting to fall as some European consumers find kunduri a more desirable alternative.

    In the mid seventeenth century pepper is the most traded spice, accounting for about half of the total value of all spices brought into Europe. However, Aururia contains several kinds of bushes which produce an intense peppery flavour; Europeans come to call them sweet peppers. The leaves of sweet peppers have about the same intensity of flavour by volume as common black peppers, but the berries are about ten times as strong. While sweet pepper does have constraints in where it can grow, there are sufficient places that produce it in Aururia and Aotearoa that with its current population the Third World can supply any foreseeable volume of European demand; its inclusion in Aururian cuisine is routine. The growing trade in sweet peppers is beginning to devalue the trade in existing black peppers [4]. The VOC has even found it quite profitable to sell sweet peppers in Asia, particularly India [5].

    Aururian crops have been slower to spread outside of their homeland, since the Dutch who were the early European coloniser did not have many suitable overseas colonies where the crops could be brown. Early efforts to grow Aururian crops in the tropical East Indies were abysmal failures. One Aururian crop, murnong, was successfully introduced into the Netherlands in the 1620s, but it could be grown only in limited quantities because the soils were mostly too well-watered. However, it has been exported to Denmark, which has considerable regions suitable for cultivation, and it is beginning an agricultural revolution in that country.

    Aururian crops had the greatest early success at the Cape of Good Hope. In 1640, the VOC persuaded (for a given value of persuade) some Aururian farmers to migrate to the Cape, including seeds or cuttings for most of their common crops, and establish a victualling station for ships. Aururian crops proved to grow very well around the Cape. From there, the Aururian crops will spread with European ships around the world. The red yam will first be introduced into Europe (Portugal) in 1648, and cornnarts [wattles] will arrive in Argentina in 1654.

    * * *

    So far, the greatest changes which have come to the broader world have been the result of the Aururian plagues. Unlike its historical counterpart, Aururia harboured epidemic diseases which could and did spread to the outside world. Marnitja, the Waiting Death, and blue-sleep, a virulent form of influenza, spread to the outside world in the late 1620s and devastated the Old and New Worlds. The death toll was around 19% in the Old World, and even higher in many parts of the New World (see post #25). Marnitja will continue as a recurrent epidemic disease throughout the world; for long after the seventeenth century, global population will be lower than it was historically.

    In Europe, the plagues swept through during the warfare that another history would call the Thirty Years’ War (see post #54). Many current and future leaders were among the casualties; perhaps the most prominent were Holy Roman Emperor Ferdinand II and many of his relatives, Charles I of England, Scotland and Ireland, and Cardinal Richelieu. The plagues and related disruption brought the war to a conclusion ten years early, and with broadly more favourable outcomes for the Protestant side in the war. Sweden, Denmark, Saxony and Bavaria were all territorially better off than they were historically. The Habsburgs remained Holy Roman Emperors but lost much of Austria, and the Hohenzollerns acquired Lorraine while losing their ancestral homelands in Brandenburg. In England, William Cavendish became Duke Regent during Charles II’s childhood, while in France Honoré d'Albert, Duc de Chaulnes, became the chief minister of Louis XIII, although he did not wield quite as much influence as his predecessor.

    In Cathay [China] (see post #51), the plagues struck at a time when the Ming dynasty was crumbling due to famines and economic problems. The plagues caused even more problems for the Ming, but also disrupted the Jurchen peoples who would eventually have created the Manchu dynasty to replace the Ming. In the chaos, one of Cathay’s leading generals, Yuan Chonghuan, ended up defeating the Jurchen and then proclaiming himself emperor. He drove the Ming from northern Cathay and founded the You dynasty, but the Ming remained in power in southern Cathay. In 1643, Cathay remains divided.

    * * *

    [1] For comparison, in 1639 the Chesapeake tobacco colonies were exporting about 670 tons of tobacco to the British Isles.

    [2] The Border River is their collective name for a river which historically goes through several name changes – Dumaresq River, Macintyre River, and Barwon River – and which for much of its length forms the historical Queensland-New South Wales border.

    [3] This region is historically called the Gemfields, and has town with names like Emerald, Sapphire and Rubyvale, which give a hint as to what can be found there.

    [4] The devaluation of common black peppers (Piper nigrum) by Aururian sweet peppers has a historical precedent. Before European discovery of the New World, the spice trade included the long pepper (Piper longum), which had a similar but hotter taste to black peppers. New World chilli peppers proved to be easier to grow and provided a more intense flavour than the long pepper, and long pepper more or less disappeared from the spice trade soon thereafter.

    [5] Finding a spice which can be exported to India in large quantities marks quite a significant change. Historically, since at least Roman times, Europe had been in perpetual trade deficit with Asia, with spices and other Asian products commanding much greater prices in Europe than any European goods could obtain in Asia. The trade deficit was made up with bullion (gold and silver); the expansion of European trade to Asia was driven in large part by bullion which was ultimately obtained from the New World. The trade deficit would only be reversed historically with industrially-produced cotton textiles during the nineteenth century. Sweet peppers are a cool-temperate zone spice which cannot be reliably grown in much of Asia (except potentially in a few high-altitude areas), but they can be grown in many parts of Europe. Together with Aururian sandalwood – if it can be cultivated on a wide scale – they offer some potential for an earlier reversal of this trade deficit. Even historically, sweet peppers are exported to Asia (Japan, where they are used to flavour wasabi).
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #72: The First Thunder
  • Lands of Red and Gold #72: The First Thunder

    “The best servant of the king is the one who whispers unpleasant truths in the master’s ear.”
    - Kurnawal saying

    * * *

    18 October 1645
    Fort Munawuka, Cider Isle [Tunbridge, Tasmania]

    From the convenient vantage of a low ridge, it was easy to appreciate why Munawuka made such a renowned fort. It commanded the highest hill anywhere in sight, far higher than the small ridge where Narrung watched. Protected by the river from any northern approach, the fort made a formidable bulwark.

    The fort provided the essential defence against any enemies pushing south toward Narnac [Woodbury, Tasmania], one of the old great towns of the Kurnawal. Narnac was the bastion that held off the ancient advances of the invading Tjunini; if the town fell, the Kurnawal risked having their lands divided in half. And Fort Munawuka gave the town vital protection.

    The only problem was that the accursed Tjunini soldiers were inside the fort, not the Kurnawal who had built it.

    The last great war, almost a decade finished now, had ended when plague and defeat meant that the Kurnawal needed to end the fighting. The result had shifted the frontier far too much in the Tjunini’s favour. Now they stood almost at the gates of Narnac; the capture of Fort Munawuka was only the most notorious part of a greater conquest that had taken too much of the sacred Kurnawal soil.

    And so Narrung son of Lopidya had been named Storm Leader, and charged with restoring the balance. Which had brought him here to the fort, with all the warriors that could be gathered, and with some aid that had come from across the seas.

    Narrung looked out over the rise, and gave an approving shake of his head. All week, his warriors had been making ostentatious preparations for storming the far wall of the fort, on the western side. They had even gone so far as to make a few raids at night as if testing heights of ladders and ropes, or gauging the wariness of the defenders. Those raids were beaten back, fortunately with little loss of life. The Kurnawal had too few warriors to risk losing many, even if his plan succeeded.

    From this vantage, the Storm Leader could not see much of what his far soldiers were doing, but he could see some of them in open ground. That was enough, for his purposes.

    Narrung climbed down the slope and followed the well-worn trail that came up from the south, from Narnac. As roads went, this was a decent one. Or so he had thought, until he heard the reports from the guides who accompanied their outland allies on their long march up from Dabuni [Hobart]. The guides spoke of the newcomers making nothing but endless complaints about the problems they had endured during the journey.

    Ah, well, these Inglidj can complain as much as they like, so long as they fulfill their part of the bargain.

    Narrung caught up with the Inglidj and their guides. Spotting the Inglidj leader was easy enough: a muscular, foul-mouthed man who had learned little of the Kurnawal language except obscenities, and whose name was something like Dyabi Dyoodjtun.

    As the Storm Leader drew near, the leader raged again, this time in his own Inglidj tongue. From the few words which the Storm Leader had learned of that outland language, what Dyabi spoke in his own language was obscenity, too. Though why excrement and fornication should be considered obscene was a puzzlement that Narrung still could not comprehend. Without fornication there would be no marriage, while without excrement, farming would be much harder.

    Dyabi eventually noticed the Storm Leader’s approach. He asked a pungent-sounding question, though Narrung understood only a couple of words.

    A guide said, “The Inglidj man asks how in the name of his chief god his horses are meant to pull his wheeled vehicles over such muddy roads.”

    “Carefully,” Narrung said. The guide dutifully chuckled before attempting a translation.

    Dyabi ranted on and on, and this time the guide gave only a summary of the Inglidj man’s complaints. He was describing the problems of rain and water and flooded roads which lacked stones. The rain meant not only difficulties with transportation, but threatened the usefulness of the special cargo. He had worked wonders to bring them here and in a useful condition.

    At length, the Storm Leader said, “Ask him if his thunder will be in place in time.” He cared little for the man’s grumblings. Perhaps some of what he said was true, but it had the air of a man trying to make himself sound important, or even irreplaceable. As if the man feared that Narrung would not honour his pledge to him and his association to keep them secure.

    Maybe he has grounds. Other peoples, especially the accursed Tjunini, spoke of Kurnawal as oathbreakers, plotters and devious speakers. And they talked of this as if it were a bad thing! Craftiness was needed to survive in the world. It was all that had allowed the Kurnawal to stop the Tjunini from swallowing them long ago.

    For all of that, though, Dyabi had nothing to fear. The Kurnawal would keep their promises to the Inglidj association, because they needed the outlanders. The Tjunini had found backers from the Inglidj’s own rivals. So long as the great enemies, the Tjunini, had friends, the Kurnawal needed friends, too. Better to befriend my enemy’s enemy than fight a war of three directions, as the old saying went.

    And however much Dyabi himself understood or not, the Inglidj certainly knew that rule. On the mainland, or so the tales went, war had returned. The weavers of gold, the Yadji, were fighting their own northern rivals, and both sides in that war had the backing of factions of the Raw Men. Some of the Kurnawal thought that war was too far away to matter, but a war that large would have consequences that rippled out here to the Cider Isle. So it always was.

    The Inglidj leader argued back and forth with his countrymen. Eventually he spoke in Kurnawal. “Yes. All will be ready.”

    “So be it,” the Storm Leader said, and snapped commands to the guides. Two of them ran off to convey his messages.

    He let the remaining guides lead the Inglidj and their carts further along the road. They knew where they needed to go, and what was expected of them. Any further commands would be superfluous, and remaining with them to watch would imply mistrust.

    Narrung returned to the vantage of the ridge. It suited his purposes well enough, so long as he did not bring any bodyguards with him or do anything else to alert the defenders what was going on. Even if they saw him, one man on a ridge would be considered nothing but a watcher. He did not want anything to suggest to the Tjunini that the Kurnawal were paying too much attention to this side of the fort.

    Eventually everything was in place, after the guides had relayed his messages to both sides of the battlefield. The Raw Men brought their carts to the chosen site close to the eastern side of the wall, nearby but out of arrow range. To all visibility, the carts were there alone. They remained in place while on the western side, Kurnawal warriors moved into open ground in preparation for an attack on the walls.

    As Narrung had hoped, the defenders dismissed the strange carts as a too-obvious decoy. The Kurnawal reputation for deviousness had its advantages. While some defenders stayed in their positions on the eastern side, he could make out Tjunini soldiers moving to the western walls. There, the attack began in earnest, with warriors running up with ladders and ropes, preparing to assault the wall.

    When battle was truly committed on the west, with most of the defenders moved there to hold off the assailants, the Raw Men fulfilled their bargain: the cannon began to fire.

    From his distant vantage, the Storm Leader saw their iron balls strike the wall and smoke rising from the carts long before the sound of their thunder carried to him. Even from the ridge, the cannon sounded like a brewing storm. How much louder would they be to the few Tjunini defenders now facing a weapon they had never seen before?

    The cannon kept firing, their thunder striking blow after blow at the wall. At a concentrated section of the wall. As promised, the ancient stone could not withstand blows against which it had not been designed to hold. A section of the wall collapsed, bringing several of the defenders down with it.

    The ridge was too far away for the Storm Leader to make out what happened next, but his imagination had no problems supplying it. Concealed Kurnawal warriors, dressed in browns and greens, had manoeuvred close to the wall last night, and laid there in hiding throughout the morning. Now they sprang up, running toward the breach in the wall, and climbed over the mounds of rubble into the fort itself.

    Soon enough, someone raised a crimson banner above the breach in the wall. That much, even Narrung could see. The Kurnawal warriors held position inside, and now the troops held further back could rush up and take over the entire fort.

    “It is done,” he breathed, with a smug smile spreading across his face. “Let this be vengeance for Bountiful [1].”

    No doubt the scolds turn this into a bafflingly confusing poem, as they always did. For him, it was enough to know that his stratagem had worked. “The Tjunini will be pushed back.”

    * * *

    12 November 1645
    Dawn Dunes, Cider Isle [Bridport, Tasmania]

    “Bravely bold Narawntapu, born in the shadow of Hope Hill [2]
    Master of weapons, sword, axe and spear
    His courage never questioned, he answered the high king’s call

    To Mukanuyina [Devonport] he came, his warband following behind
    Fourteen and forty valiants he led,
    Bronze swords shining, armour gleaming, eyes never faltering
    ...”

    The immortal words of the Song filled the great hall, listing the great captains who came to the gathering of the Tjunini. Sung as always by the bard who had the honour of the closest seat to the fireplace. In truth this evening was warm, as summer drew near, but tradition gave the bard the right, and he had claimed it.

    Dharug son of Monindee, king of Dawn Dunes, let the rhythm of the Song wash over him as he thought. Like any proper Tjunini man, he knew the words well enough that he did not need to listen closely; the voice of the bard gave reminder to what he already knew.

    Normally, the Song soothed and inspired him. This evening, though, its rhythms did not give their usual anodyne.

    For, in truth, the king needed to think. Reports had come from the south of how the honourless Kurnawal had captured Fort Munawuka with the aid of thunder-weapons supplied by one faction of the Raw Men from beyond the seas.

    With the defensive bastion fallen, and with their new weapons bolstering the progress, the Kurnawal were rapidly advancing through the valley of the River Yangina [3]. The gains of the last war had been undone; the acquisitions of many decades more were under threat. If something new could not be found to stop them, then how far could they push?

    The Song continued in the background of his thoughts. The Song told of what had once been of the great time of valour, and set the code by which men should live. So the king had been taught. So the Tjunini had all been taught. So it had always been, for as long as anyone could remember.

    Now, though, Dharug’s thoughts grew ever more troubled. During the last war, he had led the men of Dawn Dunes after the call of the high king, the Nine-Fold King. There had been valour in that war, and a great victory, pushing back the frontier. Or so he had thought at the time. Even if peace had been concluded as much because of the deaths from the plagues of swelling-fever [mumps] and the red breath [tuberculosis] as much as anything else.

    Victory had been declared, the Kurnawal had sued for peace, and the Nine-Fold King went home victorious. Only to die a couple of years later, with so many men of the Tjunini, when yet another plague, blister-rash [chickenpox] swept through the lands.

    No-one had had the strength to claim the high king’s crown since then. The Tjunini kings would normally have fought amongst themselves for the privilege, in accordance with the old code. With so many deaths, no king had made a serious attempt. Better to wait and regain some strength in peace.

    Now that peace was undone, and even the war’s gains lost. For what?

    “Bard! I wish for a different song!” Dharug said. “Sing not of the great song, but of something more recent. Something more fitting to these times of plague and sorrow.”

    The bard paused mid-verse, and artfully concealed whatever irritation he felt. Clever man. “If it please the king, I will sing of another time. Of a time when the people knew affliction. Of a time centuries passed, but younger than the song. Of the time when the Waiting Death [Marnitja] first came to our lands.”

    The king gave a curt shake of his head, and the bard composed himself to begin singing again.

    The verses which the bard sang were unfamiliar; Dharug had to listen more closely this time. A measure of a good bard, to have such a song ready. But while Dharug listened and understood, he remained troubled. The song told of when the Waiting Death first appeared on the Cider Isle, brought across from the mainland, and how it brought untold suffering to the Tjunini. It told of how men remained valiant even through the struggle, and thus triumphed.

    If valour be the measure of how a man lives, why have these new plagues taken so many of the most valiant? No-one could doubt the last nine-fold king’s valour, but he had fallen to the blister-rash. Many other men of honour had fallen to that, or the red breath.

    Perhaps valour is not enough, the king mused. Tjunini soldiers fought with honour and courage now, as they always had. Against the new thunder, against the craftiness of the Kurnawal, against the outlanders who fought with them, these things were no longer sufficient.

    King Dharug murmured, “The old ways have failed us. A new road must be found.”

    * * *

    [1] In the first great war between the Tjunini and Kurnawal, immortalised in the Song of the Princess, the Kurnawal city of Bountiful was captured after the attackers dug beneath part of the wall and made it collapse. To the Storm Leader’s eyes, he is returning the favour.

    [2] Hope Hill is the allohistorical name for the Nut, an improbable-looking flat-topped circular headland near historical Stanley, Tasmania. This was the site of the Tjunini’s first landfall on the Cider Isle.

    [3] The Yangina is the allohistorical name for Tasmania’s Macquarie River, and the South Esk River which it flows into. This river rises in the north-eastern highlands of Tasmania, and eventually flows into the north coast near Launceston. This river valley is fertile territory, and since it is surrounded by mountains both to east and west, provides the best natural transportation route between the north coast (Tjunini territory) and east coasts (Kurnawal territory). Naturally, this is a major part of what the two peoples have fought over during the centuries.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #73: Taken For a Ride
  • Lands of Red and Gold #73: Taken For a Ride

    “And I saw, and behold a white horse: and he that sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto him: and he went forth conquering, and to conquer.”
    - Revelations 6:2, King James Version

    * * *

    7 May 1645 / 8th Year of Regent Gunya Yadji
    Near Kirunmara [Terang, Victoria]
    Durigal [Land of the Five Directions]

    Bright, clear sunlight shone down on an open field. An open, dry field with lush grass growing tall in late autumn, still unmarred before the rapid turning of winter. Grass that was now about to be trampled underfoot by strange horses.

    From his vantage on the nearest rise, Bidwadjari, Lord of Warmasters, could only smile. The last time he had looked over a field where horses were being ridden, it had been the field of battle, when One True Egg [Pieter Nuyts] had brought his force of Raw Men in a bid to seize Durigal itself. Before Gunya Yadji – it was safe to name the Regent in his own thoughts, if nowhere else – had won the great battle.

    That field had been muddy and waterlogged, and that time, the sight of horses had brought fear to all the Junditmara warriors who beheld them. This time, the field was dry and ready for the Raw Men, and the sight of horses was entirely welcome.

    The horse riders formed into a column, four abreast, to ride across the field. They moved at a pace faster than a man could walk, though much slower than the charging horses which Bidwadjari had seen at the last field of battle. The column changed direction twice as they crossed the field, turning first to the left and then to the right, the riders keeping formation behind their fellows, so that their line took on the appearance of a twisted serpent.

    When they reached the far side of the field, the riders completed another slow wheel that turned them around, then changed formation from column to line. The leading horses halted while those behind spread out to each side, forming into four ranks that spread across the breadth of the field. They began to advance at a marvellous pace, much faster than a man could run.

    “Magnificent,” Bidwadjari murmured.

    A row of dummies stood in the middle of the field, awaiting the charge. When the first rank of horse riders drew near, they fired the thunder-weapons they called pistols; the rising smoke announced their actions long before the sound carried to Bidwadjari’s vantage. The front rank drew their swords as the charge reached the dummies. Metal flashed in the sunlight as they cut the rank of dummies apart.

    “Now I know how Illalong must have felt, watching those beasts ride him to his death,” he said. Illalong had been a capable warmaster, but his army had been shattered by horses like these, with Illalong himself falling together with so many of his men. That defeat had been avenged, but at a terrible price.

    Now, these magnificent, dangerous beasts rode for the Regent.

    “Come. I wish to speak to the Inglidj commander.” Bidwadjari began to walk down the slope, and the cluster of other warmasters and bodyguards followed behind.

    The Inglidj commander was waiting for them down the slope. Bidwadjari had only dealt with a handful of these Raw Men, but if he was any judge, this commander was a young man. A brown-haired, thin-moustached, very young man. An arrogant young man, by all reports.

    Yet the Inglidj commander had royal blood in his homeland, which for reasons of state the Regent had chosen to recognise here in the Land, too. And such arrogance could be tolerated for a man who brought so many horsemen to command.

    “Six hundred horsemen, and more on their way,” Bidwadjari murmured, as they neared the Inglidj commander. “With three hundred horse, One True Egg came close to breaking the Regency. Now we have double that number to march on Tjibarr.”

    Bidwadjari bowed in the form which was respectful among the Inglidj. “Blood and honour, Prince Roo Predj.”

    “I welcome you,” the Inglidj commander said in turn. He used the dominant form of the pronoun, much as he always used the commanding form of verbs. Part of the evidence of his arrogance. But so long as he fought and won battles for the Regent, little else mattered.

    *

    Prince Ruprecht, Duke of Cumberland [1], loved many things in life, but of those which were traditionally performed while still vertical, nothing could match riding a horse across an open field on a glorious day. Except perhaps when leading a regiment of cavalry into battle.

    Today was not such a day, but he still had a column of cavalry behind him, following as he led them in a serpentine path across the open field. A display for the Yadji generals, to give them some appreciation of what cavalry could do. These savages did not even have horses of their own, and needed a proper education in what could be accomplished by a band of good men on good horses.

    Ruprecht’s mind was only half aware of the orders he gave for the regiment to wheel left, then right across the field. His regiment. Men he had personally recruited, mostly from Germany, but with a few Englishmen and Italians among them.

    Would-be recruits had been easy to find. So many soldiers were left over after the end of the war in Germany, seeking fresh opportunities to wield a sword in anger. Italy was quiet nowadays, and Poland could not absorb everyone.

    Besides, fables of Aururian gold had spread widely across Europe. Tales strong enough to lure men around half the world. The right men, that is; Ruprecht had chosen only veterans. Six hundred already here among the Yadji, with three hundred more to follow.

    The cavalry wheeled around at the far side of the field, and Ruprecht shouted out the order to change into line formation. Here was one of the joys of life! The men formed up and charged across the field. Ruprecht fired his pistol as they neared the targets, then drew his sword and cut down two of the dummies as he rode between them. He let his horse slow down after that, as the regiment crossed the rest of the field.

    “Let’s see any of these savages stand up to that kind of charge!” he declared, but in German. A few of the natives had learned English., and the Yadji generals were coming down the slope. Ruprecht passed his horse’s reins to the nearest soldier, and went to meet them.

    “Blood and honour, Prince Roo Predj,” said the white-haired senior Yadji general. Bidwadjari, that was his name.

    “I welcome you,” Ruprecht said, in the Yadji language.

    After the greetings, he signalled for the interpreter to step forward. In truth, though, he expected to have little need of the wiry little man. Ruprecht’s command of the Yadji language was far from perfect, but it was serviceable, and he learned more each day. Learning a fifth language posed few fears to a man who already spoke four, and that was without counting his limited Latin and Greek.

    Bidwadjari said, “Your horsemen are most impressive. A spectacle which the Regent’s enemies will fear greatly.”

    The interpreter started to translate, but Ruprecht waved him to silence. “They are well-trained, and-” he realised he did not know the Yadji word for veteran, but could not be bothered asking the interpreter “-have seen many battles.”

    “Training is good. Discipline is better,” Bidwadjari said. “Did your men learn discipline through training, or in battle?”

    “Some from each,” Ruprecht said.

    This Yadji general was no fool, and speaking to him directly was so much better than through an interpreter. Others had warned him of the perils of speaking the Yadji language, how choosing the wrong word could be a mortal insult, but the prospect held no fear for him. He simply learned the forms of their language which showed command over others.

    Recognising his princely rank had been part of Ruprecht’s price for coming here; to the Yadji, he was known as the prince who was second in line for the English throne. That position made him superior to anyone here except their emperor and his two sons. Ruprecht simply made sure that he did not speak the Yadji language in the presence of any of them; in any case, he had only met their emperor once, and did not expect to do so again until called back in triumph once the Dutch cats’ paws were defeated.

    Bidwadjari waited for him to continue, so at length Ruprecht said, “All soldiers must be trained. But there was a great war fought in our...” He realised that the Yadji had no word for continent, and continued, “That is, fought near England. Germany, we call the nation. Most of my soldiers learned to fight in that war.”

    Bidwadjari shook his head; Ruprecht had been in Aururia long enough to know that gesture meant the same as a nod did back in civilization. The Yadji general said, “And how many of those soldiers learned to withstand a charge?”

    “Some,” Ruprecht said. “Muskets help. So do pikes. Long spears,” he added by way of explanation, but Bidwadjari was already shaking his head. He must have heard of pikes before. Strange. “But most of all, discipline.”

    “Ah. Discipline our soldiers have, just as much as yours. Yet horsemen still won most battles when the Nedlandj invaded.”

    Ruprecht shrugged. “Discipline helps. But it is not always enough.” He remained of the view that a good charge would break any of these native savages. The Yadji did have more military discipline than he had expected, but no natives in this Land of Gold had more than a handful of horses, and few had firearms. Discipline was hard to maintain when facing the unknown.

    “A lesson which has already been taught to us,” Bidwadjari said. He added, “Tell me, why do you have your riders fire their pistols when they charge in? I doubt that your men can aim well when riding so fast.”

    The prince chuckled, partly at the irony, but partly to hide just how disconcerting Bidwadjari was. The old savage was astute; no doubt about it. “They cannot aim at all. We just point our pistols in the right direction. The shots will bring them fear, not kill many enemies.”

    “A tactic that will work once, perhaps twice,” Bidwadjari said. “Not more, not against the same soldiers.”

    “I don’t plan to fight the same soldiers more than once,” Ruprecht said. How did the Yadji put it? “After they fight my horsemen, the next battle they fight will be their Last Battle [2].”

    Bidwadjari laughed then, long and loudly. “Well said, my prince. But if some survive, and hold their ground in other battles? What then?”

    “Then there is manoeuvre,” Ruprecht said. “Cavalry can move much faster than foot. If soldiers are prepared for a charge from the front, then bring the horse to their flanks, and hit them there.” Even well-disciplined infantry had difficulty holding if charged in the flank by cavalry; with these savages, he could guarantee that a flank charge would break them.

    “And that always works?” Bidwadjari asked. “Even in Djer-ma-nee?”

    Yes, this Yadji general was definitely no fool. The prince said, “Usually. Nothing is certain, though, save that we will all die some day.”

    “Everyone has a Last Battle,” Bidwadjari said, in the tones of one reciting an ancient truism. “There is much we need to discuss of your horses and tactics, but they can wait. We will have much time on our march to learn from each other.”

    Ruprecht doubted that these savages had anything to teach civilized men, but another thought pressed for his attention. “The Regent has confirmed his orders?”

    “Yes. In two days’ time, we march for Jugara [Victor Harbor, South Australia] and the Nyalananga [River Murray] mouth. It is time to punish Tjibarr.”

    * * *

    By 1645 (by the European calendar), the Yadji had been at peace with their old rivals, Tjibarr, for almost thirty years. That was the longest period the two powers had been at peace – or, rather, between wars – in over two centuries. Warfare between the two countries was usually a much more frequent occurrence. The long delay only happened because of a combination of a mad Regent, a long and bitter civil war, and the disruptions of Old World diseases.

    With the restoration of decent order within the Yadji realm, and the first shipments of arms from England, the period of not-war inevitably came to an end. The arrival of an ambitious prince from the far end of the world, and more precisely the six hundred or so crack cavalry he brought with him, only hastened the coming of war.

    The Yadji troops were well-armed by their own standards, though with few of the muskets that they craved. They were well-supplied, too; their commanders had learned from previous failures where Yadji armies failed for want of supplies. With Bidwadjari in overall command, but with Prince Rupert determined to act as he wished for gold and glory, regardless of the Yadji general’s wishes.

    Opposing them were the armies of Tjibarr. Outnumbered and less well-equipped than their rivals; Tjibarr only had about half of the Yadji Empire’s population, and their own Dutch allies had been slower to ship in arms than the English had been for their Yadji proxies. But Tjibarr had spent thirty years building fortifications, and had the advantage that the further the Yadji advanced, the longer grew their supply lines. The Yadji needed to bring goods over land by manpower or dogpower, while Tjibarr could keep itself supplied along the Nyalananga.

    The conflict that followed had many names, depending on the people doing the naming. The people of Tjibarr called it, with varying senses of irony, the great unpleasantness. To the Yadji, it was named Bidwadjari’s War, to honour the great commander. To the English East India Company, and the English people back home, it was called Prince Rupert’s War, for the man who – to their understanding – commanded the war. The Dutch did not, for the moment, admit that they were involved in the war at all.

    The first great battle was fought to capture Bunara [Goolwa], the riverine port which was the nearest by road to Jugara and the open sea. The armies of the Yadji were victorious, and the city was captured, though in keeping with ancient tradition it went unplundered. Tjibarr had built two forts between Bunara and Jugara, and Bidwadjari settled in to besiege them with his infantry. Prince Rupert had little patience for a siege, but led his cavalry in repeated sweeps of the countryside, sometimes engaging Tjibarr’s soldiers or factionaries, and sometimes just plundering people for the sake of it. It took a direct order from the Regent to forbid Prince Rupert from trying to raid Jugara itself.

    The sieges took several months, but with no hope of resupply, in February 1646 Bidwadjari negotiated terms for the fort garrisons to surrender and be given safe conduct back to the Nyalananga. Jugara lay open to their armies, and the Nangu port-captain – effectively the mayor – proclaimed his recognition of the Regent’s authority over the port.

    Two days later, word came that the kingdom of Gutjanal had declared war on the Yadji, and that its troops were advancing toward the gold mines of Djawrit [Bendigo].

    * * *

    [1] Prince Rupert of the Rhine has been named Duke of Cumberland (as happened historically) to recognise that he is second in the line of succession to the English throne. Historically he was second in succession behind the future Charles II of England; allohistorically he is second behind his elder brother Frederick Henry survived (who historically died in a boating accident in 1629). Frederick Henry has been proclaimed Duke of Munster at the end of the Twenty Years’ War, and is also first in line to the English crown.

    [2] The Yadji religion holds that after dying, people fight a final battle against the minions of the Firstborn (an evil god). The victors will go to join the Neverborn in the earth to await resurrection; the losers join the armies of night in the sky, under the Firstborn’s command.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Last edited:
    Lands of Red and Gold #74: Flavours of Entanglement
  • Lands of Red and Gold #74: Flavours of Entanglement

    Carl Ashkettle settles into a chair. Experience has quickly taught him that when he asks Mr Clements – the man refuses to give a first name – a question, he had best settle down for a long answer. Fortunately his shorthand is very good.

    “For today, I’d like you to tell me what life was like in Yigutji during the Fever War,” Ashkettle says.

    Clements raises an eyebrow. “You have been reading some history since we last spoke. I am sure you would not have known that name otherwise. If you had known about it at all, it would have been as Prince Rupert’s War. Or maybe as Windi Bidwadjari.”

    Ashkettle holds up a rather thick tome. “McGowan-Smith’s Life of the Matjidi: History and People [1]. Interesting reading.”

    “Indeed. McGowan-Smith did a thorough job of finding out what history can record of Yigutji and its predecessors. Although he is wrong to consider Yigutji as being proto-panollidistic, but let us leave that argument for another time.”

    Ashkettle wonders, for a moment, whether to pursue that argument instead; even if Clements is running a long-term scam, his views on that topic would still be wonderfully controversial, and therefore sell very well. But it can wait. “Quite. I do have to say that none of your names appeared in McGowan-Smith’s book.”

    “Nor would they,” Clements says. “I told you I was no-one of consequence in Yigutji in my youth. Besides, while he did his best to record what history is left, so much has been lost during the sack. Most records were burned or buried.”

    As always, Clements’ answers have the ring of plausibility. Yigutji was so badly sacked that it was abandoned. The history book confirmed that. Yet once again, it means that there is no way to independently verify the core of Clements’ tale. “Were you around during the sack?”

    “Yes, as it happens. But in the armies outside the city, not those inside. Which is what we called Yigutji during those days, by the way. Just “the city”. The city gave its name to the kingdom, and in doing so it lost its own name.”

    “Fine, then, what were you doing in the city during the Fever War?”

    “Wondering why we were at war,” Clements says promptly. “Everyone in the city did, for the first part of the war. Nor did we call it the Fever War immediately. At the first outbreak of war, when the Yadji invaded Tjibarr, and Gutjanal declared war on the Yadji and then our king followed, we called it the Musket War. History has forgotten that fact; the name we gave the later part of the war has been applied to all of it.”

    “McGowan-Smith mentioned nothing about that name.”

    “Why would he?” Clements asks. “The truth is buried in the ruins of Yigutji, if the archaeologists can ever dig out some of the official records for that year, or any of the private letters.” He clears his throat. “We called it the Musket War because everyone knew that the king had only joined the war because Tjibarr was selling muskets and powder to our armies. Declaring war was their price.”

    “Why was it so puzzling, then?” asks Ashkettle.

    “Because it made no sense, even to a family of poor leatherworkers like mine. Why should the king enter the war? We had no common frontier with the Yadji. Nor would Gutjanal or Tjibarr trust us enough to send our soldiers through their territory to fight the Yadji, even if the king wanted to. So it was a mystery what they hoped to gain from our declaration of war. A proclamation of neutrality should have sufficed; it had always done so before.”

    “Did you ever find out the reason?”

    “Not during the war. Perhaps I would have found out more if I had been levied into the war, but in those days leatherworkers were too valued for the labour they would perform supplying the armies, not serving in them. Plus, events soon overtook us. We stopped caring about the rationale behind entry into the war, for the same reason that we changed the name of the war.”

    * * *

    Gutjanal [Albury-Wodonga]. Like its neighbours Tjibarr [Swan Hill] and Yigutji [Wagga Wagga], Gutjanal was the name of both a city and the kingdom which it had created. Along with now-vanished Lopitja [2], the three kingdoms had been formed out of the collapse of the old Empire, but with differences. The old city of Tjibarr had been a kingdom before imperial rule, and retained many of its old traditions even after regaining independence. Gutjanal – and Yigutji – were new cities which grew into prominence during the imperial era, and developed their own customs and practices during that time.

    Gutjanal is thus both like and unlike its larger neighbour. Tjibarr is perhaps best-known for its fanatical adherence to its indigenous form of football, whose supporters are divided into eight factions which also dominate political and economic life. The monarch in Tjibarr is about as far from an absolute monarch as it is possible to get; the Tjibarr kings mostly perform the role of umpire between the factions.

    While a few people in Gutjanal play a similar form of football, its supporters do not have any wider connection to political and economic life. The monarchy in Gutjanal is based more on the absolutist tradition established under imperial rule, with the kings of the Julanoon dynasty claiming supreme power over all of their subjects. The truth is often far from this claimed ascendancy, depending on both the character of the monarch and the strength of the local aristocracy, but in general the kings of Gutjanal wield far more power than their counterparts in Tjibarr.

    The aristocrats in Gutjanal do retain one official power: that of naming the next monarch. The Council of Elders is a body composed of the twenty or so greatest landholders – the number has varied over time – who between them have the authority to name the next monarch. Their choice is by tradition limited to adult males of the Julanoon family. Sometimes this decision is no choice at all, being a mere pro forma anointing of the preferred royal heir, but on many occasions the will of the Council does matter. Yet the Council has power only to choose a monarch; it has no authority to remove one.

    In their language, too, the people of Gutjanal are distinct from those of Tjibarr. The two peoples speak distantly related languages – as do most farming peoples in eastern Aururia – but their languages have been divided for more than four thousand years; the linguistic separation is approximately the same as that between modern Irish Gaelic and German.

    While there is much which the two nations do not share, they also have much in common. The influence of kunduri is common to both peoples; the drug is grown in both nations and equally valued. Both nations have long traditions of fine and skilled metalworking, in iron and in gold; their arms, armour and jewellery are all of exceptional quality by Aururian standards.

    Cuisine is also something which the two nations have much in common, though each nation stereotypes the cuisine of its neighbour. To the Gunnagal people of Tjibarr, the cuisine of Gutjanal relies on the pure heat of sweet peppers, and lacks subtlety. To the Wadang people of Gutjanal, the cuisine of Tjibarr is bland and lacks the pleasing numbness created by sweet peppers, that in turn makes other flavours easier to appreciate. Both of these stereotypes have an element of truth. Sweet peppers are more abundant in Gutjanal because of the higher rainfall and closeness to the highlands where sweet peppers grow even more vigorously. But Gutjanal is further from the main trade routes for the more exotic spices, with these needing to pass through either Tjibarr or Yigutji.

    Gutjanal, Tjibarr and even Yigutji also have the same strong medical tradition. Physicians pass freely among all three nations, even when they are at war, and share their knowledge with each other.

    Still, of all their traits, perhaps the most notable which Gutjanal and Tjibarr have in common is that they have a long history of warfare with the Yadji to the south. Both nations have been at war with the Yadji for almost as many years as they have been at peace. In both cases, the prize being contested is lucrative border territory. With Tjibarr that means the valuable trade through Jugara [Victor Harbor] and the wealthy coastal strip of land beyond, while with Gutjanal the prize is some fertile agricultural land and the gold mines which lie near the ever-shifting border.

    For all that they have the Yadji as a common enemy, Tjibarr and Gutjanal have fought plenty of wars between themselves. The prize there has been the verdant, wealthy lands along the Nyalananga [River Murray] and its branches. The borders between them often shift, too.

    The question which now faced the leaders of the two nations was whether fear of the strengthening Yadji realm, and their foreign Inglidj backers, could overcome their own history of mutual warfare.

    * * *

    To the exalted Regent of the Neverborn [3], from your servant Bidwadjari, Lord of Warmasters: May the days of your reign be long and prosperous. May good health and fortune adhere to you through plague and plenty.

    Your servant’s armies continue to push back the armies of Tjibarr. We advance along the Water Mother [Nyalananga] toward Goolrin [Murray Bridge], while Wirringa [Normanville, South Australia] and the towns of the Headland [Fleurieu Peninsula] pay tribute to your glory.

    The warmasters have been told of the news that Gutjanal has cowardly declared war on the Regency. Courage and steadfastness remain.

    I humbly request that Prince Roo Predj and most of his horseriders be ordered east to fight Gutjanal, retaining only two hundred here. The Prince has great courage in battle, but listens not to any advice. He understands not the ancient customs, and would pillage land that would better serve the Regency’s needs if it were left intact and prosperous.


    * * *

    22 June 1646
    Baringup [Ravenswood, Victoria]
    Durigal [Land of the Five Directions]

    A circle of men, standing around a circle drawn in the dust. Inside, one man and one animal prepared to give a demonstration of something which Prince Ruprecht had never expected to find in this land of savages: something which was better than its counterpart in Europe.

    Boxing was a sport that men fought in England, but here the savages had found a way to make it a more entertaining, exotic spectacle.

    The man at one side of the ring was a Yadji, though he called himself a Yotjuwal, whatever that meant. He was donning protection – for a boxing match! Leather that was almost armour, covering chest, stomach, crotch and legs. Gloves covered his hands, too. Not his back, arms, neck or head, though. For that, the man would need to protect himself.

    “Is that necessary?” Ruprecht asked.

    “Yes. A man who goes bare-stomached into the circle with a gupa will soon know the colour of his own intestines,” said the Yadji prince standing beside him.

    The reason for the leather protection stood on the opposite side of the circle. An animal which stood on two legs. Two large, big-footed legs. A gray-furred body ending in a head which resembled a cross between a dog’s head and that of an overgrown rat, topped with equally over-large ears. Two arms that ended in paws now sheathed in gloves, too. The animal stood about as tall as a man, too. It needed no protection for its stomach.

    Strange, so wonderfully strange!

    Ruprecht had seen a few of these gupa back west, when fighting Tjibarr, but at a distance. Never up close. “How do you persuade an animal to box?”

    The Yadji prince laughed. “They box among themselves. We just give them a different opponent.”

    Man and gupa entered the circle. The man stepped; the animal hopped. The man circled around; the gupa stayed in more or less the same place but stayed facing the man.

    Ruprecht had taken the other prince’s statement about intestines to be a colourful metaphor. Right until he saw the gupa rear up on its tail and kick the man fully in the stomach. The sound of paws on leather carried clearly across the circle. Maybe this animal really could disembowel a man.

    The opponents kept circling each other. Both landed blows, though the gupa kicked much more than it punched. In truth, the man did not punch that hard. This boxing match was more about entertainment than a serious fight, from what he could judge. The gupa did not appear to be treating the fight as a matter of any import. Whatever reason those animals had for fighting among themselves, it did not translate well to fighting men.

    Of course, whether the fight was a genuine one hardly mattered. The laughter and cheers from the men around the circle was inspiration enough. “I would like to keep this animal,” Ruprecht said.

    The Yadji prince said, “Then it shall be given to you.”

    “My thanks,” Ruprecht said. That only left the decision of what to call the gupa. The animal’s name, fortunately, suggested itself. “I think I’ll call him Sport.”

    * * *

    7 July 1646
    Outside Goolrin [Murray Bridge]
    Kingdom of Tjibarr / Durigal [Land of the Five Directions]

    The walls of Goolrin stood in the distance. Gray stony barriers rising all around the city, built on top of the earthen slopes that surrounded Goolrin. The fortifications were the greatest anywhere on the Copper Coast; the city was ancient beyond all memory of man or parchment. On the eastward side of the city’s slopes, the brown waters of the Nyalananga flowed, within bowshot for a good archer.

    The defences of Goolrinwere formidable, without doubt. Bidwadjari had made a point of consulting the ancient records of wars between Tjibarr and the Regency. The city had been one of the great prizes in so many wars, and rarely indeed had it fallen to open assault. Usually it took starvation persuading the garrison to surrender, or treachery from within.

    Even the thunderous cannon of their Inglidj allies were of little value here. Built on top of those great earthen slopes [4], Goolrin’s walls were all but impossible to bombard even with these magnificent new weapons.

    Bidwadjari had thought long and hard about how to make Goolrin yield, and he could find no easy answer. Storming the walls would be a fool’s errand. Bombardment would accomplish little. He had sought to find whether there were any traitors within, but so far without fortune. Tjibarr had held the Copper Coast for too many years now; few of the locals were minded to yield to the Regent’s rule.

    Starving the city out was the only option left, and even that was proving difficult. His troops controlled the countryside far around, with the Inglidj horsemen invaluable in patrolling for raiders. But nothing they could do would win them control of the river. Tjibarr could send boats along the Nyalananga at times of their choosing, raiding by night, threatening by day. Some supplies had been delivered that he knew of, and probably more had been brought in by stealth, undetected.

    And now... And now, what hope was left?

    Two dozen sick soldiers had been brought outside, to grant them the warmth of the noonday sun, to match the warmth that the Neverborn brought within the earth. That also meant that they were within his sight, though he did not venture too close. Quarantine could not be enforced within this army, not now, but he would keep what distance he could.

    Two dozen soldiers with spotted chests and a rash that showed against the skins of all but the darkest two men. In some men, the rash had spread beyond their chests, to their stomachs and arms. Two dozen fevered, coughing soldiers, with creeping delirium that meant that they were not sure where they were. Or even who they were, for the worst.

    One of the fevered soldiers managed to get some words out to the nearest attendant. The attendant in turn shouted the words out to Bidwadjari, rather than come too close. Alert man. “This man says that the light brings him pain!”

    “Take them back inside, then!” Bidwadjari said.

    “Fever, spots and rashes, headaches, and men who fear the light. I know this sickness,” said Yogan, the Inglidj commander. The man was much less arrogant than Roo Predj, but had the common Inglidj habit of refusing to speak Junditmara. Fortunately, Bidwadjari was reasonably fluent in the Islander tongue.

    “It is camp fever. It often strikes armies while they are besieging towns. I saw it many times back in Djermanee.”

    “How many die from it?” Bidwadjari asks.

    “Many. More than die in battle, sometimes,” Yogan said.

    Blood of the Earth Mother, will these plagues never end? Wave after wave of plagues had swept through the Land. The red breath [tuberculosis], the pox [syphilis], swelling fever [mumps], and the blister-rash [chickenpox]. So many had died, in one wave after another, and the pox still spread.

    Now came another great blow. The Firstborn must be truly malevolent, to have brought such a new plague now. The siege was slow, but Goolrin would surely have fallen eventually. It was Tjibarr’s last great bastion, the key to their defences, which protected the rest of the Copper Coast. If the city fell, then he would be so close to presenting the Regent with a won war.

    But how could this be done if there was no army left? The previous plagues had been devastating enough, but this latest affliction seemed spitefully designed just to target armies.

    “Gather my warmasters,” Bidwadjari said, turning away from the sight of the stricken soldiers being carried back inside. “We must decide how the army can continue to serve the Regent.”

    * * *

    The entry of Gutjanal changed the dynamics of Prince Rupert’s War. Opening up another front was challenging enough for Yadji strategy. The Yadji knew that they had considerably more soldiers than Tjibarr, and probably more than both nations combined. However, having to divide their forces made it difficult for them to obtain any useful numerical advantage on either front. Troops deployed on one front could not be easily redeployed to the other, because the key roads ran far into the interior of the Yadji realm rather than directly to the other front.

    Worse, the Yadji could not afford to concentrate on one front while giving ground on the other. If they gave ground to Gutjanal, they risked losing the gold mines of Djawrit [Bendigo], and gold was now essential for purchasing supplies from the Inglidj. If they gave ground to Tjibarr, they risked losing Jugara and the road to the Nyalananga, which would allow Tjibarr to ship in fresh muskets and powder from the Nedlandj.

    Worst of all, the first battles quickly made it clear that Gutjanal, like Tjibarr, had a substantial quantity of muskets, and enough powder to use them. The Yadji war plans had relied on their enemies having only limited numbers of the new weapons. In particular, a cavalry charge was much riskier when some of the waiting troops might have muskets at the ready.

    On the western front, Biwdadjari’s tactics were to focus on the siege of Goolrin, while conquering what territory he could further along the coast. Much of the Headland fell quickly, and the Yadji troops continued to press toward Rillaminga [Noarlunga, South Australia]. Consolidating control of that region proved difficult, partly because supplies could not be easily brought in while Goolrin was still unfallen, but mostly because Prince Rupert’s inclination was to sack and burn captured towns. He refused to follow any advice from others, and did not realise the Yadji preference for keeping people in place and collecting tribute, particularly along the valued road between Jugara and Bunara.

    Eventually, Bidwadjari successfully manoeuvred to have the Regent order Prince Rupert to take the field against Gutjanal. Bidwadjari did this partly to make managing Prince Rupert someone else’s problem, but also because it meant that most Gutjanal lands he sacked would be those which the Yadji did not particularly wish to rule anyway. The siege of Goolrin continued, but with Tjibarr able to send in supplies and raids along the Nyalananga, the city would not capitulate easily.

    In the east, the Yadji were initially driven back under Gutjanal’s unexpected advance, with Djawrit falling into enemy hands, though not before they fired and collapsed most of the mines. The retreat was gradually reversed as more Yadji troops arrived and Prince Rupert brought the bulk of his cavalry to the eastern front.

    At least for the first encounters, Prince Rupert worked cooperatively with the local Yadji generals, and deployed his cavalry to support them during two battles which pushed Gutjanal’s forces back out of Djawrit. He made sure that he and his troops collected some gold as part of the plunder during the reconquest. Glory was all very well, but most of all he wanted gold

    The Yadji troops were poised to advance further into Gutjanal’s territory, when word came from the west that a new plague had spread from across the Seven Sisters [Eyre Peninsula]. The epidemic was making the Yadji forces outside Goolrin dissolve like salt in water.

    Typhus had come to Aururia.

    * * *

    [1] The Matjidi is the allohistorical name for the Murrumbidgee River, a major tributary of the Nyalananga (River Murray). The kingdom of Yigutji (Wagga Wagga) lay on that river, as did the much older city of Garrkimang which was the capital of the old Watjubaga Empire.

    [2] Lopitja [Wilcannia, New South Wales] was a short-lived kingdom along the Anedeli (River Darling), created during a period of aberrantly wet, cool climate which meant that the Anedeli’s environs became fertile. Lopitja was abandoned when the climate reverted to the drier norm. See post #17 for more details.

    [3] i.e. Gunya Yadji, Emperor of Durigal. The Yadji prohibition against naming the monarch (the “royal privilege”) also holds in written communication.

    [4] Goolrin is built mostly on the ruins of older levels of the town. With the site having been occupied with only a few breaks for more than four thousand years, each new level of the city has been built on the rubble of its predecessors. More recent rulers have supplemented this elevation by moving in further earthworks, both to make the city easier to defend, and as some protection against the regular floods.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Last edited:
    Lands of Red and Gold #75: The Day You Went Away
  • Lands of Red and Gold #75: The Day You Went Away

    “The state is where a man lives; the nation is what a man is.”
    - Lincoln Derwent and Solidarity Jenkins, “The Nationalist Manifesto”

    * * *

    Azure Day, Cycle of Bunya Nuts, 404th Year of Harmony (3.12.404) / 2 August 1643
    Munmee [Cowell, South Australia]
    Seven Sisters [Eyre Peninsula]

    Dawn by the waters of Mudfish Harbour [Franklin Harbour]. The brightest of the stars were just fading, overwhelmed by the first glimmers of daylight brought by the still-unrisen sun. Enough to make out a gloomy almost-dark shape across the far side of the harbour, marking the sacred island [Entrance Island] that guarded the two entrances to the harbour.

    A perfect time for contemplation and prayers, when the familiar rituals of the fourth path helped to shape a man’s thoughts into insight.

    Coorabbin, king of Munmee and an ever-decreasing realm outside his city’s walls, was a man sorely in need of insight. He did not feel helpless, exactly, but never could he remember being so buffeted by the winds of disharmony. Never could he remember feeling that the consequences of men acting with waal [bringing discord] in the wider world could overcome the most harmonious actions of himself and his subjects.

    Monarch he might be, head of his city and a realm beyond its walls which he had always fondly believed to be the third-most powerful realm in the Seven Sisters behind Pankala [Port Lincoln] and Luyandi [Port Kenny]. Half a dozen or so other monarchs might hold similar views about the rank of their realm, but he alone was correct.

    Now, being third amongst the monarchs only meant that he felt more responsible for managing the disharmony that had been brought upon the Seven Sisters.

    Between his prayers and his contemplation, insight slowly dawned. The trouble had started with Luyandi, he realised. Yes, the disharmony had begun when Maralinga, semi-king [1] of Luyandi, placed himself under the influence of the Nedlandj from across the seas.

    From what he heard, Luyandi had included terms in that agreement to prevent a strike against the Island, either by their own soldiers or those of the Nedlandj. A valuable recognition, since even the often-fools of Luyandi knew that the Island’s actions brought them balance. What Coorabbin now realised was that Maralinga had failed to see that not striking against the Island was not the same thing as not striking against the Island’s interests. Or against their own interests, either, although that was a longer-term problem.

    The pact with the Nedlandj had brought Luyandi wealth and protection. But it placed their desires in the hands of those without harmony, without insight. The Nedlandj were wealthy and powerful, but they were not followers of the Sevenfold Path, and they did not recognise when their actions brought disharmony to the people they touched. Nor did the Nedlandj even care, so much as he could tell.

    All of the problems started from that pact. Now war raged across the Seven Sisters. The last Islander ship from Pankala had reported that the city was still under siege, its inhabitants facing famine. The armies of Luyandi and its new allies among the Seven Sisters had combined to impose their will on Pankala, capturing territory and seeking tribute.

    In the past, arbiters from the Island – priests and elders – would have worked to resolve any conflict in the Seven Sisters. They would have sought to maintain harmony by negotiating an end to these differences, or at least limited the spread of the conflict. Now, the Island was at war with itself, in its outlook if not always directly by force of arms. Its arbiters were few, and their influence fading. The struggles in the Seven Sisters continued unchecked, and grew worse with every passing month.

    Coorabbin rose from his prayers as the dawn gradually transformed into day. His contemplation had offered insight into the reasons for the growing disharmony, but no guidance in what actions could be taken to manage it.

    The growing light revealed him to be a balding man with a square-cut beard. His face and arms were marked by scars that showed he had survived the blister-rash [chickenpox]. He would have been a tall man, once, but now he walked with a stoop, brought on by age and perhaps by the growing burden of caring for his people. He wore few adornments to show his rank; the main one that was visible was a golden chain studded with greenstone, worn around his neck.

    The breaking of the day also showed a ship negotiating its path through the narrow inlet at the north entrance to the harbour. An Islander ship which must have been waiting for enough light to make the passage. Even at this distance, with the strengthening light he could make out the purple colour that dominated the sails. He could not make out the design on the sail that went with it, but there was no need. Only one bloodline had purple sails: the Liwang.

    Strange indeed that they would send a ship here. And worrisome. The Liwang were traders in dyes more than anything else. It was their control of dye production which let them afford such a fantastically expensive choice as colouring their sails with sea purple. They mostly traded on the Island itself, and rarely sent ships here. For the Liwang to have a ship here could mean only some event of great import – or perhaps that the trade on the Island had grown so troubled that the Liwang had to resort to sending ships abroad in hope of finding profit.

    Coorabbin made his way back to the palace. His guards trailed unobtrusively behind him. Another sign of the changing times, that. Before, he had felt confident enough in the trust of his people and his neighbours that he did not bother bringing guards when he conducted his morning prayers beside the harbour. Now, he went nowhere without guards. Disharmony had all sorts of unforeseen consequences.

    He was not long in the palace before word came that the Liwang trading-captain was at the gates and sought an audience. He granted it after only a brief delay to show that the time of the king was valuable, without being so long to risk offence to one of the wealthiest Islander bloodlines.

    The trading-captain wore purple, too. The wealth of the Liwang was legendary. He went down on one knee in acknowledgement of being in royal presence. Coorabbin quickly gave him leave to rise.

    The captain stood and said, “I am Narntijara of the Liwang. I am honoured to be in your presence, Your Exaltedness.”

    An odd phrasing, and one which made it clear that Narntijara would be offering no gift to the royal household. Strange. Offering a gift was not mandatory, and Coorabbin would never insist on it from Islanders, but it would be usual practice if seeking royal favour. Whatever brought the Liwang here, it was something unusual, and probably not trade.

    “Do you seek permission to trade?” the king asked. Permission was only a formality, even if no gift was offered, and in routine trading visits Islanders would not even bother to visit the palace.

    “If the king pleases, I will seek among his subjects for suppliers of yams and wealth-seeds. Flax-seeds too, if they can be spared.”

    “You may trade for them,” Coorabbin said. He kept his voice neutral, but a hundred questions sprung to mind. Why were the Liwang, of all bloodlines, trading for food? Why had they come as far as Munmee instead of one of the nearer ports?

    Oh, Pankala was besieged, but even that was rarely enough to stop Islander ships calling. Even if the Luyandi had managed to blockade the harbour, they would not hinder a Liwang ship. Even if somehow entering Pankala was not possible, there were other ports between here and Pankala.

    “I thank you. And in exchange, I bring word of grave news which has afflicted Pankala.”

    “Does the siege continue?” the king asked.

    Narntijara shook his head. “It does, but that is not the dire news. A new plague has broken out within Pankala’s walls. A deadly fever which brings rash, delirium, and most often death. Many of the people are dead or dying, including the king. Perhaps the plague has spread to the armies outside, too. With the warning of plague, I did not stay long enough to find out, nor did I visit a port in between.”

    The king absently scratched at his waist, flicking a couple of lice off while he considered. This was dire news indeed. Plague was bad enough in itself, but it also meant that the armies of Luyandi and its allies would soon be victorious. If there was anything left of Pankala for them to occupy.

    Such was the balance in action. Luyandi had brought war, and its consequences were severe both on its neighbours and itself. The balance would be restored, one way or another, of course. But Coorabbin now wondered if the balance might only be restored because all of the peoples of the Seven Sisters were too badly-afflicted by plague to continue fighting.

    * * *

    Venus's Day, Cycle of Water, 14th Year of His Majesty Guneewin the Third (20 August 1646)
    Tapiwal [Robinvale], Victoria]
    Kingdom of Tjibarr

    Tjee Burra had a gift that few men could match: superior memory. When he heard facts, or read them, they usually remained with him for life. He needed to speak a man’s name only once to remember both his name and his face forever. So it had always been, since his youth. Though it had taken reaching adulthood to convince him that he should sometimes feign forgetfulness, and conceal his true prowess.

    His talents had naturally led him to a field where they were well-suited: medicine. In his youth, he quickly built an excellent reputation in that field. Though only a moderately-skilled surgeon, his diagnoses were swift and drew on the established wisdom that all physicians conveyed on parchment and tablet, and when they spoke with one another. Before he had seen thirty years, he was already recognised as a senior physician.

    While he retained his interest in medicine, his talents had soon found wider application. He had been raised to cheer the Grays on the football field. Here, too, his memory served him well in recognising what tactics worked or failed, in noticing and remembering each player’s strengths and weaknesses. He began to give advice to the sentinel for the Grays. That advice proved effective, and so he was heeded more and more.

    Perhaps he might have ended up taking over the sentinel’s office, until the Gray leaders realised that his talents also made him the perfect choice for managing the faction’s sources within Tjibarr and throughout the Five Rivers and Durigal [the Yadji realm]. He did not need to commit facts to parchment or tablet, and could allocate and coordinate activities better than any rivals.

    In time, his abilities had brought him to the leadership of the Grays – at least in so far as the faction had a leader. His was the most prominent voice in the faction, at least. In a faction even more prone to argument than most Gunnagal, leadership was a very amorphous concept.

    Despite having that rank, he had remained involved in medicine for all of his life. For diagnosis and advice, that is; it had been twenty years since he had performed any surgery. But he still read the reports which physicians provided of their activities, and often stood on the five-man panels that were used to judge another physician’s competence.

    Today, it seemed, the responsibilities of both halves of his life had become one.

    Today, the first case had been found in Tapiwal of a new plague. A plague new to that city, but which had broken out along the Copper Coast a couple of months before, afflicting both Tjibarr’s defending armies, and the Yadji invaders.

    What that would mean for the war and the Endless Dance amongst Tjibarr’s factions – well, in truth, he would need to think long about that question. He needed to determine as much as he could in his role as a physician, but that knowledge would have much wider application.

    The patient had been isolated in one room of the physicians’ hall in Tapiwal. As per standard practice. And Tjee Burra had expected that the new plague would provoke a vigorous argument amongst the city’s physicians about how to treat it.

    What he had not expected as that Tapiwal’s healers [2] would intervene and demand that they should be the ones responsible for treating the fevered woman. Healers! The strains of heated argument were the musical accompaniment of the morning, with healers and physicians holding voluminous debate about who had the authority.

    Tjee Burra let the argument continue in the background as he considered matters. Shouts and raised voices did not trouble him, any more than they would trouble any true Gunnagal; such behaviour was as natural as breathing. A man should adopt a more restrained style when conducting meetings that were part of the Dance, but for this sort of discussion, there was no such need.

    At length, he signalled to Lopitja, another senior physician. The man was called Lopitja the Red by some, for good reason. Discussions between physicians were sometimes considered to be above the dance of the factions. That was not strictly true, of course; any knowledge which a faction supporter acquired would be used to the advantage of that faction. But physicians could move freely between factions, and usually the knowledge they acquired was shared between all physicians regardless of any affiliation. Nor would any physician refuse to treat someone even if they were a known supporter of another faction.

    The two physicians moved aside to a slightly quieter section of the hall. “Would you care to wager on how long that little discussion will go on?” Tjee Burra asked.

    “I prefer to attain embarrassment wagering on football, not medicine,” Lopitja said dryly. “Though this is a worse argument than most. It could last months if neither side wish to back down.” He ventured a slight smile. “If it did, we would have to rename this hall the place of great disputation.”

    “It could be swiftly resolved if we needed it, naturally,” Tjee Burra said. “But let them argue for a little longer. I’d like your advice first.”

    “Resolved how? It is a perplexing matter. A new plague, a fever which produces both rash and delirium. How do you decide that [3]?”

    “Oh, come now,” Tjee Burra said. “It is not a new plague. It is spotted fever.”

    The other physician raised an eyebrow. “I don’t know that malady.”

    “Because it is very uncommon. Up until now,” Tjee Burra said. At Lopitja’s inquiring grunt, he went on, “Spotted fever strikes occasionally on the Copper Coast. Rarely, and usually far out in the countryside where the person recovers or dies before a physician can be found and travel to them. But Nyureegarr wrote about several cases of it, and I’m sure I’ve read about one or two other physicians who treated it, longer ago.”

    He remembered their names perfectly, in fact. Four other physicians had mentioned spotted fever, though only two had described treating more than one case of the affliction. But concealing his gifts was part of his nature by now.

    “The same plague?” Lopitja asked.

    “The same, or a very close variant,” Tjee Burra said. “The rash usually starts on the limbs rather than the chest, and diarrhoea is more common with that strain of spotted fever than what I’ve heard about this outbreak here. And this version seems to spread faster between men. But what concerns me is how best to treat it.”

    “Ah.” Lopitja may not have been as skilled a Dancer as Tjee Burra, but he knew how to listen to what was not said. “You want to know if I’ve learned anything in the Raw Men’s medical books about how to cure it.”

    “You’ve had more time to learn the Nedlandj language than I,” said Tjee Burra.

    In truth, learning new languages was, sadly, one area where Tjee Burra’s usually strong memory failed him. He could remember the names of people in other languages – as best he could pronounce those names, anyway – but not grasp the intricacies of speaking in a whole new language. Even if he could have spared the time from coordinating the endless business of the Grays, he would have difficulty learning it.

    “The books I have read reveal nothing useful, I fear,” Lopitja said. “Treatments which use animals or plants not found in the Five Rivers. Or draining the blood from the fevered men – and we saw how well that worked the last time it was tried.”

    Tjee Burra shook his head. The Raw Men’s use of bleeding had been tried on men afflicted with swamp-rash, and the panel who observed the practice had universally condemned it. Perhaps the treatment would work better for other diseases, but no physician wanted to risk his reputation by trying it.

    “What did – Nyureegarr, I think you said – recommend to treat spotted fever?”

    “Gum-water [i.e. wattle gum dissolved in water] mixed with salt, if the person had diarrhoea [4]. And a tonic of sarsaparilla, if not [5].”

    Lopitja looked back toward the ongoing argument, and past that to the door to where the fevered woman still lingered. “I fear we will soon have many opportunities to find out whether it works.

    * * *

    Typhus: the common name for a group of related diseases with similar symptoms, particularly a very high fever, mental confusion and delirium, and often a widespread skin rash or spots. These diseases include one of the deadliest diseases in history, epidemic typhus, and confusingly, typhoid fever, another of history’s deadliest diseases, and whose name means “typhus-like” because it has some similar symptoms of high fever and mental confusion.

    True typhus diseases are caused by any of several related species of Rickettsia bacteria. Epidemic typhus (Rickettsia prowazekii), spread by infected lice, is the most dangerous of these diseases as it is capable of causing wide-scale epidemics as infected lice spread from person to person. The related disease of murine or endemic typhus (Rickettsia typhi), is spread by fleas, usually from rats, and while it can be deadly to individuals, it is much less likely to turn into an epidemic.

    There are several more related diseases around the world caused by other species of Rickettsia, usually transmitted by ticks but sometimes by fleas or mites. These are collectively called spotted fevers, such as Rocky Mountain spotted fever (Rickettsia rickettsii) found in the Americas. The spotted fevers were often fatal before modern antibiotics, but were very rarely spread from person to person. A similar disease called scrub typhus (or bush typhus) is in fact caused by a different genus of bacteria (Orientia), but is also has similar symptoms and is spread by invertebrate bites, in this case chiggers (trombiculid mites).

    The Gunnagal physicians of the 1640s knew little of these matters, of course. They knew nothing about epidemic typhus or typhoid until they found a few references within purchased European medical texts. Even then, these descriptions were just two out of many diseases being described which had not yet reached Aururia.

    However, some Gunnagal physicians did know about spotted fever. For Aururia harbours three kinds of typhus-type illnesses. Two of these, scrub typhus and Australian tick typhus (Rickettsia australis) are usually found in the tropical north of the continent, far from the knowledge of Gunnagal physicians.

    But one form, Flinders Island spotted fever (Rickettsia honei), occurs along the coastal strip of fertile land which the Gunnagal call the Copper Coast, whose most prominent historical city is Adelaide. The disease is in fact far more widespread than that region, being found in scattered regions around Aururia and Asia, including places as far afield as historical Flinders Island in Bass Strait, and in Thailand and Nepal.

    Even within the Copper Coast, Flinders Island spotted fever is a rare disease. The natural hosts are various species of small marsupials, and it is transmitted to humans by a couple of species of tick that prefer moist climates and so are usually found only very near to the coast. The marsupial hosts avoid human presence, too, so cases only happen in rural dwellers who are venturing into bushland away from farms.

    Infected people face a complex of symptoms which are similar to epidemic typhus, though usually less severe. There is none of the sensitivity to bright light found in typhus, the spotted rash is more severe than in typhus and spreads from the extremities first instead of the chest and torso, and diarrhoea is a much more common complication. It is sometimes fatal, and effective treatment is impossible without antibiotics, but still, the majority of those infected survive.

    Thus, for the Gunnagal of pre-Houtmanian Aururia, spotted fever was a minor affliction. It was sorry news for the unfortunate few who caught it, but it was just one of many diseases which could be transmitted from animals, but fortunately never made the jump to becoming human-to-human transmitted diseases.

    Rare or not, a few Gunnagal physicians noticed the disease. In their usual way, they described the symptoms and the treatments they attempted. These descriptions were available to other physicians, although the disease was so sporadic in its appearance that even many physicians who read of it did not remember it. The few who did, though, were quick to recognise typhus as a close cousin of spotted fever. Naturally, having recognised spotted fever – or so they thought – Gunnagal physicians attempted to use those treatments they knew.

    The first of these treatments was extremely simple: dissolve wattle-gum in water, add salt, and serve to the patient in small amounts, regularly, until they improve. Gunnagal physicians developed this technique several centuries earlier. Lacking sugar or honey, wattle-gum is one of their prime sweeteners, and it dissolves easily in water. Gum-water was one of their common sweet beverages. All it took was adding salt to turn it into a treatment that worked reasonably well against many diseases that produce fluid loss, such as diarrhoea or gastroenteritis.

    Gunnagal physicians had, in fact, stumbled across a primitive form of oral rehydration therapy [6]. It often helped in saving the lives of people who contracted acute diarrhoea or other infections. It would have been even more effective if Gunnagal physicians had a proper conception of the importance of proportions in treatments. Unfortunately, while in some respects Tjibarr society was very concerned about accurate measurements – such as in measuring time – in medicine, the idea had developed that if a little of a treatment is good, more of it is better. So, often over-enthusiastic carers would supply fluids with too much wattle-gum or salt, which prevented enough fluids being absorbed.

    The other treatment which Gunnagal physicians adopted was providing a tonic of sweet sarsaparilla. This was again a practice they adopted for many other diseases, but in this case, it was of no use even against spotted fever. Sarsaparilla tonic does have some capacity to reduce inflammation, and is an extremely effective cure for scurvy, but otherwise its only benefit is as a placebo.

    Against epidemic typhus, neither of these treatments would be effective cures. Fluid loss is only rarely the major problem with epidemic typhus, so the gum water with salt treatment that the Gunnagal physicians attempted gave only the most limited assistance. Sarsaparilla tonic was even less helpful.

    Before the development of antibiotics, the only really effective response to typhus was quarantine. Even enforcing that would be difficult in such a louse-ridden age.

    * * *

    The Yadji had been at war with Tjibarr and its Five Rivers allies for just over a year when typhus appeared in the Yadji armies besieging Goolrin [Murray Bridge]. Until this time, the course of the war had broadly favoured the Yadji armies. Tjibarr’s armies had been defeated and pushed back, with Jugara [Victor Harbor] now in their hands, along with an ever-increasing stretch of the Copper Coast. Gutjanal’s armies gained some initial victories following their surprise declaration of war, but even there, the Yadji forces were regaining ground.

    The outbreak of what their European allies called camp-fever devastated the Yadji armies. Almost a third of their soldiers were killed, and the epidemic quickly spread more broadly across the Copper Coast, including to other Yadji forces in the region. The Yadji besiegers were forced to withdraw from Goolrin.

    Fortunately for the Yadji, they did not have to retreat too far. Tjibarr responded by imposing a quarantine which meant that its own forces did not advance far until the epidemic had abated. The Yadji were also still supported by Inglidj cavalry who were immune to typhus, or so it appeared. In truth, that was because the Inglidj forces were mostly German veterans who had already endured and survived typhus during the late war in Europe.

    With his military position crumbling, Bidwadjari sought permission from the Regent to negotiate a truce with Tjibarr’s forces. He explained that his armies needed time to recover – even the survivors were in no condition to fight – and he hoped that an extended truce might make the pact between the Five Rivers nations collapse, as it had done so often in the past.

    Gunya Yadji granted permission, so Bidwadjari sent an emissary to request formal truce negotiations. He quickly received two unpleasant surprises. The first was that Tjibarr insisted that the truce cover all three Five Rivers nations, or none. The second was that the Nedlandj insisted on being represented at the truce negotiations, and Tjibarr supported that demand.

    Under the Regent’s standing orders, no Nedlandj men could enter Yadji territory and live. This made even finding a place to conduct negotiations difficult, since according to Yadji custom, all of the land they occupied was now part of their territory. Eventually, after furious discussions with the two princes sent to negotiate on the Regent’s behalf, agreement was reached to conduct negotiations at a temporary encampment set up on an island in the middle of the Nyalananga, downstream from Goolrin [Long Island, Murray Bridge].

    The truce negotiations between Tjibarr and the Yadji were reasonably straightforward, since the two powers had a long history of negotiating truces when it suited their mutual interests. Neither side expected this truce to end the war, only to delay it in accord with ancient custom. The only real question was the duration of the truce, with discussions about whether it should be one year, two years, or somewhere in between. Eventually, they settled on two years.

    The complications in the negotiations came from the presence of the Nedlandj. The Nedlandj wanted the truce to include amnesty for the Company employees in the Copper Coast. The Yadji princes responded that the Regent’s order was clear: all Nedlandj who set foot in the Land of the Five Directions would be killed.

    The Nedlandj protested that many of their ships were already en route between Jugara and their homeland, and did not know who now ruled Jugara. With shipping times and communications being what they were, ships could still arrive at Jugara for many more months without realising that they were entering Yadji territory. They would not have known, since word of the Yadji conquest would not have reached them before they set out. Two years, it could take, since voyages to and from Europe took up to a year.

    After some more lengthy discussions back with the Regent, the Yadji made some concessions. For the next twenty-five full moons, any Nedlandj who landed in Jugara would be permitted to live, and to conduct trade with nominated Tjibarr and Nangu merchants. The Regent’s agents would collect a twelfth of all goods that passed each way, both Tjibarr and Nedlandj. During that time, any Nedlandj who ventured out of sight of Jugara would be killed. After twenty-five full moons, all trade would be controlled by the Yadji, and only Inglidj and Nangu ships would be permitted to visit. The Nedlandj would be killed if they appeared.

    With that concession, the truce was agreed. But both sides knew that Prince Rupert’s War was not yet over.

    * * *

    History does not record exactly where and when typhus first arrived in Aururia. The first outbreak mentioned in surviving records was in Pankala in July 1643, but typhus almost certainly disembarked earlier. In comparison to most previous Old World diseases to enter the Land of Gold, typhus was relatively slow to spread and variable in its mortality rate. Its proliferation and lethality depended on how crowded people were, and their available nutrition; poorly nourished people were much more vulnerable to its effects, particularly when crowded together.

    Almost certainly, typhus arrived on a Dutch ship sometime in the late 1630s or early 1640s. It may well have been a low-level disease that went unnoticed for several years; if the early victims were well-nourished, many of them would have survived.

    Indeed, the disease may well have arrived multiple times within a handful of years. By this time, the Dutch East India Company was rapidly expanding its trade with Aururia, and many ships arrived directly in the Seven Sisters, the Island or Jugara without stopping in Atjuntja lands first. Given the near-simultaneous outbreaks in the Seven Sisters and Tiayal [the Atjuntja realm], and the appearance at Goolrin three years later without any known records of outbreaks at Copper Coast ports, it is possible that separate ships had brought typhus to each locale, rather than being transmitted by local contact.

    Whatever the route it used to arrive, when it came, typhus was deadly.

    The disease appeared first in the war-ravaged Seven Sisters, and quickly spread across Mutjing lands. A couple of months later, an epidemic flared up in the famine-stricken lands of north-western Tiayal, and propagated more slowly across all of the Atjuntja lands. Quarantine kept typhus from the Island for a time, but eventually it flared up there, too.

    In 1646 typhus appeared in Goolrin among the besieging Yadji armies, and from there, its spread was largely unstoppable. Over the next few years, it spread to most of the farming peoples of the continent. It sometimes spread to the hunter-gatherer populations of the central and northern regions of the continent, although its spread was more variable. Sometimes lice-infested, panic-stricken survivors would flee from their dying band to seek refuge in another band, thus propagating the disease. In other cases, the infestation would burn out amongst hunter-gather bands.

    On average, the initial typhus epidemic, on top of the previous plagues, wars and famines, brought the death toll in Aururia to about 25% of the pre-contact population. However, some areas were hit much harder than others. The war-engulfed regions of the Seven Sisters and the Cider Isle had compact, dense populations which meant that typhus could easily spread, particularly in the armies, and so that survivors could easily flee and break any attempted quarantine. Both regions suffered severe population collapse, losing more than a third of their pre-contact population.

    The Atjuntja were also more severely affected than most, with some areas already afflicted by famines born of rat plagues, and the loss of workers was also severe enough that famine became a more widespread affliction. The typhus epidemic hit the Yadji about as hard as the average in Aururia, but the toll included an unfortunately large percentage of their veteran soldiers.

    The Five Rivers suffered much less than most of its neighbours. There were some outbreaks of typhus, including a couple which were transmitted through their territory up the Anedeli [River Darling] and Gurrnyal [Lachlan River] to the lands beyond. But their physicians knowledge and credibility meant that quarantines were imposed much more effectively, isolating cities or villages as needed. While typhus still cost many lives, in comparison to their neighbours, the Five Rivers were fortunate.

    In time, the typhus epidemic spread as far as the Kiyungu, although their northernmost outposts past Quamba [Mackay, Queensland] were spared. The Nuttana trading association there imposed their own, effective quarantine. The epidemic spread to most of the eastern coast, too, but its transmission was slower, and it bypassed many of the more isolated communities.

    Across Aururia, the average death toll was thus a quarter of their population, similar to when the first Antonine Plague swept through the Roman Empire. But the concentration of this toll in some areas meant that those regions were on the verge of social breakdown.

    The Seven Sisters, in particular, was devastated. War between the city-states had already been raging for several years, and now typhus nearly depopulated some cities. Pankala had been the foremost Mutjing city for nearly two centuries, but the epidemic killed over half of its population, and most of the survivors abandoned the city. Pankala was reduced to a minor town under the effective control of Luyandi.

    Across the peninsula, the war-shattered populations could no longer resist the advances of the Dutch-backed armies of Luyandi. After the plagues had subsided, in 1648 the king of Luyandi proclaimed himself “first among equals” for the Mutjing lands. He established a council of the monarchs of the city-states (with the notable exception of Pankala), which notionally governed the peninsula, but which was in truth nothing but an extension of his will. In 1659, the entire peninsula would be proclaimed a Dutch protectorate.

    The collapse of Mutjing society in turn had drastic consequences for the Nangu. For centuries, the Island’s population had been much larger than could be sustained by farming their limited arable land, even supplemented by fishing. Most of their population were non-farming specialists - merchants, sailors, dyemakers, shipbuilders, and others – who could not farm properly even if they had land available. The Island relied on food imports from the Seven Sisters.

    With Mutjing supplies cut off, the Island was forever changed. Before de Houtman first made contact with Aururia in 1619, there were about 70,000 Nangu, with 60,000 living on the Island itself and 10,000 scattered around their various trade ports, colonies, and economic vassals. While the Island had never conducted a formal census, it is estimated that between 50,000 and 55,000 survived the various plagues that culminated in a typhus epidemic. With its remaining farmland, fishing fleet and scattered imports of food from the Seven Sisters or Tjibarr, the Island could feed about 20,000 people.

    The result was a Nangu diaspora. The process had already begun before typhus reached the Seven Sisters. Some Nangu had already fled the Island to a variety of destinations, such as the new Nuttana ports. Many more Nangu would join the exodus in the years after. Some of these exiles did not come from the Island itself; several of the older Nangu outposts were abandoned entirely, such as their outpost of Isolation which had already been declining due to the fall in trade with the Atjuntja.

    A few of the fleeing Nangu went to the Seven Sisters, because they believed that they could best find food and maintain their faith amongst their Plirite fellows, the Mutjing. Many more fled further afield. Some joined the Nangu ports on the Copper Coast, particularly Dogport and Jugara. A few went to their protected outpost of Yellow Pine on the Cider Isle. Some joined their co-religionists on the eastern coast of Aururia, or the Tjunini and Kurnawal on the Cider Isle. The Kalendi bloodline, and many of their allies, began a mass exodus to Aotearoa.

    But the largest group of exiles from the Island travelled the farthest, to the Kiyungu and the growing trade towns further north. This migration, more than anything else, marked the foundation of the Nuttana as their own power: a core of Nangu exiles, together with many Kiyungu labourers and farmers, and a few people of other cultures whom they persuaded to join them.

    * * *

    From: “The World Historical Dictionary”

    Nangu Diaspora

    (1) The exodus of Nangu from Gurree Island [the Island] to destinations either within Aururia or overseas. This exodus is usually considered to consist of two waves, or sometimes three:

    (i) The pre-Houtmanian exodus of Nangu to colonies or cities within their economic hegemony, from approximately 1400 to 1620. The principal targets of the first wave included Jugara, Dogport, Pankala, Munmee, and Luyandi.

    (ii) The large-scale migrations from Gurree during 1635 to 1660, due to economic collapse and famine. The main destinations of the second wave were Wujal [Cooktown] and smaller Nuttana ports, Aotearoa, Okinawa, and some locations which had already received Nangu migrants during the first wave.

    (iii) More controversially, any of the subsequent emigrations of peoples of Nangu heritage to destinations further afield, principally the Congxie and Kogung.

    (2) A descendant of one of the waves of the Nangu Diaspora who continues to reside outside Aururia.

    * * *

    10th Year of Regent Gunya Yadji / 13 September 1646
    Baringup [Ravenswood, Victoria]
    Durigal [Land of the Five Directions]

    The Yadji prince who explained the news to him appeared pleased by it. Once he understood the fellow’s explanation, Prince Ruprecht did not share the sentiment.

    “This will not do,” Ruprecht murmured, in German. No Yadji understood that tongue. “Two years of peace? This will not do at all.”

    He had come to this distant land of savages to win gold and glory for himself, but this peace would deny him both.

    “I must do something about this,” Ruprecht said. “I must ensure that I can win glory.”

    * * *

    [1] Coorabbin does not consider the kings of Luyandi to be full kings because they are elected monarchs.

    [2] People of the Five Rivers draw a distinction between “natural” and “supernatural” illnesses. “Natural” illnesses are broadly those with some visible external symptoms (e.g. rashes, coughing), and “supernatural” illnesses are those without any such signs (e.g. delirium). Physicians treat natural illnesses, while supernatural illnesses are treated by a separate class of priest-healers who use spiritual treatments. However, there are occasionally demarcation disputes over whether an illness is natural or supernatural.

    [3] The argument here has arisen because a disease which is a fever alone is considered to be a supernatural illness. A fever with visible external signs, however, is viewed as a natural illness and treated as such. The argument has arisen because a disease which produces delirium is usually considered a supernatural illness. Epidemic typhus (the disease here) produces a characteristic fever, and both a rash and (often) delirium. Hence the Gunnagal are having difficulty classifying the disease.

    [4] This actually works.

    [5] This doesn’t.

    [6] This is a process of administering fluids with salt and sugar (or equivalents) in measured proportions, to counteract fluid and salt loss. It has the advantage of being cheap and easy to administer, and thus is widespread today in treating dysentery or similar illnesses. While the specific therapy is a relatively recent development in modern medicine, it has historical antecedents. The Indian medical tradition recommended mixtures of fluids (e.g. rice water, coconut juice, and carrot soup) with similar effects.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Last edited:
    Lands of Red and Gold #76: My Highland Home
  • Lands of Red and Gold #76: My Highland Home

    This instalment represents the first half of what was meant to be a single post. Due to a few RL commitments, though, finishing this post has been delayed, so I'm posting the first half now. The second half will follow, hopefully in a week or so.

    * * *

    Aururia is the flattest and most low-lying continent in the world. It has few mountains, and most of those are hills in comparison to those on other continents, or even those on the failed continent whose highest regions rise above the waves to form Aotearoa.

    Yet Aururia does have a few highland regions. The largest of these is the regions which another history will call the Monaro and Errinundra plateaus. Nestled below the highest peaks on the continent, these highlands are the source of the largest rivers in Aururia, the Nyalananga [Murray] and Matjidi [Murrumbidgee]. The height of these peaks catches enough rainfall and winter snowfall so that the Nyalananga and Matjidi, unlike many Aururian rivers, almost never run dry.

    The reliability [1] of the Nyalananga meant that, over thousands of years, the dwellers alongside its banks were able to gradually domesticate one plant that they found there: the red yam. The slow, unconscious process of domestication meant that those lowland dwellers became semi-sedentary, and then in time they domesticated an entire package of crops. They became pioneering farmers. In time, their descendants would expand over much of the continent, bringing their crops and languages with them, and displacing the hunter-gatherers who formerly lived in those regions. Their crops would spread even further, to the south-west of Aururia, and to Aotearoa.

    The highlands, though, were another matter. The key crop of lowland agriculture was the red yam. While that plant gave excellent yields in the lowlands, it required a long growing season for best results. It could tolerate snow cover during winter, but it needed a reasonably early melt in spring to start its growth. The altitude of the highlands meant that the early versions of red yams could not get reliably established there.

    Despite several attempts, early Gunnagalic farmers could not maintain themselves in the highlands. Some migrants passed through the highlands to the low-lying coastal regions beyond, but they could not remain in the high country. For several centuries after farming was spreading across lowland Aururia, the highlands remained the preserve of hunter-gatherers who spoke other languages: Nguril and Kaoma.

    Farming came late to the highlands, and largely through a stroke of chance. The red yam was the earliest and most important root crop in the lowlands, but it was not the only one they cultivated. Murnong is another staple Aururian root crop, whose above ground growth looks like a dandelion, but which produces edible tubers. The plant is more tolerant of cold than red yams, and there is an alpine-adapted subspecies of wild murnong which already grew in the highlands. In the upper Matjidi valley, a chance cross-breeding between a domesticated lowland murnong and a wild upland murnong produced a new strain of murnong, one which was suitable for farming even in the highlands.

    The spread of upland murnong was slow; after all, it did not form a complete agricultural package. But cultivation of murnong allowed the highland dwellers to become hunter-gardeners, with food storage letting them support an increased population. Cold-adapted versions of cornnarts [wattles] followed over the next couple of centuries, together with several supplementary crops such as scrub nettles for leaves and fibre, and different strains of flax which yielded either large edible seeds or fibre. With these, the Nguril and Kaoma had adequate crops to become mostly sedentary farmers. Eventually, a cold-adapted version of the red yam was added to their farming package, but this happened a couple of centuries after the highlanders were already farmers.

    However, while the Nguril and Kaoma had taken up farming, their agriculture was never as productive as that of the lowlands. The red yam had been adapted to a shorter growing season, but at the cost of a smaller tuber. The most important staple remained the lower-yielding murnong. The soils of the uplands were poorer, too. Farmers they were, but bountiful farmers they were not; they continued to gather more in the way of wild foods than lowlanders. Agricultural surpluses were smaller, and the population density was always less than in the Five Rivers lowlands.

    The character of agriculture led to vastly different societies for highlands and lowlands. In the lowlands, large agricultural surpluses were combined with convenient riverine transport networks. The agricultural surpluses allowed a significant proportion of the lowland population to be non-farming specialists, while the ease of moving food by water allowed those specialists to live in several large cities and towns.

    In the highlands, not only were agricultural surpluses smaller, they were less reliable from year to year. Without water transport or any beasts of burden other than dogs, moving food around was slow and expensive, and famines more common. The highlanders thus did not dwell in cities or large towns. They built some small villages where they met seasonally for markets and other commerce, and where a few specialists lived, such as smiths, leatherworkers and the like. But even those specialists would continue their activities from farms as often as not. Those agricultural surpluses which did exist were converted into caches of food held in dispersed locations to protect against crop failures or bushfires. Or, after states emerged in the lowlands, as protection against invasion.

    For invasion from the lowlands was a common feature of highland life. Though it must be said that in turn, the hill men did plenty of raiding of their own into the lowlands. The states based along the Nyalananga and Matjidi often sent armies into the highlands. The names of those states sometimes changed – the Classical great cities of Gundabingee, Weenaratta and Garrkimang; the Imperial power of Watjubaga; the post-Imperial states of Yigutji and Gutjanal – but the drive into the highlands never seemed to end.

    Yet while lowlanders could send armies into the highlands, converting that effort into a successful invasion was another matter. The highlands had no waterways to send food for an invading army, and what the highlands called roads were nothing but muddy tracks. Nor was there much in the way of real targets to conquer. The highlanders tended to scatter rather than come to pitched battle. Deploying troops into the few small towns was easy enough, but keeping them there for long was nothing but an invitation to starvation when food ran out. Tracking down the caches of food was challenging; the hill men concealed both caches and themselves well.

    Invasion of the highlands was further complicated by the different timing of the seasons. The main campaigning season for lowland armies was during the winter. Then, the main root crops had died back to the ground, with their tubers harvested and replanted for the following year. The next harvest, of early-flowering cornnarts, would not begin until late spring. Winter was when food supplies were at their largest and the greatest part of the population could be spared from agricultural duties and levied into armies. But this was the time when snow covered the highlands, making an invasion foolhardy. Any would-be invaders had to wait until late spring, or better yet summer, when they had more reduced manpower and lower supplies of food to bring with them to the highlands.

    Time and again, invading armies came to the same conclusion: easy to burn a few towns and farms, declare victory, and then head home; almost impossible to effect a lasting conquest.

    * * *

    The closest any lowlanders came to conquering the highlands was during the height of the Watjubaga Empire, under the First Speakers. After many previous failures, in the mid-eighth century the imperial armies succeeded in imposing a degree of control over the highlands. In keeping with imperial practice, this largely consisted of demanding tribute from local leaders. Such tribute would be regularly if grudgingly paid when imperial power was strong. But whenever the imperial power weakened due to rebellion, war, civil strife or simply a poor First Speaker, tribute payments ceased quickly, as the local leaders who had been paying tribute either led a revolt or lost their lives to revolts they could not stop. A fresh invasion would be required each time, beginning the difficult process over again. After about a century of intermittent control of the highlands, the imperial armies were pushed out in a rebellion in 887 AD, and they would never again have a lasting presence in the highlands.

    The final lapse of imperial control over the highlands ushered in an era of the hill-men’s favourite pastime: raiding. This was an art form which the highlanders had practised long before the Empire appeared, but which was now encouraged because even the limited imperial rule had given the hill-men a taste for many of the goods available in the lowlands. Acquiring these goods through commerce was difficult for the highlanders. Their only significant export goods were the sweet peppers which grew better in the highlands than in the lowlands, and there were never enough of these to buy everything that the hill-men wanted. Instead, the highlanders often turned to a more ancient form of commerce, that known as “you get what you grab”.

    The art of raiding was well-suited to the highlanders’ social structure, since this form of artistry was one which they practised on themselves as much as on the lowlanders. For the hill-men had some sense of commonality, in that they viewed themselves as separate from the lowlanders, but that did not make them friends. The hill-men gladly raided each other as much as they raided the lowlands.

    Highland life was one of frequent raids, or at least the possibility of such raids. This led to a culture where all able-bodied men were expected to carry weapons and know how to use them, and who mostly had experience in carrying out raids or defending against them. This meant that in proportion to their population, the highlanders could mobilise much larger fighting forces than lowlanders, and do so at short notice. And most of those men [2] would be veterans.

    Of course, the highlanders could not mobilise such forces for long. The demands of upland agriculture meant that most workers were needed in the fields for much of the year. But as with the lowlands, there was a campaigning season. In the lowlands, this season fell during winter. In the highlands, it was summer. For highland agriculture, early-flowering cornnarts were harvested in late November and early December, and the next harvest of late-flowering cornnarts did not begin until the end of February or early March.

    This left a summer campaigning season where the hill-men could mobilise and go raiding. They usually took advantage of that opportunity. The highlanders could not sustain a long-term invasion of the highlands, but they could and did make many raids.

    * * *

    Culturally and for the most part genetically, the hill-men are descendants of the old Nguril and Kaoma-speaking hunter-gatherers who slowly took up farming during the era when Gunnagalic speakers were expanding across the continents. As speakers of non-Gunnagalic languages, they are in a distinct minority; only four such languages survived within the region which later history would call Gunnagalia.

    The Nguril language, spoken mostly in the northern half of the highlands, is distantly related to the Bungudjimay language, whose speakers live a third of a continent away along the eastern coast. The Kaoma language, spoken mostly in the southern half of the highlands, is a linguistic isolate. No related languages survive; presumably they were swallowed during the Gunnagalic expansion. A couple of later linguists will claim that they find evidence of a Kaoma-related language as a substrate in the Wangalo language in the neighbouring eastern lowlands around Yuin-Bika [Bega, NSW], but those linguists will usually be dismissed as cranks.

    Socially, the hill-men were long divided into a complex system of lineages and kinship groupings. These were viewed as being part of shared descent from famous named ancestors (some almost certainly mythical), and sometimes were linked to political leadership, but mostly dictated rules around intermarriage. Men from one lineage were forbidden to seek out wives from the same lineage, but could to choose from a set of other acceptable lineages. Usually on marriage a wife was considered to adopt her husband’s lineage, but there were provisions for some occasions where a husband would adopt the wife’s lineage, such as occasions when a leader of repute had only daughters.

    Individual lineages were also considered part of larger kinship groupings, for which the Nguril and Kaoma names are usually translated as “tribes”. There were five of these groupings. Intermarriage was usually only permitted between lineages of the same tribe, although there were a few special exceptions where particular lineages had for some historical reason or other [3] allowed intermarriage with one or two lineages from other tribes. The main reason why the distinction between Nguril and Kaoma languages was preserved was because the two largest tribes were predominantly Nguril speakers, while the remaining three tribes were mostly Kaoma speakers, and intermarriage between them was so restricted that they remained linguistically separate (and mostly genetically, too).

    In the late fourteenth century, the hill-men experienced their greatest social change since the end of imperial influence. In that era, the new Yadji Empire was emerging from its feudal predecessor, the Empire of the Lake. That empire had an old military caste, the briyuna, who were being forcibly retired from service by the new Yadji Regents [Emperors]. Many of them accepted that retirement, but some refused to give up their old ethos, and fled instead. Most of those exiles ended up in the highlands, where they became part of the hill-men.

    The briyuna brought with them their own code of appropriate behaviour for warriors. Their ethos had also included the expectation that a briyuna would be literate, and they brought that view with them to the highlands. More importantly from the highlanders’ perspective, they also brought with them much better knowledge of iron-working, armour and weapons than the hill-men possessed on their own.

    The briyuna integrated into highland society reasonably well. The intermarriage prohibitions of the highlands mostly applied to their own lineages; lowlanders were outside those lineages, and while there were few examples of intermarriage with lowlanders, they were not forbidden. Many of the briyuna found local wives. Even where they did not, their ethos still lived on via the hill-men they taught.

    With the briyuna influence, the hill-men were still raiders, but they now viewed raiding as being as much for glory and honour as for plunder. The hill-men gradually adopted stricter codes of how a warrior should behave while raiding, although the strictest aspects of those codes applied to raids on other highlanders; the view of which codes applied to lowlanders was much looser. Thanks to briyuna influence, the hill-men also acquired a dislike of the Yadji realm, and they gradually increased their raids into imperial territory.

    Some of the effects of briyuna influence were more symbolic. In their old realm, they adopted a system of banners to mark their allegiance, and as a rallying point in battle. While the hill-men did not adopt banners in the same way – they were of less use in the sort of raids the highlanders preferred – they did adopt a code of symbols for their men, to represent leader and lineage, modelled on the symbols of the old briyuna banners.

    Politically, the government of the highlands has not changed that much even with the integration of the briyuna. The hill-men are mostly organised at the level of a village or small region controlled by a “chief”, or respected warleader. Most of the followers of a chief will be of the same lineage, although there are many examples of chiefs who have followers from many lineages, and even sometimes from different tribes.

    Given the ever-shifting risks and endemic raiding of the highlands, a successful chief is one who has obtained the most glory in leading raids, and in protecting against raids on his own people. With the briyuna ethos gradually permeating the highland psyche, a leader is also viewed as one who behaves appropriately as a warrior, at least when dealing with other highlanders.

    Swift indeed is the fate of a leader who fails in raids or becomes perceived as weak. This is an ancient tradition; even during imperial times, a leader who had been forced to concede tribute to the Empire would quickly lose his life if a revolt began and he did not join it. If a chief falls, new chiefs will quickly emerge to replace those who have lost power and life.

    The highlands have no enduring political organisation above the level of chief. Sometimes more powerful chiefs manage to impose a level of control on neighbouring chiefs, whether through sheer prestige, or collaboration if lowlander attacks grow more threatening. Such control rarely lasts beyond the lifetime of a given chief, however; the power of a chief relies so much on personal prestige that it seldom transfers to a successor.

    So far, this state of affairs has continued even after the first contact with the Raw Men. The highlanders cared very little for the events in distant Atjuntja lands, even where they heard of them. The gradual expansion of trade with the Raw Men likewise meant little to people who traditionally conducted commerce at the point of a dagger. The plagues spread even to the highlands, but while these were devastating, for some plagues the death toll was lower due to the lower population density in the highlands. The plagues have not yet meant that the highlands have reached the point of social breakdown.

    With the growing trade links with Raw Men companies, and the outbreak of the Proxy Wars, highland society may soon change.

    * * *

    [1] Always a relative term when describing Aururian waterways.

    [2] Or mostly men, anyway. Highlander women are often familiar enough with weapons to defend themselves on raids, but it is extremely rare for them to be permitted to “take up arms”, i.e. to be called to take part on a raid.

    [3] Usually where a successful warleader had a bastard child with a mistress of another lineage, and still viewed that child as kin, and so arranged a deal where the warleader’s own lineage recognised intermarriage with the other given lineage.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Last edited:
    Lands of Red and Gold Interlude #5: Let Your Light Shine
  • Lands of Red and Gold Interlude #5: Let Your Light Shine

    This special gives an overview of how All Hallows’ Eve may be seen through the prism of another history. As with all specials, this post should not be taken in an overly serious manner.

    * * *

    This letter appeared in The Logos of Dundee [Scotland], 31 October 1964.

    Dear Sirs,

    I muʃt proteʃt in the ʃtrongeʃt of terms your chronicle’s unwarranted endorʃement of the alien celebration called “Hallowe’en”.

    Your register has been inundated with too many ill-conʃidered, illness-inducing, and almoʃt-illiterate articles that illuminate and even ʃupport the foreign tradition of “Hallowe’en” and all that thereby entails: children dressed as elves, trolls, nixies, ʃkeletons, and other villeins prancing from houʃe to houʃe declaiming that moʃt miserable demand with menace known as “trick or treat”, jack-o’-lanterns made from abominable pumpkins, bobbing for apples, and other ʃuch outlandiʃh miscellanies.

    Need I remind you, ʃirs, that our fair city of Dundee, wherein you have graciously choʃen to publiʃh your chronicle, is a city inhabited by men and women of the Scottiʃh Nation? We, your readers, are of the ancient blood of Alba, and it is our own festivals and customs which you ʃhould, nay, muʃt endorʃe in your diverʃe writings.

    I note, ʃirs, that even when you have deigned to refer to the proper festival of Samhain, your articles in that regard have not merely been few, they have been deficient. To take but one recent, notorious example, your article “Wandering the Streets” by Hezekiah MacDuff, on the 29th, deʃcribed how children ʃhould be dressed in apt costumes and go from houʃe to houʃe, ʃinging in auld verʃe and receiving gifts of food. That much is good and proper. But while your missive hails the jack-o’-lanterns that ʃhould wait at the door, it neglects to ʃay that theʃe muʃt be made from worthy turnips, in accord with our ancient custom, not with that vile American fruit ʃo gracelessly called pumpkin. Even more abominably, the moʃt conʃpicuous feature of that moʃt verboʃe article was a complete abʃence of any word about bonfires. How can a true ʃtory of Samhain ignore the element which is moʃt highly-regarded and essential to its proper celebration?

    It muʃt be ʃaid that there can be no finer celebration of this moment in the passage of the ʃeaʃons: the children dressed as ʃithi, etins, and ʃprites go guiʃing from ʃtreet to ʃtreet, ʃinging auld verʃe both for their own celebration and to ward off the ʃpirits of the wandering dead, with jack-o’-lanterns of turnips to light the way, while on the great crossroads the bonfires illuminate the night as marʃhmallows, cheʃtnuts and boomberas [macadamias] are roasted above it.

    That, ʃirs, is the true meaning of Samhain, and it is that which your chronicle muʃt ʃhow to all of your readers, for it is we, ʃirs, who ultimately pay your ʃalaries, and without us, your readers, you would have no chronicle, and thus no income.

    If I might further inform, that need not mean that you muʃt never refer to the celebrations of other peoples. No harm could come if you chooʃe, from time to time, to enlighten your readers with the festivals and customs of other nations. Theʃe are matters of which occaʃional knowledge is proper. But this can not, muʃt not be allowed to outweigh the proper information and celebration of our own customs of Samhain.

    I am pleaʃed to remain, ʃirs, your moʃt humble and obedient ʃervant,

    Fionn Hume, Eʃq.

    * * *

    Taken from The Monstrous Sourcebook, a compendium used in the game Wizards & Warriors

    ELVES

    Stylish, glamorous humanoids, elves are fey-born creatures as attractive as they are dangerous. Hot with anger, and hot with passion, an elf can seduce a human with as much skill as it can hunt him.

    Poised and alluring, lithe and nimble, elves are creatures of magic and music; often they combine the two. An elfish dancer has no equal, so report those who have seen them. Their songs sound beautiful, unless you understand the words. The legend of elves is that they can steal a man’s heart; what the legend neglects to mention is that this is not a metaphor. Sometimes a hunter does not come home because he has become the hunt. Some men pray to meet elves, only to find that to an elf they are prey.

    An elf can fascinate and entrance those they meet; venturers who have survived them often say that much of their allure comes from the fact that you never know until the fatal moment whether they wish to dance with you or hunt you. They have no moral compass; or if they do, it is eternally spinning without settling on one direction.

    Whether because they are attuned to nature or a gift of their fey blood, elves are stealthy and hunters par excellence. They can track a bat through fog. They are extremely gifted in magic, in many forms, though they seldom use it when hunting. Keen of sight and rarely seen, an elf could shoot a human from cover easily if they so desired, but rarely will they do so without warning. A hunt is sport to an elf, and they will usually allow their quarry a decent chance to survive, if they are fast, agile or smart enough.

    Elves dwell in places of power, which survivors often mark with rings of stones, and where often a haunting sound of singing lingers beyond mortal ken, naught but the whisper of an echo of a dream. While they have no fear of daylight, for preference they enter the mortal realms at night.

    Silver is the one metal elves cannot endure. A charm made from it is said to protect against the allure of elves. Even this should not be completely relied upon, given the maliciousness of elvenkind.

    * * *

    31 October 1986

    Dusk on the eve of the Day of the Dead. To the west, the sun was slipping below the waters of the Pacific, the last of its last crimson light spreading across the bayside home and the white sands around it. To the east, a gentle breeze whirled through from the dunes and the streets of Bilambil city beyond. With the breeze came the scents of urban life, which was unfortunate, but the wind set the chimes ringing where they hung all around the house.

    Dusk, the time of balance, brought all into harmony. This evening, of all evenings, that was what was needed most. Mirrabulla knelt in front of the altar de muertos, the altar of the dead. Her husband Alonso was by her side.

    The altar had a photo atop it, of a young boy dressed in an ultramarine and gray uniform. A school uniform. Thirteen candles ringed the photograph, with a bunch of marigolds around each candle. The rest of the altar was decorated with an assortment of gifts: nuts, dried fruit, a miniature bicycle, two tortillas, one made from blue corn, the other from black cornnart, and other small trinkets.

    When the sun touched the western waters, Mirrabulla stood. A match lit the first, crimson candle, and then she used that to light the other twelve white candles. “Nyungar, my son, this is the Day of the Dead, and I remember you.” Beside her, Alonso made a similar invocation. She continued, talking to Nyungar, remembering his life, and his stories.

    So it was, tonight. The Day of the Dead. All of the Kogung people in Bilambil would be venerating it. So, in truth, would the rest of the peoples of the city, if not in quite the same way. Even if they did not have recently passed kin, then they would remember those who had expired in more distant times.

    As the Day of the Dead progressed, tomorrow and the day after, there would be other moments. Happier times, celebrations of the lives of those who had passed. But for now, for dusk, with chimes sounding and lemon-scented candles burning, this was the time for honour and reminisce.

    * * *

    Taken from Intellipedia.

    Hallowe’en

    Imagery

    The modern pageant of Hallowe’en is a transnational pastiche of symbology from many nations. Christian symbols such as devils, demons, and ghosts mix with autumn-themed harvest icons such as scarecrows, corn husks, cornnart pods, and squash. Abstract macabre symbology contributes ever-popular skulls, skeletons, bloodstained robes, snakes, spiders, and warlocks. Folklore from around the globe combines with the modern horror corpus to provide such creatures as elves, sithi, trolls, ravens, huldras, thunder boys, nymphs, dryads, mummies, werewolves, thralls, lamias, headmen, and juntees. However, in Portugal soul cakes marked with the cross are a popular gift during Hallowe’en...

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Last edited:
    Lands of Red and Gold Interlude #6: An Allohistorical Conundrum
  • Lands of Red and Gold Interlude #6: An Allohistorical Conundrum

    I’m still putting the finishing touches on the next post regarding Prince Rupert’s War. In the meantime, this is an interlude post which gives an overview of how human origins may be (mis)understood in the Lands of Red and Gold timeline. It also includes a couple of minor retcons regarding linguistics in allohistorical Australia.

    * * *

    The introductory section of this post provides a brief background for those who are not familiar with the “Out of Africa” theory of human origins, mitochondrial DNA, and “mitochondrial Eve”. Without knowing this, the rest of this post will not make much sense. If you are already familiar with these topics, feel free to skip over to the rest of the post.

    The Out of Africa theory states that current (anatomically modern) humans, Homo sapiens, evolved from older (archaic) Homo sapiens in Africa relatively recently, somewhere between 150,000 to 200,000 years ago. These modern humans then left Africa and spread out across the world. Along the way, they replaced older populations of humans such as the Neanderthals and Homo erectus whose ancestors had left Africa up to 2 million years ago. According to the Out of Africa theory, this exodus of modern humans had little or no interbreeding with the previous populations of other humans.

    The evidence for Out of Africa comes from a combination of fossil and genetic evidence. The fossil evidence of human ancestors is usually interpreted to support the recent single-origin hypothesis (aka Out of Africa), although some palaeontologists disagree.

    The genetic evidence comes from mitochondrial DNA. This is DNA which is found not in the nucleus of cells (nuclear DNA), but in the mitochondria, the energy-producing organelles inside all animal cells. Mitochondria have their own DNA, and indeed they reproduce separately to the main cell (in mammals, at least).

    Studying mitochondrial DNA is useful for two reasons. It mutates quickly, so it is easier to track ancestry due to variations in mitochondrial DNA than it is for nuclear DNA. More importantly, it is transmitted only in the female line: males do not pass on their mitochondrial DNA to their children [1]. This means that mitochondrial DNA can be used to trace the most recent maternal-line ancestor of all living humans: one woman for whom all living people can trace an unbroken female line of ancestry to themselves (for women) or to their mother (for men). This woman is known as “mitochondrial Eve” [2].

    Genetic evidence suggests that mitochondrial Eve lived somewhere between 140,000 to 200,000 years ago, probably in East Africa. This timeframe is much more recent than when the first human relatives moved out of Africa (up to 2 million years ago), and so provides strong support for the Out of Africa theory.

    The competing model is known as the multi-regional hypothesis. This hypothesis holds that the modern species of humans arose around 2 million years ago, as the first humans moved out of Africa. All of human evolution since then has been within a single species. In other words, all (or most) humans alive at that time have descendants alive today, and (for example) the people who currently live in Java and China are descended from those Homo erectus who moved into those regions over 1 million years ago.

    The Out of Africa theory received further support when palaeontologists were able to sequence mitochondrial DNA from archaic fossils, such as Neanderthals. When compared to nuclear DNA, mitochondrial DNA is easier to extract from fossils because there is more of it, and thus it is more likely to survive. Neanderthal mitochondrial DNA has been found to be outside of the modern human range, which means that modern humans share a more recent common matrilineal ancestor than Neanderthals.

    More recent techniques have allowed the extraction of nuclear DNA from some fossils, and this has shown that there is some ancestry surviving from other archaic human lineages. All non-sub-Saharan African humans have inherited about 1-4% of their nuclear DNA from Neanderthals. Another species of humans known as Denisovans, from Siberia, have been shown to have contributed about 4-6% of the nuclear DNA of Papuans, Melanesians and Australian Aborigines.

    However, the consensus is that the Out of Africa theory is broadly correct, with only limited, mostly regional interbreeding with Neanderthals, Denisovans, and possibly one or two other lineages.

    Or that is the historical consensus, anyway. Allohistorical science may reach a different conclusion.

    * * *

    Taken from a popular science article which appeared in Criterion.

    In terms of chronology, this article is written after the allohistorical development of the (expensive) technology to sample mitochondrial DNA from living humans (late 1970s to early 1980s, historically), but before DNA sequencing technology has advanced enough to allow the full sequencing of the human genome (about 2000, historically) or extraction of mitochondrial DNA from fossil hominids (also about 2000, historically). The state of technology means that it is possible to estimate timeframes for nuclear DNA divergences from a common ancestor (DNA hybridisation), but they cannot yet read nuclear DNA in detail to determine that (for example) non-sub-Saharan Africans have 1-4% of their DNA inherited from Neanderthals.

    An Aururian Enigma: The Puzzle of Human Origins

    Where did we come from? What led human beings to appear on the world and then colonise the globe?

    Until a couple of years ago, the story of human origins was straightforward. Humans evolved in Africa. Our ancestors split from the ancestors of chimpanzees and gorillas around 6 or 7 million years ago, evolved into upright walkers, then tool users, then finally into big-brained humans.

    Around 2 million years ago Homo erectus became the first human species to leave Africa and spread across Asia, India and Europe. Further waves of human species invaded the Old World from Africa over the next 1.8 million years. Until our own species, Homo sapiens, emerged in East Africa between 150,000 and 200,000 years ago, spread out across Africa, and then the entire globe. All of the predecessor human species went extinct, replaced by modern humans.

    The first evidence for this came from fossils exhumed from the earth. A series of fossils, some well-known, some familiar only to scientists, tell this story. These fossils clearly show the sequence of human evolution, with some of the most famous such as Peiping Man, Java Man, and Neanderthals demonstrating a long human history outside of Africa.

    But fossils alone could not prove the recent emergence of Homo sapiens and our expansion across the globe at the expense of previous human species. The fossils suggested that replacement had taken place, but they were not conclusive, and palaeontological arguments were frequent. The African Exodus model, as it is known, needed more evidence.

    That evidence came from genetics.

    Inside every cell in your body you have deoxyribonucleic acid, or DNA [3]. Your DNA contains your genes, the instructions which code for how you develop and grow: in other words, what makes you, you. The main set of instructions is contained in the nucleus of your cells. This is called nuclear DNA.

    But it turns out that you have another set of DNA in your cells. Your cells contain many little organs called mitochondria, which convert energy into a form which your cells can use. These mitochondria have their own DNA that gives instructions for how they behave, separate from the DNA in the nucleus. It is this mitochondrial DNA, or mtDNA, which matters for the story of our origins.

    The nuclear DNA in your cells is recombined every generation. That is, every generation the nuclear DNA from a mother and father is mixed together in their descendants. This is good for the survival of our species, since it allows beneficial genes to spread quickly throughout the human population. But it is bad for scientists trying to trace a single line of ancestry, since nuclear DNA is mixed up every generation.

    Fortunately, mtDNA does not have the same pattern. You inherit your mtDNA only from your mother. This means that scientists can trace a person’s enatic ancestry: the unbroken female line of mother to daughter, going back through the generations. Until this line converges on a single woman.

    This woman has been called “mitochondrial Eve”. Every person alive today is descended from her in unbroken maternal-line descent. Mitochondrial Eve is not the only woman who had descendants alive today, but for every other woman all of her descendants had only sons at least once. This breaks the maternal-line of descent, and means that each other woman’s mtDNA was not passed on.

    Scientists had long known that there must have been a mitochondrial Eve alive at some point in history. But they had believed that she had lived a very long time ago, perhaps as much as 2 million years.

    This changed with improvements in DNA extraction technology. Now scientists could recover the mtDNA from people around the globe, and from our closest living relatives, chimpanzees and gorillas. Researchers could then determine the mutation rates of mtDNA, and create a “molecular clock” to estimate how long ago mitochondrial Eve lived.

    This is what gave researchers a big surprise. It turned out that mitochondrial Eve had lived between 150,000 and 200,000 years ago. This was much more recent than most scientists had expected. And it meant that we could not be descended from the earlier human species which moved out of Africa 2 million years ago. Our common ancestry is much too recent.

    This discovery led to the widespread adoption of the African Exodus model, to the point where it became the accepted story of human origins. The rival explanation, called continuous-descent, held that all of the humans who had left Africa from Homo erectus onward had evolved into modern humans, all over the Old World. After finding out about the mtDNA evidence, most scientists abandoned the continuous-descent model. The eminent Trevor Brandreth continued to argue for it, but despite his eloquence, he found himself almost alone in supporting the continuous-descent model.

    Until two years ago, when the story of human origins was turned on its head.

    New developments in DNA extraction such as pyrosequencing and radiation hybrid mapping have allowed scientists to extract mtDNA much more quickly and cheaply. With the promise that these new technologies offered, anthropologists from several universities around the world set up a collaboration nicknamed the Exodus Project.

    The aim of the Exodus Project was to trace the ancient migrations that had occurred during the African Exodus. They could achieve this because mtDNA can be used to do more than just estimate the age of the original mitochondrial Eve. By comparing common mutations amongst groups of human mtDNA, scientists can trace more recent maternal-line ancestors of groups of people, based on those who share a common subgroup, or haplogroups as the anthropologists christened these divisions.

    One of the universities which participated in the Exodus Project was the Panipat. And it is here that the story of human origins came in for some retelling.

    The original researchers who identified mitochondrial Eve had used mtDNA from several Congxie men and women to substitute for both Aururian and Amerindian heritage. While that was considered a reasonable approximation for measuring broad patterns of mtDNA-term heritage [4], it was obviously insufficient for a detailed study such as the Exodus Project.

    To correct this problem, anthropologist Dr Kirra Marrara, from the Panipat, set out to collect mtDNA from people across Aururia. With the support of several graduate students, she quickly gathered and sequenced mtDNA from many people across the continent. When she analysed the genetic data, she got a result which no-one could have predicted, save perhaps for lone wolf Professor Brandreth.

    Most of the mitochondrial DNA obtained from Aururians fit into haplogroups which other researchers were gathering from around the world. These were most closely related to haplogroups found elsewhere in the southern Pacific, and more distantly to haplogroups from India and southern Asia. But from some parts of Aururia, Marrara found a haplogroup of mtDNA which was incredibly different not just to other Aururians, but to mtDNA found anywhere else in the world.

    That is, most Aururians have the same common mitochondrial ancestry that humans around the world share. But a few do not. This new lineage, which Marrara christened “haplogroup K!” is so different from other human mtDNA that estimates from the molecular clock show that it diverged from other humans about 800,000 to 1 million years ago.

    How could a small fraction of Aururians have this ancestry, while no-one else anywhere on the planet has such a lineage in their mtDNA? For this lineage to be explained, it means that mitochondrial Eve must have lived at least 800,000 years ago, in some unknown location, and at least 750,000 years before humans entered Aururia. Stranger still, all the humans who lived in Aururia were modern Homo sapiens: no fossils of older humans have ever been recovered from the continent.

    Apart from haplogroup K!, all of the evidence from mitochondrial DNA shows that the most ancient lineages are found in sub-Saharan Africa, which indicates that mitochondrial Eve lived there. This is consistent with the fossil evidence that shows modern humans emerging in East Africa. But the Aururian anomaly still defies explanation.

    Some proponents of the African Exodus model have proposed that haplogroup K! represents some limited interbreeding between the ancestors of Aururians and an archaic lineage of humans, sometime before they arrived on the continent. It is easy to present a potential ancestor: Homo erectus, Java Man, has lived on Java for over a million years, and Java is on the route to Aururia.

    But this explanation is not enough. For it cannot explain why this ancient lineage, haplogroup K!, is not found in some of the neighbouring peoples along that migration route. The Papuans are neighbours of Aururia, and until about 10,000 years ago New Guinea was part of the same continent as Aururia. In all of their other mtDNA, the Papuans are the closest group to the Aururians. So if haplogroup K! truly represented interbreeding on the route to Aururia, why is it not found in Papua as well?

    That is what anthropologists would dearly love to find out.

    * * *

    From a follow-up article which appeared in Criterion about a year later.

    A Riddle Within An Enigma: The Ongoing Aururian Origin Mystery

    Regular readers of this compendium will recall an article of mine which appeared on 22 April last year, describing the puzzle in human origins which has been brought on by the discoveries of Dr Kirra Marrara, or as she now is, Speaker Kirra Marrara.

    Marrara’s research has identified an ancient lineage of mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) which is found in some Aururians, and which has befuddled anthropologists ever since. Despite her new duties as a Speaker, she has continued this research.

    Marrara has been studying the distribution of mitochondrial DNA within Aururia. Mitochondrial DNA is found in the cells of every human, and it is inherited exclusively from mothers. These properties allow researchers to trace mtDNA lineages within humans, and find out about their shared ancestry, where people migrated in ancient times, and where humans originated.

    Other researchers in mtDNA have found that virtually all humans are descended, via their mothers, from a woman nicknamed “mitochondrial Eve”. If you trace your ancestry to your mother, then her mother, and so on, this ancestry will eventually converge on one woman: mitochondrial Eve, who lived around 200,000 years ago, somewhere in East Africa.

    Except, as Marrara has found, this is not true for a few Aururians. But only a few, which is the most puzzling part of this mystery. A few Aururians’ mtDNA is part of what is called “haplogroup K!”, a very old lineage from a woman who lived about a million years ago. Who she was, or where she lived, is something that Marrara has been trying to find out.

    Marrara has gathered samples of mtDNA from native Aururians across the continent, and her research adds a new puzzle to the existing mystery. It turns out that haplogroup K! is not uniformly distributed across the continent, and it is entirely absent from some regions. More surprisingly still, the distribution of haplogroup K! corresponds to the languages spoken in pre-Houtmanian Aururia.

    A detour is necessary here. Linguists have found that at the time of first European contact with Aururia, most of the native languages were divided into two great language families, Gunnagalic and Wuri-Yaoran.

    The Gunnagalic language family, containing the largest number of speakers, was spread over the main farming areas in the south and east of the continent and Thijszenia [Tasmania]. But its distribution over that region was not quite complete. Two small language families survived in pockets within that area: the Ngur-Bungan family in the south-eastern highlands and Daluming, and the Thijszenian family, consisting of a group of closely-related languages spoken in central and western Thijszenia. Two other linguistic isolates also survived: Junditmara and Kaoma, the languages of the eponymous peoples.

    Within these regions, all of the native peoples practiced farming to some degree, although Thijszenian speakers continued to rely on hunting and gathering for much of their food. From historical and archaeological evidence, we know that Gunnagalic speakers expanded over most of that territory during the last three thousand years: the expansion was still continuing along the Tohu Coast [5] when Europeans arrived in Aururia.

    The Wuri-Yaoran language family was spoken over most of the rest of Aururia, stretching from Cape Kumgatu [Cape York] and the Tohu Coast in the north-east to Cape Hasewint [Cape Leeuwin] in the south-west, and including all of the arid regions in the interior. The Wuri-Yaoran language family covered the greatest geographical area of native language families, but it had fewer speakers than Gunnagalic languages, because except for the Yaoran languages in south-western Aururia, its speakers were hunter-gatherers.

    As with the Gunnagalic languages, the region formed by the Wuri-Yaoran languages includes other language families. These language families are however crammed into a relatively small area in northern and north-western Aururia, and even then there are some Wuri-Yaoran languages spoken in that area. The exact number of language families is a matter for arguments among linguists, but the usually accepted numbers are between eight and twelve [6]. Linguists collectively refer to these language families as Northern Aururian languages, but this is a geographical term: the various language families are not considered to be any more related to each other than they are Wuri-Yaoran languages [7].

    The division of Aururia into two regions was one mostly adopted for linguistic convenience. But it does correspond to what is known of prehistoric fact. The Gunnagalic and Wuri-Yaoran language families are believed to have massively expanded their geographical range over the last few thousand years. Gunnagalic languages are descended from a common ancestor, Proto-Gunnagalic, which was spoken in the Five Rivers about 2500 BC. The Wuri-Yaoran languages are likewise descended from a common ancestor, Proto-Wuri-Yaoran, which is estimated to have emerged around 3000 BC, somewhere in northern Aururia, although the date and location are less certain than with Gunnagalic.

    From their ancient heartlands, both language families spread and displaced most of whatever languages were spoken before them. Gunnagalic languages expanded along with agriculture; the reason why the Wuri-Yaoran languages expanded so much is more of a mystery. Regardless of the reasons, the expansion was massive. The few remaining non-Gunnagalic languages of the south-east are those which for one reason or another withstood the Gunnagalic expansion. The Northern Aururian languages are in turn those which survived the Wuri-Yaoran expansion, although again the reason for their survival is uncertain.

    The explanation for this distribution of languages was mostly sought by linguists. But Marrara’s genetic research gave an unexpected twist to the story. She sampled mtDNA from native Aururians across the continent, so that all of the relationships could be studied, but she was primarily interested in the distribution of haplogroup K!.

    Marrara’s researchers found that haplogroup K! is most common amongst peoples of the Five Rivers. Within that region, about 5% of the population are part of haplogroup K!. In speakers of other Gunnagalic languages, or their descendants, haplogroup K! can still be found, but it is usually less common (3-5%). In non-Gunnagalic peoples of the south-east, haplogroup can be found occasionally, but only as a small percentage of the population (1-2%), and it is lowest of all in speakers of Thijszenian languages (less than 1%).

    But among speakers of Wuri-Yaoran and Northern Aururian languages, Marrara’s researchers found that haplogroup K! is almost entirely absent. The lineage is found very occasionally in speakers of languages which border Gunnagalic languages. Otherwise, haplogroup K! has only appeared among Wuri-Yaoran and Northern Aururian speakers who are known to have at least one Gunnagalic speaker in their maternal line.

    This separation of haplogroup K! makes the broader story of human origins even more perplexing. The lineage of this haplogroup goes back close to a million years. It probably pre-dates the emergence of language at all, let alone the distribution of two language families which are less than 10,000 years gold. Why should it be restricted only to speakers of a few languages in part of one continent? Aururians have been on that continent for over 40,000 years, and the neighbouring Papuans lived on what was the same continent until 10,000 years ago. For Papuans, Wuri-Yaoran speakers, and Gunnagalic speakers, the rest of their mtDNA is closely related, but not haplogroup K!.

    Resolving this dilemma is difficult. When I asked Speaker Marrara if she knew of the reason, she just said, “I have not got even a clue.”

    The enigma remains open.

    * * *

    Allohistorical anthropologists, palaeontologists and linguists are grappling with this mystery because they have not yet discovered a few facts which would make the situation much clearer.

    Firstly, they do not yet have the technology to study nuclear DNA thoroughly. Thus they do not yet know that modern Homo sapiens interbred with Neanderthals and Denisovans as part of their expansion out of Africa, and that traces of that inheritance can still be found in some (but not all) modern human populations. Most prominently, what they do not know is that Australian, Papuan and Melanesian people have inherited some of their nuclear DNA from the Denisovans.

    Secondly, they do not yet have access to the extraction techniques which allow for DNA to be extracted from fossils. So they do not know what the mtDNA of Neanderthals or Denisovans looked like, and they cannot compare it to modern human mtDNA. Indeed, they do not know about the Denisovans at all; the fossils have not yet been discovered. Nor have they extracted mtDNA from Homo sapiens fossils in Aururia (around historical Lake Mungo) which reveals the interesting fact that there were some modern humans who had mtDNA which was outside the current modern human range. In other words, some of the first Aururians (and the first Australians) were not descended from the current “mitochondrial Eve”, but an older one, and that particular mtDNA lineage disappeared from historical Australians sometime in the last 40,000 years.

    Thirdly, they do not know that about 4000 to 5000 years ago, there was a substantial gene flow between peoples on the Indian subcontinent (probably Dravidian speakers) and Australia/Aururia. This event happened both historically and allohistorically, although the effects were different allohistorically given the changed history of Aururia.

    Historically, it appears that there was some contact between India and Australia somewhere over 4000 years ago, with some Indian heritage being transmitted to northern Australia and then spread over the continent. This was also the timeframe when a language family called Pama-Nyungan spread over most of Australia; the only non-Pama-Nyungan languages which remained were in the northern fringes of Australia, around the likely zone where there was contact with India. While the cause is not yet known, the effects were that some northern Australians spread both their languages and some Indian genes across the rest of the continent.

    Allohistorically, well, things played out rather differently.

    What has happened in Aururia is that an ancient Denisovan mitochondrial DNA lineage has been preserved in a small percentage of the Aururian population. This was a lineage which reached Aururia as part of the first human migrations, but which died out historically sometime after humans arrived on the continent. (Much as other mtDNA lineages which we know were in Australia (at Lake Mungo) disappeared over time). The nuclear DNA lineage from the Denisovans survived historically (and allohistorically), but allohistorically, the random processes of genetic drift did not quite wipe out the Denisovan mtDNA lineage before agriculture emerged in Aururia around 4500 years ago.

    Due to a fluke of genetics, relatively more of the first farmers (the Proto-Gunnagal) had the Denisovan mitochondrial lineage which has been christened haplogroup K!. This led to a founder effect: the Gunnagalic speaking peoples had a higher percentage of that lineage in their genome. They carried that genome with them when they spread out across the continent, although it was diluted slightly outside the Five Rivers because there was some interbreeding with hunter-gatherers who either lacked the lineage or possessed it at a much lower percentage.

    However, while the Gunnagalic peoples were expanding out of the south-east, there was another linguistic expansion going on across the rest of the continent. It started earlier than the Gunnagalic expansion (which did not really get going until 1000 BC). This earlier expansion was the result of the same Indian contact with Aururia which happened historically with Australia. The Indians who visited Aururia ITTL found hunter-gatherers with essentially the same technology as they had OTL – the only farmers on the continent were far away – and so went home without having anything change for them, or for the wider world.

    The language families in northern Aururia were different than their historical counterparts. Such is the consequence of more than ten thousand years of lepidopterans flapping their wings, even if they are trapped at the borders of the continent. But a similar process happened where speakers of one language family – Wuri-Yaoran, in this case – began to spread across the rest of the continent.

    What changed allohistorically was that the Wuri-Yaoran expansion, unlike its historical Pama-Nyungan counterpart, ran into the Gunnagalic expansion as those farmers moved out of the farming heartland and spread across the agriculturally suitable areas of south-eastern Aururia. The hunter-gatherer Wuri-Yaorans were unable to displace the farming Gunnagalic peoples, and in a couple of cases were actually engulfed by farmers. But the Wuri-Yaorans spread over the rest of the continent, including to the south-west where their descendants would eventually import farming and become the Atjuntja.

    The presence of the migrating Gunnagalic farmers also meant that some other non-Gunnagalic peoples were protected from the Wuri-Yaoran expansion. Their descendants became the surviving mainland peoples who spoke other languages within a predominantly Gunnagalic region, such as the Junditmara masters of aquaculture, and the Nguril and Kaoma in the highlands.

    In terms of the genetics, what happened was that the Gunnagalic expansion increased the prevalence of haplogroup K! across much of the continent. However, amongst other peoples the lineage was already nearly extinct, and the spread of Wuri-Yaoran language and Indian genes finally extinguished that haplogroup across the north, centre and west of the continent. Much as it had disappeared historically from Papuans and Melanesians due to genetic drift.

    The Gunnagalic peoples never acquired the same Indian heritage that the northern and western Aururians possess, a fact which allohistorical researchers will eventually discover as another major genetic difference within Aururia that aligns with the language barrier. This also meant that haplogroup K! remained, at a low percentage, amongst the other non-Gunnagalic peoples in the south-east of the continent. It is nowhere near as common as it is amongst Gunnagalic speakers, although it became slightly more prevalent because of occasional interbreeding between Gunnagalic and non-Gunnagalic speakers.

    * * *

    [1] Well, almost always. There is some very limited evidence that occasionally paternal-line mitochondrial DNA is transmitted, but in humans this is so far considered to be negligible.

    [2] Mitochondrial Eve was not the only woman of her time that modern humans are descended from. But for every other woman who was alive at the time, at least once all of their descendants had only sons (or no children), and thus their mitochondrial DNA line (the unbroken female line) was extinguished.

    In other words, “Mitochondrial Eve” is the last woman who had at least two daughters who in turn still have had an unbroken line of daughters down to the present. If all of the maternal-line descendants of one of those two original daughters have only sons (or no children), then there will be a new “mitochondrial Eve” who lived more recently, and who had at least two daughters who can still trace an unbroken line of daughters down to the present.

    Or in other other words, mitochondrial Eve is a moving target. There’s also a “Y-chromosome Adam” who represents the most-recent paternal-line ancestor of all living male humans, but he probably never met mitochondrial Eve.

    [3] Yes, I know that DNA would probably have a different name in this timeline, along with just about every other scientific term. However, I’ve chosen to keep most of them the same. An allohistorical scientific account would be unreadable if every second word needed to be [defined] and then remembered for the rest of the instalment. Readability trumps realism, sometimes. (If it helps, think of them as being “translated” from the ATL terms).

    [4] It wasn’t a suitable approximation, because what the researchers did not realise was that in their mitochondrial DNA most Congxie are descended from African or Amerindian heritage, not Aururian. (Very few Aururian women joined the Congxie). They would get a different picture if they traced Y-chromosome ancestry (i.e. male-line ancestry) of the Congxie, which has much stronger Aururian heritage.

    [5] Tohu Coast means “Sugar Coast” or “Sugar Cane Coast”; the word tohu comes from the name for sugar cane in the Motu language (spoken around historical Port Moresby, New Guinea). The Tohu Coast refers roughly to the coast of eastern Queensland north of the Tropic of Capricorn.

    [6] While a precise map is unfortunately lacking, the areas for these language families roughly correspond to those of the so-called non-Pama-Nyungan languages in OTL. These are shown in the map at this link: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Australian_language_families.png. In that map, the yellow languages are Pama-Nyungan, everything else is non-Pama-Nyungan.

    [7] The explanation of Aururian linguistics provided in this post contradicts some of the earlier explanations I’d given for the relationship between Aururian languages. For instance, the Yaoran languages are those spoken by the Atjuntja and their subjects in historical south-western Western Australia. I had previously described those as distantly related to Gunnagalic, with Gunnagalic being just one sub-branch of a larger language family which included the Yaoran languages and various languages spoken by peoples who lived in the deserts between them. Based on more recent scientific discoveries, I’ve needed to retcon these linguistic relationships.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #77: The Raw Prince
  • Lands of Red and Gold #77: The Raw Prince

    Serpent's Day, Cycle of Brass, 11th Year of His Majesty Guneewin the Third / 25 December 1643
    The Highlands [near Talbingo, New South Wales]

    A breeze blew along the river valley, stirring the oil-leaves [eucalyptus leaves] up from the ground into lazy swirls. Leaves that blew in the wind; in a wind that blew from the north.

    As always, whenever he felt a wind that blew from the north, an old song came to his mind. Words that had been etched into his psyche, first heard long ago in childhood and never forgotten.

    Northerly blows the wind,
    Dry becomes the air,
    The heat is no friend,
    While wild fires flare.


    The words of warning were ancient. A northerly wind meant that it came from the red heart, the blood-coloured, parched soils of the northern deserts. A wind that brought heat and stirred the ever-present risks of fire.

    A wind that brought fear, but also a wind that he had never forgotten. He had lived many years since he had first heard the song, he had travelled much and accomplished much, but he had never forgotten it. For this reason, as much as any other, he asked men he met to call himself Northwind. Or, rather, that was the most frequent name he had them call him.

    The men around Northwind shifted slightly when the breeze gusted stronger. But their countenances showed nothing of the acknowledgement that a northerly wind would bring to a lowlander. Understandable, of course. They would have their own songs, their own legends which would drive the course of their lives, but they would be different, as such songs were for each people.

    Seven men surrounded him. All highlanders. Crudely-dressed, barbarously-presented men. All of the men had long, unkempt beards, except for their clean-shaven chieftain. Black hair grew long for all seven men, crudely fashioned into dangling braids, except for the chieftain whose hair had been knotted into two buns, one above each ear.

    The highlanders had dark skins, if not as dark as the typical Yadji. Their skins seemed even darker when measured against the patterns of white and red ochre daubed onto their faces and arms. Four of the men had some form of jewellery, bracelets, bangles, necklaces or hair adornment. All of them carried weapons; a motley collection of swords, spears, bows, daggers, and hammers.

    The chieftain answered to the name of White Crow. Northwind wondered, briefly, why the chieftain would choose the name of something that did not exist. Not something that he could ask about at the moment, but he made an air-clay inscription [1] to find out later. His efforts to understand people were what had made him the man he was today.

    White Crow had bangles on each arm. His necklace was shaped from finger-bones with holes drilled into them to fit the black cord that held them together. Northwind did know the reason for that necklace, since it was part of the tale which had brought him to choose this chieftain. White Crow gathered his necklace because he ensured that anyone who challenged him always lost something from the process.

    “You have asked, floodlander, and so we are here,” White Crow said.

    “I am here because word of your deeds precedes you,” Northwind said. He dipped his head and raised his palms; the highlander gesture of respect.

    Tales of the highlanders had long preceded them in the Five Rivers. Rare was the highlander raid that reached Tjibarr’s soil, but their incursions were common in the more easterly kingdoms. Of course, Northwind only knew about White Crow himself because he had asked enough questions of the right people. Among asking many other things, naturally.

    “Words are empty wind. Gifts and deeds are real. Which of those do you bring?” White Crow asked. The chieftain spoke the Wadang tongue [the language of Gutjanal], which Northwind also spoke passably well. He was not fluent in the tongue, but then neither were these highlanders.

    “Gifts which will aid your deeds,” Northwind said.

    Accomplishments mattered to these highlanders, clearly. Even more than he had realised when gathering songs and tales of these people. Songs, most of all. Northwind always tried to find out as many songs as he could about any new people, so that he could better understand them.

    Before he arrived, he had discovered only one highlander song. That song was written by a highlander chief’s daughter a hundred or more years ago. She had been married to a Gutjanal Elder for reasons which were no longer recorded. That woman had composed a lament for her old homelands, a song which had been widely repeated in Gutjanal, and had even reached Tjibarr.

    Ten years I have been in the lowlands
    And every night I dream of the hills
    They say home is where you find it
    Will this city ever fulfil me
    I come from the high country people
    We always live in the hills
    Now I’m down here living in the floodlands
    With this man and a family
    My highland home, my highland home
    My highland home, is waiting for me.


    That song had been a revelation for Northwind. He knew – everyone knew – how much the highlanders coveted the wealth of the lowlands. That was why they raided them so often. But he had imagined that meant that they preferred life in the comfort of the lowlands, too. The woman’s lament – she had a name, but he could not recall it – had taught him otherwise.

    Proof, once again, that songs were the key to understanding people.

    The man who called himself Northwind had been given a true name for himself once, so long ago. His mother had given it to him, but he barely remembered the name or her, any more. He did not like even to think of himself as having a true name. That made it more difficult for him to remember the new names he adopted for himself. But if he had to choose a name for himself, one he never repeated to others, he would call himself Songfinder. Finding songs was the best way to understand people, and understanding them made it much easier to mingle with them, obtain information from them, and accomplish what he needed to do in his life.

    The chieftain was silent for a time, as if waiting for Northwind to give in and explain what gifts he brought. A waste of time, that; Northwind could be as patient as needed. Particularly when arrogance was part of the persona he had adopted here.

    “My deeds are legion. So the tales will have come to your ears. What can you offer to make my deeds any greater?”

    “My couriers” – Northwind gave a languid wave to the north, downstream along the river – “have with them many of the thunder-weapons the Raw Men use. Doubtless you have heard of those weapons.”

    “I have,” White Crow said, keeping his tone and expression neutral with better self-control than Northwind had expected from a hill-man. Certainly his retinue lacked his restraint; eagerness was evident on their faces.

    “The thunder-weapons I could sell to you, if they interest you.”

    “That could be done, for the right price.” The chieftain kept his tone neutral still, but his breathing had become ever so slightly faster. Not something that many men would notice, but Northwind had learned his craft in Tjibarr itself. White Crow might have more self-control than rumour attributed to highlanders, but he lacked the sophistication of one shaped by the politics of the Endless Dance.

    “The price is only part of what I require from you, before I will sell you these weapons,” Northwind said. He made his tone as overbearing as he could manage. He only wished that he could speak Wadang more fluently, to choose the most arrogant words to suit his tone. “I have a further condition.”

    “Name it.”

    “The thunder-weapons must be used on the Yadji. Them alone. Strike them with all the prowess that has made your previous deeds so widely renowned. Raid the Yadji with these weapons, and not anyone else. That is what I require of you, in addition to the price we agree for me to have my couriers bring the weapons to you.”

    White Crow regarded him with narrow eyes; a long, silent glare that made Northwind wonder for a moment if he had pressed the arrogance too far. At length, the chieftain said, “This may be something I could accept, if the price is fair.”

    “Then let us talk us consider prices,” Northwind said. He settled down into a bargaining session where his biggest challenge was ensuring that he haggled hard enough to prevent the highland chieftain becoming suspicious. For the truth was that while Northwind could bring back some sweet peppers as a small recompense for the price of the muskets, he cared naught if he brought back nothing.

    This will work, Northwind decided. His façade of arrogance, and his blatant demands, would have the desired effect. White Crow would fear loss of his prestige amongst his own people if he held to such an agreement. The chieftain would surely make some raids on Gutjanal or Yigutji using the muskets, to prove to his own people that he was not a puppet of the lowlanders.

    In turn, such raids would increase suspicion between Gutjanal and Yigutji, each of whom would blame the other. They would accuse the other of smuggling weapons, and mistrust would fester. Not enough to fight each other, hopefully; both kingdoms had more fear of the Yadji and their foreign Inglidj backers. But enough tension to keep the two kingdoms more wary of each other than of Tjibarr.

    Better still, if anyone in the eastern kingdoms figured out that someone from Tjibarr had smuggled the muskets, and if they somehow persuaded the highlanders to describe the smuggler, why, they would find only a description that matched a known agent of the Whites. The blame would fall there. Or even if they realised that the smuggler had been someone in disguise, they would not blame the Azures, the faction which had been most staunchly against the proposal to smuggle weapons to the hill-men.

    And even if by some chance White Crow held to his agreement and only raided the Yadji, well, even that would help when war came with the Regency. With this blow, the Azures cannot lose.

    * * *

    10th Year of Regent Gunya Yadji / 19 September 1646
    Baringup [Ravenswood, Victoria]
    Durigal [Land of the Five Directions]

    A dog sat motionless in front of Prince Ruprecht. Rather an impressive dog, he thought. Sturdy and compact, its muscular frame radiated an aura of dextrous strength. It had pricked ears set far apart, with a broad head that flattened between its dark, alert eyes. Its shoulders were compact but well-muscled, with straight, strong legs. Its fur appeared rust-red on first impression, but when he looked more closely he saw that its coat was a mixture of darker-red and white hairs.

    The dog remained perfectly still as Ruprecht conducted its inspection. Its eyes followed him, but its head and body did not move.

    “Discipline, by God!” Ruprecht said. Proper discipline. Rare enough in men, and almost unheard of in animals.

    The Yadji handler barked a word in his own language, one that Ruprecht did not recognise. The dog stood and then adopted a crouching posture, keeping its head and shoulders lowered and moving forward slowly as if it was slinking.

    “This is how the dogs herd noroons [emus]?”

    The handler shook his head. “Yes. No dogs or men can do it better.”

    Having seen noroons in a field, Ruprecht could only agree. The big flightless birds made good eating, but were devilishly hard to herd. They ran on their own rather than together, could move at more than twice the speed of a man, and change or reverse direction without slowing down. The birds made moving sheep or cattle appear effortless by comparison.

    A well-trained, adept herding dog like this one would be invaluable to farmers. But even more pleasing to Ruprecht. Which was, no doubt, why the handler had brought it here. He suspected that every man in the Yadji empire knew of his fondness for his boxing gupa [kangaroo], Sport. The handler would be seeking similar reward.

    And, perhaps, the dog had been sent here as a distraction by the Yadji nobles. Some of them knew of his growing dissatisfaction with being trapped here while the Yadji emperor adhered to a pointless truce with his native enemies.

    “What is the dog called?” the prince asked.

    The handler gave a name, another Yadji word which Ruprecht did not understand.

    “Will he answer to another name?”

    “In time, my prince. And he answers to commands in word or gesture.”

    “Splendid. I prefer a name I know. I will call him... Boye.”

    The Yadji handler bowed. “I can assist you with training him to obey you.”

    “Of course,” Ruprecht said, though his thoughts was elsewhere. Boye had been meant to keep his mind diverted, he was sure of it. “I will send for you again soon.”

    The handler showed himself to be more alert than most of his countrymen, for he bowed again and withdrew.

    “Well, Boye, what am I to do with you?” Ruprecht asked, switching to German. No-one was near enough to overhear, but he used that language anyway. Too many of the Yadji understood English nowadays.

    The dog looked up at him. Incapable of giving an answer, perhaps. But alert all the same.

    “Your people want me to spend the next two years waiting. No gold, no glory, no action. Even if the war restarts after that, I have nine hundred soldiers who want war and prizes, not inaction in a kingdom of savages. Should I put up with that?”

    The dog looked at him, and gave a slight whine. So Boye understood the question, even if he could not answer it.

    “I agree, Boye. This is not right. I have to take my soldiers somewhere. But where?”

    Ruprecht waited, but Boye did not offer any opinion.

    “Only two choices. Well, three, but I’m not going to go back home yet. One choice is the island across the waves, which these savages call the Cider Isle. A place of gold and war, by all accounts. The Company is sponsoring one kingdom of savages to fight the other. Plenty of opportunities there, for crack cavalry, good Christian soldiers, who have the discipline to kill savages.”

    The dog whined and dropped its head.

    “Maybe you’re right,” Ruprecht said. “Plenty of gold, but not many Company ships to take the men across, and I wouldn’t trust these native ships with your neck, never mind mine. And I doubt these savages speak the Yadji language. Learning one heathen tongue has been enough work; I don’t want to have to start all that again. Or waste the rank I’ve built up with the Yadji.”

    Boye kept his head down, but made no other comment.

    “One other choice, I think. Far to the east of the Yadji realm, their subjects are growing restless, I hear. Gurnowarl, they’re called, or something like that. A display of good horseflesh will convince them to stay under the thumb. And if they rebel while we’re over there, then not even these Yadji savages can stop us looting while we’re putting them down.”

    Ruprecht looked down, but Boye remained stolidly silent. “Better yet, after that, there’s the highlands. Home to barbarians so bad that even these savages call them savages. Raids have picked up. Bringing the highlanders to heel, now that would be something worth accomplishing.”

    “And I’m sure I could persuade a few hundred of their infantry to accompany me.” Foot could not stand up to proper cavalry, but they made a useful anchor in battle all the same. And he would need to garrison the towns he conquered. “Less gold, maybe, but more glory. The Yadji Emperor should give me a golden handshake for quelling the highland savages. More gold than anything in the Cider Isle, I hope.”

    “Or perhaps not. Trust not to gratitude of princes, it’s said. What do you think, Boye?”

    Ruprecht held up a hand. Boye looked up at him, and barked twice.

    “Yes, I think you have the right of it,” Ruprecht said. “The highlands call.”

    * * *

    Azure Day, Cycle of the Sun, 408th Year of Harmony (3.23.408) / 12 December 1647
    Hanuabada, Rainy Island [Hanuabada (“Big Village”), Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea]

    Clouds built up on the western horizon, but so far no rain fell. Fortunate. Yuma Tjula was still not entirely familiar with the rhythms of these northerly lands, despite living here for five years, but it had not taken him long to learn the time of the wet season. The time of so much rain as to be unnatural. And that season held true as much on this rainy island as it did in his new home across the Coral Strait in Wujal [Cooktown, Queensland].

    With the air still clear, picking out the arriving ships was easy. Five lakatoi, as the locals called them. The vessels were really multi-hulled canoes rather than properly-made ships, built and rebuilt after each voyage. But they were still large enough to carry considerable cargo. Some of the locals were wading out into the water to greet the arriving lakatoi.

    Yuma turned his gaze away from the sea and ships, to face the man standing beside him on the sand. Werringi the Bold. A man from a rival bloodline, that now worked in cooperation with his own. Between them, they had forged the trading association, the nuttana, that offered new hope where the Island had failed. Six bloodlines had now joined the association, but Werringi and Yuma remained the heart of the nuttana. If they supported a venture, it would be accepted. If they opposed a venture, it would be rejected.

    “How far have those ships sailed?” Werringi asked.

    “Across the great bay [Gulf of Papua], no more. Not a bold voyage” – both men shared a grin – “but these Motuans are a trading people, all the same.”

    “Clay pots for crops and timber.” Werringi nodded. “Odd to think of clay as an item worth trading. But then where there is need, there is commerce.”

    “Or where there is greed,” Yuma said. He gestured, and they started walking along the sand toward the town, with its big houses on stilts. “Most of their crops are worthless. Rabia [sago] is bland and bulky. Too far to sail for food, too.”

    “Useful if famine threatens closer to home.”

    “Perhaps. The headhunters who farm it seem to have plenty to spare, with how much they give to these pot-makers. But the tohu [sugar cane], this is what matters.” Yuma smacked his lips.

    “So I’ve known, since I first found it in Batabya [Batavia],” Werringi said dryly. “But knowing that and getting the crops and workers to make use of it are two different paths.”

    “Both can be found here on the Rain Island.”

    “The tohu, yes. The same, or nearly. But the workers? These headhunters know not metal. Or much of anything else. Can they boil it properly and gravel [crystallise] it as the Nedlandj do in Batabya?”

    “Not that I have seen. But they can grow it. That is enough to begin,” Yuma said. “Even the taste of the sweet juice is reward enough. You can see for yourself soon.”

    Sure enough, the curly-haired locals brought several long stalks of tohu: thick, jointed, and coloured a dull red-brown. One of them demonstrated for Werringi how to cut off a joint of the stalk and then cut it open to extract the pith in the centre, and chew it.

    Werringi used his own knife to cut off another joint of the stalk, and then put it in his mouth. After a brief moment’s chewing, he grinned. He did not speak, not with his mouth full of tohu pith and juice, but then he did not need any words.

    Yuma said, “We must invite some of these Motuans, or their headhunting friends, back to Wujal. To bring this tohu with them, and grow it there.”

    As Yuma had expected, Werringi shook his head in vigorous agreement.

    * * *

    The highlands of Aururia: a thinly-populated region inhabited by peoples who seemed to take in warfare with their mother’s milk. Raiding and plundering was a way of life for them; in a land where resources were scarce, many people found it more useful to take what others had produced rather than develop their own. The highlanders happily fought each other, but they would gleefully raid into the lowlands. The Five Rivers had been their prize target for hundreds of years, but in the last couple of centuries they had become equally fond of paying armed visits to Yadji lands.

    Counter-invasion of the highlands proved difficult, mostly because there was little worth raiding. The highlands were lands of scattered farms, filled by people who knew how to cache food to keep it secure from both the natural ravages of flood and fire and more human-induced depredations. The handful of villages and towns were mostly places where people came temporarily for markets or celebrations; burning them or looting them would barely hinder the hill-men’s capability to resist.

    Highlanders would rarely fight stand-up battles without being forced into them, and they were adept at using their knowledge of the local countryside to evade pursuit. Invading forces were plagued both by the lack of accessible enemies to fight, and the difficulty in obtaining sufficient supplies. Some commanders would withdrew in frustration, while more successful ones would demand some level of tribute which was enough for them to proclaim victory before they discreetly withdrew, too.

    Prince Rupert, Duke of Cumberland, knew little of this long history. What information he had gathered about the highlands told him of their success at raiding, but little about the extreme logistical difficulty of suppressing them. Rupert believed, with some grounds, that his cavalry would allow him to chase down hill-men who tried to flee on foot. Quite how he would feed those same cavalry was a question he did not consider in as much detail.

    Prince Rupert had also expected that the Yadji rulers would provide only lukewarm support for his expedition. This expectation was only testament to his misunderstanding of a people he still viewed as savages. The Regent Gunya Yadji and his leading generals were enthusiastic in commending “Prince Roo Predj” for his valour in proposing to quell the highland savages.

    For the Yadji, Rupert’s departure was a three-fold blessing. Firstly, it would let him indulge his plundering instincts in territory which the Yadji cared nothing about. Secondly, it gave them the opportunity to send some inexperienced infantry with him, so that they could gain military experience before the truce with Tjibarr expired. Thirdly and most importantly, it removed the risk that his growing boredom could lead him to break that same truce.

    So Prince Rupert found himself leading nine hundred European cavalry and fifteen hundred Yadji infantry. The horsemen were all veterans of the late European war and the first fighting in Prince Rupert’s War. The infantry were mostly newly-trained troops, with a smattering of veterans distributed throughout them in Yadji style, to teach them and stiffen their resolve.

    He had two objectives in mind. Firstly, to make a grand march along the Yadji royal road to dismay the rebellious Kurnawal into submission. Secondly, to impose a string of stunning victories on the highlanders and quell them into submission, too.

    Rupert’s first objective was a success. Horses were unknown in the eastern regions of the Yadji realm, and the grand procession of cavalry and infantry alarmed the Kurnawal, who were indeed growing rebellious, a decade and a half after the last time the Yadji had suppressed a rebellion.

    Rupert’s second objective... was not such a success.

    The high country taught the German prince, as it had taught so many before him, that it was one thing to build an army which the hill-men could not defeat in battle, but quite another thing to build an army which could eat trees and grass. Even for the four-legged part of his army that could eat grass, the rigours of daily marches seldom left the horses with enough time to replenish their energy by grazing at night. And strangely enough, their highlander hosts had thoughtlessly neglected to provide fodder for their equine visitors to replenish their strength.

    Rupert’s cavalry could indeed do as he had expected, and run down any highlanders caught in the open. Which would have been more helpful if the highlands had more open ground to work with. Foot soldiers, he found out, could outrun horses in a place where the best roads were only muddy tracks, and when in most areas the hill-men did not have far to flee before they reached the sanctuary of trees. Where ambushes with archers or sometimes muskets were an ever-present threat, his cavalry could proceed only cautiously through forest, which gave the hill-men plenty of time to escape.

    The bigger challenge was, of course, food. The prince had his soldiers burn the first couple of towns they occupied, but that did not bring the highlanders out to battle. He occupied the third town he found, but that only worked until the food ran out and most of the inhabitants vanished into the night.

    The only way the invading army could survive in the highlands was to keep moving, squeezing what supplies they could from the scattered highland farms before their inhabitants hid their food and fled. This was an army continually on the march, unable to camp in one location for more than a few days. Even maintaining that kind of campaign would have been impossible without occasional resupply sent by dog-travois caravans [2] from the Yadji realm.

    The hill-men fought their own style of campaign against the invading forces. They preferred to raid at night, or ambush any scouts or screening forces. Prince Rupert soon learned to be thankful for the presence of Yadji infantry, for without them defending camps at night would have been almost impossible. The highlanders rarely concentrated their forces, both to avoid risking their too-few numbers and to keep from exhausting their hidden supply caches.

    By halfway through the first summer, Rupert’s army had settled into a routine. March for a couple of days, then set up a camp with some timber fortifications where his infantry could provide a secure base. His cavalry would spend several days sweeping the surrounding countryside, trying to capture any highland raiders they found. If that failed – as it usually did – he would march on for a couple of days and repeat the pattern.

    With the first snows threatening in the autumn in 1647, Prince Rupert withdrew to Elligal [Orbost, Victoria] to wait out the winter. He took up the habit of painting during that winter, using some of the spectacular colours which the Yadji made. Two of those paintings would survive into the modern era. Gunawan in Flood showed a broad view of the River Gunawan [Snowy River] in springtime flood, with his beloved Boye crouching in the foreground. The Great Executioner showed a Yadji death warrior in full battle garb.

    In the second summer of the truce, Prince Rupert brought his forces back into the highlands. Little had changed from the first summer. The hill-men were even more cautious to avoid open battle. The largest conflict which he could proclaim a victory involved less than one hundred highlander casualties, although this death toll was in fact more severe for the manpower-deprived highlanders than Rupert realised.

    As the summer progressed, engagements became even fewer. Rupert found that his visions of glory and gold were fading in the endless pursuit through the highlands. His frustration reached the point where he was prepared to listen to his native allies, who advised him to open negotiations with the highlanders before summer was over. He duly sent out emissaries, who reported that the highland chieftains were prepared to discuss terms for a truce.

    Despite the galling truth that he would have little to show for two years of warfare, Rupert negotiated a truce with the highlanders. The terms were simple: for three years, the Yadji would not return to the highlands, nor would the hill-men raid into Yadji lands. The highlanders provided a gift of a truly copious amount of sweet peppers to seal the truce.

    In a sign that he had learned a little basic diplomacy, Rupert responded by giving gifts of his own to the highlanders: a horse for each of the five greatest chieftains. These were given from among the stock of spare horses whose original riders had fallen in battle. Rupert took the precaution of choosing five geldings, as he had no wish to allow the hill-men to obtain breeding stock.

    When he returned to Elligal, Prince Rupert declared his great victory over the hill-men. A victory that would not last past the next raiding season, for the highlanders had never been ones to treat truces as binding if they sensed weakness. The only real thing which Rupert gained from his highland endeavours was a taste for sweet peppers which would last for the rest of his life. From that time on, he regarded almost all food as too bland to bother with unless it had been properly flavoured with sweet peppers.

    From Elligal, Prince Rupert quickly led his forces back west, to the heartland of the Yadji realm. For the two-year truce with the Five Rivers kingdoms was nearing its end, and he did not wish to be left neglected on the frontier when warfare resumed.

    * * *

    [1] “Make an air-clay inscription” is a Gunnagal metaphor which is roughly equivalent to “make a mental note”.

    [2] The Yadji do, in fact, have wheeled vehicles, but they learned a long time ago that with the usual state of muddy tracks in the highlands, the older ways of travois were better.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #78: What Becomes of the Proxy-Hearted
  • Lands of Red and Gold #78: What Becomes of the Proxy-Hearted

    Carl Ashkettle holds up the envelope. A brown wax seal holds it closed. The wax has been impressed with a design that shows an eight-pointed star surrounded by a double circle. Words have been written between the circles, words in an ancient script which Ashkettle does not even recognise, let alone read. All the same, he knows this design.

    “Do you know where this letter comes from?”

    Mr. Clements snickers. “Naturally. I can even read the Five Rivers script in the design, if you wish me to. I wager that you cannot match that.”

    “I wrote to Panyilong [1] Billeenudyal of the Panipat [2], asking for more information about the archaeology of Yigutji.”

    “You agreed not to tell any part of my tale while I still breathe,” Clements says coldly.

    “Give me some credit for subtlety,” Ashkettle says. “I told him I was researching background for a commemoration of Prince Rupert’s War. And asked him a lot of questions, mostly ones to which I already know the answers. And a few which cannot be answered out of the usual history books, but which you have addressed. Shall we see if Billeenudyal’s answers match with yours?”

    “Just as you like.” Clements leans back in his chair.

    He slices open the top of the envelope and pulls out the letter. “Dear Mr. Ashkettle, please accept my most gracious thanks for your enquiries into- well, skip all that. Let’s see, lots of questions that don’t matter. Ah, yes. I asked for all the names that the kingdoms gave to Prince Rupert’s War.”

    “You already know those; I gave them to you.”

    “And you said that no-one today remembered that the kingdom of Yigutji first called it the Musket-” Ashkettle stops as his scanning eye catches up with the words on the letter. “Dear God. Billeenudyal says, Yigutji and Gutjanal both named it the Fever War once typhus struck, but what names Yigutji called the war in its early stages are barely recorded. Except that a colleague of his has recently found a letter from an absent Yigutji lord to his wife saying... saying that he will be home as soon as this musket war is over.”

    Clements regards him over steepled fingers. “Why the surprise? It merely confirms the truth you had from me.”

    “Yes... but... Very well, then. Tell me what happened in Yigutji after the truce expired and the Fever War resumed.”

    * * *

    12th Year of Regent Gunya Yadji / 13 August 1648
    Kirunmara [Terang, Victoria]
    Durigal [Land of the Five Directions]

    Koorumbin, son of Koorumbin, took a deep breath. And then another one. He paused to wipe his sweaty hands against his tunic while he struggled to force his breathing to regularity.

    A simple doorway stood ahead of him. An empty doorway; the door had been removed for some reason he neither knew nor cared. Stepping through it would have been simplicity itself.

    If Koorumbin could make himself do so.

    Inside waited the greatest man in the Land, except for the Regent himself and his immediate family. The great prince Roo Predj. The Raw Prince, an epithet spoken with both fear and affection.

    Koorumbin slowly forced himself to the door. Be bold, soldier. You have faced the Tjibarri on the field of battle. You have survived the great fever [typhus]. Surely you can step into a room!

    Inside, a man stood, reading some text written on the raw men’s ultra-thin paper [3]. His skin was pinkish-red, his clothes dark-coloured and of no form which Koorumbin recognised. His most notable feature was a plumed, broad-brimmed hat that the prince wore even indoors. But the brim was not too wide to force off what sat on his shoulder.

    The prince did not turn or acknowledge Koorumbin’s entry, remaining engrossed in his text. But a tiwi [quoll] perched neatly on the prince’s left shoulder. It had been looking ahead, as if reading the same text as the prince. When Koorumbin stepped inside, the tiwi turned to look at him for a moment, before returning its attention to the document in its master’s hands.

    Koorumbin tapped his right boot twice on the stone floor, then waited. He had made his presence known; now he had to linger until the prince acknowledged him.

    Prince Roo Predj took some time to respond. Whether the text in front of him consumed his thoughts or not, Koorumbin did not know, and would not venture to guess. The paths of princes were their own, and common-born men did not step onto them.

    Instead, he looked at the tiwi. An animal most disconcerting, if in truth it was an animal at all. A tiwi could be of any colour, spotted or striped, large or small, flat-faced or snouted. But it should not be colourless [albino].

    Any colourless animal should be sacrificed as soon as it was born. The prince had not only let this animal live, he had adopted it. The tiwi had become his advisor. Perdj, as he had named it, now guided the Raw Prince in his life and deeds. A blessing, or a curse?

    At length, the prince finished the page of his text, and turned around.

    “Tell me your name.” A command, not a question, and spoken with the language of superiority [4]. So it always was, with the Raw Prince. Entirely understandable when speaking to a soldier, even a plume bearer [5], but the tales were that the prince spoke that way even to other princes. A man of unrivalled courage in battle, but of unparalleled arrogance the rest of the time.

    Koorumbin bowed in the Inglidj fashion, as he had learned, and gave his name and rank.

    When he looked back up, his gaze was on Perdj, not the prince. The tiwi turned its head slightly, as if whispering in its master’s ear.

    Koorumbin bowed again, the simplest means of concealing his expression. Proof now that the Raw Prince was not merely a great man, but one in touch with forces beyond the mortal realm. Who else could have an uncoloured [albino] to guide him through his journey in this life?

    But more than that, which power whispered its words to him? Was the Neverborn, the Power trapped within the earth, tapping into an uncoloured to offer wisdom to the Raw Prince? Was this arrogant royal scion from beyond the seas chosen as a harbinger of the time when the world would be riven in battle and strife as the Neverborn broke free of his immortal prison to claim his rightful rule over the world?

    Or was it the Firstborn, the scorned son who had murdered his own divine mother, who had found in this colourless animal a tool to betray the Regent and the Land? Had the Firstborn chosen this uncoloured as its mortal tool, and the Raw Prince its dupe, to create bloodshed in the mortal realm? Not to aid the Neverborn, but so that those who died could be claimed by the Firstborn’s servants and conscripted into his sky armies of night, to fight against the Neverborn at the end of days?

    Who could say? Koorumbin did not know. He did not dare ask. Nor could anyone ask, save the Regent himself. Tales and rumours flowed about Perdj the uncoloured tiwi, and the Raw Prince who was its mortal sword. All that could be said for certain was that a man who could tame such fearsome beasts as these horses must have an even greater power giving him advice.

    “Tell me why you have come,” the prince said.

    “The Regent bids you attend a war council to prepare for when the truce with Tjibarr expires. Tomorrow, at two points on the sundial after dawn.”

    “Tell him I will be there,” the prince said. He turned back to his text, while the tiwi kept its gaze fixed on him as its master turned. Or was the tiwi truly the master, with the prince merely the powerful servant?

    Korrumbin could not leave the dwelling quickly enough.

    * * *

    The truce between the Yadji and their Five Rivers enemies had been set for two years. In the event, all of the nations kept to the truce. There were some minor flare-ups where over-eager soldiers on both sides clashed. Such flare-ups were always possible, particularly with Tjibarri factions’ endless internal manoeuvring and keenness for subterfuge, but all of the flare-ups were resolved via negotiation without war being triggered.

    Neither Tjibarr nor Durigal wanted to return to war early. Both sides knew that war would return in due course. They simply wanted it to continue when they were prepared for the resumption.

    Responsibility for Yadji military planning fell to the aging but still formidable Biwdadjari, lord of warmasters [high general]. Other warmasters, including Prince Rupert, were duly consulted and duly ignored. The broad strategy was set by Bidwadjari, who had the Regent’s ear, and all others were permitted only to provide their views into the details of how the strategy should be implemented.

    Bidwadjari’s strategy focused around Goolrin [Murray Bridge], the last great bastion of Tjibarri power along the lower Nyalananga [River Murray]. The ancient fort-city had formidable defences, and controlled the best passage across the great river. The last siege had failed only due to the outbreak of typhus, or so Bidwadjari believed. He was determined that this time, a renewed siege would succeed.

    The Yadji forces had withdrawn from Goolrin’s immediate environs during the last days before the truce, but were still close enough to restart the siege quickly. What was more difficult to fathom was how effective this siege would be.

    Word from merchants and others who had passed Goolrin during the truce reported that the Gunnagal were building additional earth ramparts at the base of the city walls. In the old times, that would have been foolishness, for it would simply have made it easier for the Yadji forces to storm the walls. Bidwadjari recognised its sensibility in these new times, though, for now the greatest danger was cannons breaching the walls.

    Work had also been performed to strengthen the structure of the walls. All of the preparations were easily visible, thanks to continued trade. The merchants further reported that Tjibarr had been bringing ever more provisions and supplies into Goolrin , as much as could be obtained in the times of fever-induced famine. The merchants themselves had profited handsomely from supplying food and goods.

    Bidwadjari’s planning was also informed by his knowledge that the plagues and war had brought significant losses to the Yadji army. More men had been recruited, but they were inexperienced, and the Land still suffered greatly. While his armies would not go unsupplied, questions remained about how effectively supplies could be brought if they needed to push deeper into the Copper Coast.

    The chosen strategy was for a major siege of Goolrin, conducted by the bulk of the Yadji forces. Prince Rupert would once again be given command of the forces fighting Gutjanal. He was given permission to raid further into Gutjanal’s lands, as much as he liked. Logistics would be less of a concern because he could plunder as much food as he needed from that kingdom’s lands; those were not regions which the Regent cared so much about ruling once peace returned. The only instructions for the Raw Prince were that Djawrit [Bendigo] must be kept safe. Past that, he could conduct his campaign how he wished.

    Bidwadjari himself would command the siege of Goolrin. Given that Tjibarr had invested so much in defending the city, it needed to be broken, and with that accomplished, he believed that the Yadji would almost certainly have won the broader war. The Nyalananga was the key not just to Tjibarr supplying its forces, but for trade once peace resumed. Trade ran along the Nyalananga to the coast, to the river port of Bunara [Goolwa], the sea port of Jugara [Victor Harbor] and the road between them. With that confirmed in Yadji control, Tjibarr would be cut off in its trade and blocked from any easy supply from its Nedlandj backers.

    Bidwadjari would perhaps have been less confident had he considered that with Tjibarr, what was seen was not always what was happening.

    For Tjibarr’s military planning, other factors were at play.

    * * *

    Wombat Day, Cycle of Triumph, 14th Year of His Majesty Guneewin the Third (17 October 1646)
    Kilwalee, The Great Bend [Morgan, South Australia] [6]
    Kingdom of Tjibarr

    Piet van Tassel, surveyor, gave one last order for form’s sake. As instructed, one of the men accompanying him marked the last turning of the trail with a wooden pole. Van Tassel duly recorded the turning in his latest notebook, too. In truth, this last part of the surveying was entirely unnecessary. The trail here was ancient and reasonably well-travelled, marked by dog-travois or whatever these natives had been using for centuries. Only further from the town did routes diverge.

    Below him, the trail ran straight down a slight slope to the walls of a town. A town which stood beside a broad river, the one which these natives called the Nyalananga. Only a trickle, perhaps, when compared to the Rhine, but still a river which was of vital importance for these Gunnagal or Tjibarri or whatever they called themselves.

    A group of Gunnagal waited outside the walls of Kilwalee. Awaiting him, or so it appeared. Well, the same guides he had used to assist him in surveying would have carried word of his arrival.

    When van Tassel neared the group, their leader bowed in Dutch fashion. “Piet van Tassel, I presume.”

    Van Tassel bowed in turn. “So I am.”

    The native said, “Good to meet you. I am Wemba of the Whites.”

    Van Tassel nodded absently. The Whites were one of the numerous parties, the strange groupings that divided Tjibarr’s society. He could never work out whether it was the parties or Tjibarr’s king who ruled in truth.

    Wemba said, “I trust that the surveying of the route is complete.”

    “Yes. I have marked the best path for a road through to Taparee [Port Pirie]. Both with markers and with my notebooks, which I will give to you once inside the town.”

    “Splendid. We will need a further survey completed soon, for the secondary road to Nookoonoo [Port Broughton], but we can discuss that further after you have had time to rest. In the meantime, you have my thanks, in the name of the Whites and His Majesty.”

    “Thanks are not required. I have been well-paid,” van Tassel said, with complete sincerity.

    “And you have been quicker than expected,” Wemba said. He produced a pouch from his side, and handed it over. “A further recompense for your diligence and speed, and for one more small favour you can help me with once you are in town.”

    He accepted the pouch. Full, no doubt, with the kunduri which van Tassel had found so pleasing during his stay in the South-Land. “How else do you need my assistance?”

    “What are your Company’s orders regarding... Pieter Nuyts?”

    “He is to be arrested if found, and charged with betraying his oath to the Company.”

    “Excellent. I trust you will tell Nuyts that himself, when you speak with him.” Wemba took in his expression, and laughed. “Pieter Nuyts grows weary of our hospitality, so I have brought him here for you to remind him of the alternative.”

    “I will tell him,” van Tassel said. A shame that Nuyts still lived. Perhaps the Company would wish to remedy that, once van Tassel carried word of his survival.

    “Again, my thanks,” Wemba said. He turned to one of the men beside him, and gave a single word instruction in Gunnagal: “Begin”.

    Van Tassel knew little of the Gunnagal language, but he recognised that word. “What is beginning?”

    “Road construction, of course,” Wemba said. “Quarrying the stone began months ago, and the riverboats have been stockpiling it in the town. The labourers will start immediately. So will those waiting at the other end, as soon as a rider on a fast horse brings them the order.”

    “You are... quick,” van Tassel said.

    “We have to be. The truce may not last the full two years, and even if it does, the road will probably not be finished by then. Even with your excellent horses and donkeys to pull carts along the road as it is built, this will still be a major work.”

    “Will you need the secondary road to Nookoonoo so soon, then?”

    “Survey it soon, yes. Any construction will be only with those stones and workers which can be spared from the main road.” Wemba’s gaze was disconcerting in its intensity. “We need a road to a new port just as much as your Company needs it to buy kunduri from us.”

    * * *

    When the war resumed on the western (Tjibarr) front, the initial stages developed as the Yadji had anticipated. Tjibarr’s forces did not offer battle outside Goolrin, but settled in to defend the city. The Yadji armies brought in siege equipment, particularly fresh cannon supplied by their Inglidj allies, but as expected these weapons were of little value against Goolrin’s walls. Built atop countless earlier cities that had occupied the same ground, Goolrin already had natural earthen defences that were difficult to batter down with cannon. The ancient earthen slopes were close enough to bowshot from the walls that cannon could not be deployed on them. The fresh earthen ramparts above only made the bombardment even more futile.

    The city would have to fall by slow attrition, betrayal from within, or potentially a negotiated surrender if the garrison could be convinced to withdraw further back into Tjibarri territory. Such had been anticipated beforehand, and as expected, the siege was a lengthy one.

    The Yadji forces did not all remain pinned around Goolrin. The bulk of their armies remained near the besieged city in case of an attempted breakout or a sortie downriver by Tjibarri forces, but some remained along the occupied coast. Those soldiers launched their own fresh manoeuvres toward Tjibarri territory, though they advanced less boldly than in the pre-truce phase of the war. Biwadjari’s orders were to probe, to acquire any ground safely if it could be done so, but not to risk a major engagement which would cost vital manpower.

    The Yadji forces mounted a series of raids on Tjibarr’s territory, mostly across the defensive line which Tjibarr had established on the Kudreemitjee [River Torrens]. The river was not in truth a major barrier; in summer it usually consisted of a series of waterholes, and while it flooded more during the winter and spring campaigning season, any determined force could cross it.

    Indeed, the Yadji forces made several raids across the Kudreemitjee without too much trouble. These raids could not hold territory. Nor were they intended to do so, being mainly a testing of defences. Sure enough, this led to several clashes with Tjibarri forces, and it was those engagements which provided a puzzling discovery. Some of the opposing warriors were not Tjibarri at all. They were not from anywhere in the Five Rivers. They were strange, light-skinned (though not raw), tattooed warriors.

    They were Maori.

    * * *

    3rd Day of Feasts, 14th Year of His Majesty Guneewin the Third (18 March 1647)
    Mawhera, Lands of the Te Arawa iwi, Te Waipounamu, Aotearoa [Greymouth, Westland, South Island, New Zealand]

    The man who let others call him Northwind held himself still. Softly, in the Gunnagal language which none of the Maori should understand, he told his companions, “Remain steady and unmoving on your knee, no matter what these Maori do.”

    The nine Maori warriors in front of them moved back and forth in a ritualised dance, chanting words and shouting challenges, while brandishing bronze-tipped weapons. Quite imposing if you had not learned about it before, but then Northwind had found out as much as he could about the Maori before being sent on this mission. Such was his habit.

    This Maori dance, the haka, was a ritual challenge, nothing more. Ostensibly the visitors’ reaction to this dance, together with the merit of their gifts, was what allowed the Maori king, or his relative, to decide whether to accept the visitors as guests. With all of the sanctity of hospitality which that implied.

    In truth, the value of the gifts, and the reasons which the visitors offered for their arrival, were what mattered. The decision had already been made before the haka began. Still, it would not do to offend their hosts by showing a poor reaction to the haka [7].

    Following his advice, the men on either side of him remained motionless. Good that they could follow instructions, and that neither of them were fools. Not that he would have tolerated any fools here. The Maori were hospitable enough by their own standards, but harsh to those who stepped outside of them, and Northwind would not permit anyone here who might foolishly break those standards.

    The man on his left, Yeruninna, second trading captain of the Puwana bloodline, was astute enough. Most Islanders were, when profit was involved, and this voyage offered considerable profit for them.

    The Island was crumbling, or so Northwind had heard, with their old trade routes being consumed by the Nedlandj and their own undeclared kingdom and granary in the Seven Sisters [Eyre Peninsula] ravaged by war. Where once the Islanders had demanded the best prices for premium goods like dyes and kunduri, now they were reduced to seeking almost any terms they could find for food. If Yeruninna played his role properly in this mission, it would be the first of many where Islander ships could be put to good use bringing Maori mercenaries to Taparee and Nookoonoo. If the payment was mostly badly-needed food, and little of the kunduri which the Island’s merchants had demanded in the past, well, that was a problem for the Islanders, not for Northwind.

    The man on his right, Bili Narra, would be astute enough. He might be a member of the detestable Golds, but Bili Narra was still a Council member. Anyone who had served on the Council, at the heart of the Endless Dance, knew the value of composure and appearances.

    This was the first time in many years that Northwind had travelled openly with a Council member. And, not coincidentally, also the first time he had acted on behalf of instructions sanctioned by the Council. Or by six of the eight factions on the Council, which was close enough for his purposes.

    The two remaining factions, the Blues and the Blacks, opposed the bid to obtain Maori mercenaries. They said that in the short term, the costs in kunduri and other goods would be too high, when those same commodities could be used to purchase extra arms from the Nedlandj rather than extra mercenaries. And that in the long term, better to leave the Maori happily fighting among themselves in Aotearoa than encouraging them to undertake military adventures in the wider world.

    Moving only his eyes rather than his head, Northwind checked that the gifts were still in place behind the dancing warriors. Two large pouches of kunduri, and two dozen bronze ingots, remained where they had been set. Thanks to the advice of Yeruninna, the third pouch of kunduri that Northwind had originally been given had been traded in the Cider Isle [Tasmania] for the ingots. On the Cider Isle, kunduri was more valuable, as Yeruninna had explained; wealthy Tjunini and Kurnawal used it as the standard to judge wealth [8]. While over here in Aotearoa, the Maori would value those bronze ingots more.

    The only problem, in fact, had been that Yeruninna complained that these gifts were too generous. Which indeed they were, if Northwind merely wanted hospitality from the Maori. But the Islander trader forgot that not everything could be measured in terms of its value for commerce. Northwind wanted more than hospitality: he wanted an enthusiastic Maori king encouraging his warriors to come to Tjibarr to serve as mercenaries, and those same warriors to hear exaggerated stories of how wealthy Tjibarr must be, if they could give such gifts simply to be accepted as guests.

    The Maori completed their haka, with three warriors collecting knives from Northwind and his companions, and handing them to their leader. The leader stepped forward, and held out the knives hilt first. “You are under the protection of ariki iwi Tuhoe.”

    “I thank the ariki iwi for his welcome,” Northwind said, in the Islander language, with one of the local Maori warriors translating. “And I ask his permission to make requests of his warriors to join our armies in Tjibarr across the seas.” Not a proposition that would usually be raised so early in Maori ceremony, but with the generosity of these gifts, he did not expect any problems.

    The Maori prince said, “You may speak at the marae, asking for the men to come as guest warriors [mercenaries], or to call on their kin to do the same.”

    * * *

    In 1648 and into 1649, warfare in the west was largely static. Goolrin remained an unassailable bulwark, beyond the capacity of the Yadji armies to storm or suborn. The front further west was slightly more fluid. When pressed, Tjibarr’s armies forces slowly gave ground rather than let themselves be bloodied too severely, but they never retreated too far. When pursuing, the Yadji forces were equally cautious, heedful of Bidwadjari’s oft-repeated orders never to risk a severe ambush or anything which might cost too many troops.

    So it was that in the slow passage of military time that the Yadji forces reached as far as the line of the Winter River [Wakefield River], another ephemeral waterway that was only filled after rainfall. Here, though, Tjibarr’s armies had put more preparation into establishing a defensive line, and here the withdrawal came to an abrupt halt. Backed by several fortifications, Tjibarr’s armies made a determined stand, with their soldiers clearly deployed to engage any attackers in open battle.

    Wary of them taking too many casualties, or of a potential Tjibarri advance overland to cut them off from retreat, Bidwadjari refused to sanction an all-out assault on Tjibarr’s defensive lines. The Yadji advance was abandoned as both sides settled into largely defensive posturing, with only small-scale raids happening on both sides.

    While the Yadji forces never realised it, the raids continued mostly because of the Maori mercenaries’ insistence on responding to any raid with one of their own. This caused Tjibarr’s commanders as much frustration as countering the raids did for the Yadji warmasters. Tjibarr’s strategy relied on a lengthy defensive campaign and a drawn-out war; unnecessary casualties in pointless raids only reduced their soldiers’ numbers.

    In the eastern front, under the command of ever-bold Prince Rupert, the warfare would never be so static. The resumption of warfare saw the Raw Prince order an immediate advance into Gutjanal’s territory, with Yadji infantry supporting the European cavalry, to force battle with Gutjanal’s forces. He succeeded in winning several battles, but the price of victory was higher than expected. Gutjanal had not been idle during the truce; more of its soldiers were armed with pikes and muskets, and they remained disciplined under attack.

    Rupert had little patience for his Yadji subcommanders who bemoaned the losses of soldiers, but he had rather more recognition of their concern that advancing too far might risk Djawrit falling into enemy hands. That threat constrained Rupert like no other; he might have countermanded other Yadji orders, but not where it involved a risk to the town which was the main source of the gold he so dearly craved.

    The Raw Prince devised an alternative strategy. If he could not risk too much of his infantry, he would leave them to defend Djawrit. He chose instead to take the path of destruction. The River Nyalananga itself lay to the north, holding the core of Gutjanal’s population, and also conveniently close to the border with Tjibarr. Rupert chose to deploy his cavalry on a great sweep through Gutjanal’s territory, using their mobility to its full advantage. If he could cause enough destruction, he might force Gutjanal from the war. Failing that, he hoped it would take pressure off the siege of Goolrin, for it should force Tjibarr to defend its eastern border.

    The campaign which followed would make Rupert’s name long-reviled throughout the Five Rivers; indeed, it would stain his name for centuries to come. Taking a handful of native scouts who knew the local terrain and who had learned to ride, Rupert launched his ride of terror.

    The Grand Raid (as Rupert named it), or the Ride of Blood (as later Aururians named it) began just north of Djawrit, and followed a generally northern route to the Nyalananga. The actual path was deliberately erratic, sometimes veering east or west, since Rupert wanted to cause maximum confusion about his path and particularly make Tjibarr fear that the raid was intended to strike its soil.

    The Ride of Blood saw Rupert’s forces burn or otherwise destroy the farms and villages they passed. Fire was their most frequent weapon, both for crops and for buildings, but they would strike down as many villagers as they could find. He ordered the larger towns bypassed, having no desire to become trapped in urban warfare, but in several smaller towns he had his cavalry ride through the towns, firing what they could and cutting down any townsfolk who did not flee quickly enough.

    Rupert’s soldiers took little in the way of plunder. They collected only the most valuable gold or occasional gems, and claimed enough food and water for them and their horses. The rest of the food which they found was burned in its storehouses. Anyone who tried to resist was killed, along with many others who were not even trying to resist.

    The route of his raid brought his horsemen to the Nyalananga a little west of the great town of Yalooka [Echuca]. Rupert famously stopped there to piss into the Nyalananga “so that the Tjibarri downriver can drink of my water” before he remounted and led his cavalry further east. They passed by the walls of Yalooka, deliberately in sight of Gutjanal’s defenders to be seen to be riding east, before turning south again once out of sight. The Ride took a more circuitous but equally destructive route south and then west before returning to Yadji-held territory near Djawrit.

    The farmlands, villages and even small towns in the Ride’s path would take years to recover. The memories would linger for much longer.

    Despite this, the Ride came no closer to forcing Tjibarr or Gutjanal from the war. Tjibarr’s strategy relied on fighting a defensive war for long enough that the Yadji felt that nothing more they could gain would be worth the blood and treasure. Gutjanal was committed to continuing the war because, as its king told the council of elders, “Better befriend Tjibarr and let them arm us than surrender to the Regency and let them disarm us.” Further, smaller-scale raids by Rupert and his cavalry were no more successful in forcing Gutjanal to a separate peace.

    The war endured until February 1650, when the beleaguered garrison of Goolrin, weakened by starvation, could not fend off a determined Yadji assault. Even then, the price paid in Yadji blood was severe.

    With the fall of Goolrin, the Regent was satisfied. The border was close enough to where he believed it should be. The Yadji armies were exhausted, supplies dwindling, and there was little to be gained and much to be risked by continuing the war. The real prize had always been the trade that flowed through Bunara [Goolwa] and Jugara [Victor Harbor]. The valued commerce in kunduri, perfumes, incense, resins, dyes, spices and other goods was what mattered; the border had been pushed further mostly to make that trade more secure.

    So, from what he believed was a position of strength, Gunya Yadji opened negotiations with Tjibarr and Gutjanal. The border with Tjibarr was settled essentially on the line reached at the end of the fighting. With Gutjanal still furious over the devastation, and with Tjibarr prepared to continue the war unless Gutjanal was included in the peace, the Regent eventually agreed to return to what was largely the pre-war border in the east. Only a few border towns, now mostly ravaged, were conceded by Gutjanal, but Gunya Yadji found that acceptable in exchange for the concessions in the west. And for the trade which the Yadji now expected would flow through there.

    So peace was declared.

    Only later did the Yadji learn of the road which Tjibarr had constructed between Kilwalee and Taparee, beginning during the later days of the truce and completed while the warfare was bogged down in defensive struggles. In time, they learned of the horses and donkeys which were being used with carts to transport goods along that road.

    The new road was longer and much more expensive for transport than the equivalent road via Jugara. Such was the consequence of a route with less water transport and more by land, particularly when stations needs to be constructed along the route to provide fodder and water for the beasts of burden. Only light, high-value goods could be conveyed profitably along that route: drugs and spices in one direction, perhaps, and firearms and books going the other. Nonetheless, it represented a route to the sea, and one which remained under the control of Tjibarr.

    For Prince Rupert, once the peace was negotiated, he had little more interest in Aururia. He waited for a couple more months of peace, in case war resumed. During that time, he was finally rewarded with the riches he expected. The gifts which the Regent bestowed on him were mostly exquisite Yadji weavings, formed from threads of gold and embedded with gems, though he carded little for their craft and more for their bullion.

    Rupert showed what was for him, more tact than he usually displayed, when he made his apologies to the Regent that he needed to return to England to resume his royal duties in his homeland. The Regent wished him fair passage and gave more departing gifts, of similar worth. Again showing more tact than he had first displayed on the savage shores, Rupert made gifts of his own in the form of several horses and European weapons.

    About a hundred and fifty of his mercenaries chose to remain in Yadji service, and they kept more than their share of the horses, thanks to exchanging more Yadji gold with their fellow soldiers. The rest chose to follow Prince Rupert back home.

    Thus came to an end the war which would be known as Prince Rupert’s War. But in a land where the previous thirty-odd years of peace between Tjibarr and Durigal had been a record, no-one expected this new peace to last too long.

    Nor had the wider era of war ended. For the Dutch and English companies were still in undeclared war from the Cape to New Guinea. In Aururia itself the lure of spices and gold still called from other parts of the continent. And the invitation which had been provided for Maori mercenaries had rekindled their interest in the world beyond Aotearoa.

    * * *

    Clements says, “Yigutji’s soldiers played no role in the Fever War. Not that I knew of at the time. People spoke on the streets, wondering whether we would ever send soldiers anywhere.”

    “Did any get sent?”

    “No, it never eventuated. None of the three kingdoms had much trust for each other. I remember gossip about our soldiers going to fight for Gutjanal and Tjibarr at various times, but they remained home. The most believable rumours that I heard were that our soldiers would be deployed to the border forts with the highlanders, who were stirring up trouble again, so that Gutjanal could spare more soldiers to fight off Prince Rupert.”

    “Why didn’t that happen?” Ashkettle asks.

    Clements shrugs. “So much mistrust, as I said. Perhaps that might have been overcome, if someone hadn’t sold muskets to the highlanders.”

    “Truly? I thought that the highlanders captured muskets from the Yadji invasion during the truce.”

    “Is that what the history books say?” Clements laughs. “Perhaps the highlanders got some more muskets during the invasion, but they had them before the war. They even struck at our border forts a couple of times. I never found out where the highlanders obtained those muskets from. We blamed Gutjanal for smuggling them, and they blamed us. Whatever the reason, it was enough to prevent us cooperating with Gutjanal in defending against the highlanders.”

    “And is that all you can remember about the Fever War?”

    Clements hesitates. An unusual occurrence for him; he usually oozes confidence. Is there a tear glistening in his eye? “My worst memory of the Fever War happened during the truce, not the fighting. It was... a senior physician visited my family’s workshop. Pimballa, I think he was called. He had been studying with Gunnagal colleagues in Tapiwal [Robinvale, Victoria]. He was trapped there for several months during the quarantine, and kept away for several more months because there was a quarantine here in the city... where I worked, that is.”

    Clements pauses. Yes, there is a glistening, a moistness in his eye. “I remember asking him if the physicians had found a cure for the great fever. Typhus, as we now call it.”

    “They couldn’t cure it, surely,” Ashkettle says. “Antibiotics weren’t-”

    Clements holds up a hand. “Pimballa said that it wasn’t the fever which worried him so much. His colleagues had been reading raw men texts, which spoke of many other diseases. Some worse than great fever. And most of those had not yet reached us. He said, and I remember his words well, even now: “The fever brings death. What I fear is that the Raw Men have brought us worse than death. They have brought us the time of the great dying”.”

    * * *

    [1] Panyilong can be translated approximately as “person with responsibility for disputing”, or more succinctly if more ambiguously as “disputer”. It is an academic title which is roughly equivalent to professor or associate professor.

    [2] In full, the Tjagarr Panipat, from a Gunnagalic phrase which means “Place of Great Disputation”. The Panipat is a prestigious higher educational institution (among other things) which claims to be Aururia’s oldest university.

    [3] The Yadji use a form of paper made from the bark of wattle-skins, which while it can be written on, is thicker and rougher than European-made paper.

    [4] The Yadji language contains a variety of forms of pronouns which indicate varying degrees of rank and familiarity, and different forms of verbs which convey a similar sense of instruction or supplication. Prince Ruprecht has learned only the most commanding and superior forms of these words.

    [5] “Plume bearer” is a Yadji military rank approximately equivalent to first sergeant or second lieutenant.

    [6] Kilwalee (Morgan) is a town just south of the location where the Nyalananga abruptly changes from the roughly westerly course it follows for most of its length, to a southerly course for its last journey to the sea. Tjibarr calls this change in direction the Great Bend; historically it is called North West Bend.

    [7] See post #59 for a more detailed description of an allohistorical Maori greeting ritual, including the haka.

    [8] i.e. the closest which the pre-coinage peoples of the Cider Isle come to a medium of exchange. Kunduri is in effect the currency for wealthier inhabitants of the Cider Isle.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Last edited:
    Lands of Red and Gold Interlude #7: A Chef’s Guide to Christmas
  • Lands of Red and Gold Interlude #7: A Chef’s Guide to Christmas

    This instalment gives a flavour of how the changed circumstances of this timeline have altered Christmas cuisine styles and celebrations around the globe. As per usual practice, this instalment should not be taken in an overly serious manner.

    * * *

    Seen on the sign outside a church in Henrysburgh [Petersburg], Virginia, Alleghania, on 24 December:
    “To our Christian friends: Merry Christmas
    To our Jewish friends: Happy Hanukkah
    To our Plirite friends: Good luck!”

    * * *

    From: “The Great Christmas Cookbook: Yuletide Recipes From Around The Globe

    Four-Pepper Chicken

    Four-pepper chicken is a mouth-watering (literally) Cathayan and Indian influenced chicken recipe. Fried chicken is cooked in a combination of the three hot kinds of peppers, blended with bell peppers, Indian vegetables and Cathayan flavours to produce an intensely hot and flavoursome main meal.

    Predecessors of this dish as a Christmas tradition go back to the seventeenth century, when sweet peppers [Aururian peppers] were first introduced to India. Since they were so rare and treasured, the Nasrani [Saint Thomas Christians / Syrian Christians] who lived in Cochin created special recipes for sweet peppers which were only served at Christmas. Even when sweet peppers became more freely available, the connection to Christmas remained.


    Ingredients:

    500 grams chicken (de-skinned and de-boned)
    1 large or 2 medium red or yellow bell peppers
    3 eggs
    3 tbsp corn starch
    2 tbsp soy sauce
    4 green chilli peppers (thinly sliced)
    4-5 cloves garlic (minced)
    1 tsp minced ginger paste
    1-6 whole sweet peppers (as per taste) [1]
    1/2 tsp black peppercorns
    2 tbsp white spring onions (chopped)
    2 tbsp green spring onions (chopped)
    1/4 tsp umami powder [MSG]
    1/2 tsp castor sugar
    2 cups chicken stock
    1 tsp vinegar
    Sunflower oil
    Salt to taste
    Steamed basmati rice, to serve

    Method:

    1. Beat eggs in a bowl. Set aside.

    2. Chop chicken into medium-sized chunks. Set aside.

    3. De-seed bell peppers and chop into medium-sized cubes. Set aside.

    4. Combine beaten egg, corn starch, salt and soy sauce. Crack sweet peppers and black peppercorns into mixture.

    5. Mix well and add chicken chunks.

    6. Coat the chicken thoroughly in the mixture. Set aside for 20 minutes.

    7. Heat adequate oil in a pan. Deep-fry the chicken until golden brown.

    8. Remove chicken on oil-absorbent paper. Set aside. Keep remnant oil in pan warm.

    9. In another pan, heat 1 tbsp oil. Add green chilli peppers, minced garlic and minced ginger.

    10. Sauté for several seconds. Add white spring onion.

    11. Stir with chicken stock and vinegar.

    12. Add sugar, salt and umami.

    13. Mix thoroughly until starts boiling.

    14. Add fried chicken pieces and cook for 4-5 minutes.

    15. In remnant oil, add bell peppers. Fry for 2-3 minutes without letting it become too soft.

    16. Add fried bell peppers to boiling chicken.

    17. Lastly add green spring onions.

    18. Serve hot with steamed basmati rice.

    Chef Notes:

    1. If gravy is too watery, dissolve 1 tsp corn flour in 2 tbsp water, mix well and add to the gravy to ensure thick consistency.

    2. For variants, add chopped carrot and celery to provide additional flavour.

    *

    Christmas Pudding

    Christmas pudding, or plum pudding, is a boiled pudding made from many dried fruits and nuts, flavoured with spices. Despite the name, plums are not among the fruits contained in a plum pudding; that name came from the older use of the word “plum” to mean raisins.

    Christmas pudding is first known from medieval England, and it has spread to become a traditional highlight for Christmas dinners throughout the English-speaking world. Many families have their own recipes handed down from generation to generation: this one is a simplified recipe which should appeal to everyone.


    Ingredients:

    200 grams raisins
    60 grams mixed peel
    200 grams sultanas
    200 grams currants
    200 grams dried muntries [2]
    125 grams chopped blanched almonds
    125 grams shredded blanched peachnuts [3]
    1/4 cup rum, brandy or rremma [double-distilled duranj (Tasmanian gum cider)], plus extra, for flaming
    250 grams unsalted butter
    1 1/4 cups light brown sugar
    Zest of 1 orange (grated)
    4 eggs
    1/2 plain wheat flour
    1/2 cup cornnart flour [wattle seed flour]
    1 tsp cinnamon verbena [cinnamon myrtle] [4]
    1/4 tsp ground cloves
    1 tsp ground white ginger berry [5]
    1/2 tsp ground aniseed verbena [aniseed myrtle]
    2 tbsp cornnart honey [6]
    125 grams soft white breadcrumbs
    Vanilla egg custard or heavy cream, to serve

    Method:

    1. Sprinkle the fruit (raisins, sultanas, currants, dried muntries) and nuts (almonds and peachnuts) with the brandy, rum or rremma into a large bowl. Cover and leave overnight.

    2. Cream the butter until soft. Add the sugar and orange zest. Beat until light and fluffy.

    3. Add the eggs one at a time, beating well after each egg has been added.

    4. Sift the flour (wheat and cornnart) and spices (cinnamon, cloves, white ginger berry and aniseed verbena) into a bowl. Fold into the sugar and butter mixture.

    5. Stir in the breadcrumbs, honey and the marinated fruit and nut mixture until well-combined.

    6. Place the mixture into a well-greased budding basin, lined with a circle of greased baking paper cut to fit the base. Cover with another circle of greased baking paper to fit the top of the pudding basin. Cover the pudding with a large sheet of baking paper with a pleat in the centre, to allow for any rising.

    7. Tie firmly with string. Use a plate on top of the bowl to keep the paper in place while tying it. Make a handle of string from side to side of the bowl, latching it onto the string around the bowl. Use the string to lower the pudding slowly into boiling water.

    8. Steam the pudding, covered, for 6 hours. The water should be deep enough to come halfway up the side of the bowl. If possible, sit the pudding on a metal ring or upturned saucer.

    9. Top up the water with boiling water as needed.

    10. Remove from the water, cover with fresh baking paper and string. Store until needed.

    11. To serve, put the pudding into a saucepan of boiling water to come halfway up the sides of the bowl. Steam for 2.5 hours.

    12. Invert the pudding into a heated plate. To flame, warm a tablespoon of rum, brandy or rremma, light, and pour over the pudding at the table. (Best enjoyed with the lights turned low first).

    13. Serve accompanied by vanilla egg custard or heavy cream.

    *

    Chirriburri [Chimichurri]

    Chirriburri is a flavoursome sauce used to accompany or marinate grilled meat. It was originally invented in Argentina, probably by Basque settlers; the original name for the sauce was tximitxurri, which refers to a combination of several things where the order is not important.

    Argentine Christmases, like most of their social gatherings, involve an asado [7] where the national dish of Argentina [i.e. grilled beef] is served along with other grilled meats. Chirriburri is usually the chosen accompaniment to the grilled meats.


    Ingredients:

    1/4 packed cup coriander (chopped)
    1 small or 1/2 medium red chilli pepper (de-seeded and very finely chopped)
    1tbsp white onion (diced)
    4 cloves garlic (minced)
    2 white ginger berries (de-skinned and minced)
    1/4 tsp oregano
    1/4 cup red wine vinegar
    2 tbsp water
    1/2 medium tomato (finely diced)
    1/4 cup olive oil
    Salt, 1/2 tsp or to taste
    1/4 tsp black pepper
    1/4 tsp pepperleaf [sweet pepper leaf]


    Method:

    1. Combine coriander, chilli, onion, garlic, white ginger, oregano, vinegar, water, and tomato in a bowl. Slowly whisk in the oil. Add salt, black pepper and pepperleaf.

    2. Let sauce sit for 30 minutes so flavours will meld.

    Chef Notes:

    1. As an alternative, use parsley instead of coriander.

    *

    Carne de Vinha D’Alhos (Portuguese Pork with Wine and Garlic)

    Carne de vinha d’alhos is a traditional Portuguese Christmas dish, made from meat braised with wine and garlic. Pork is the most common meat used today, although rabbit was also traditionally popular.

    Ingredients:

    1 large picnic pork shoulder (cut into 5cm chunks)
    Cider vinegar, 2 parts
    White wine, 1 part
    1/2 cup salt
    6 garlic cloves (peeled and crushed)
    1/2 tsp dried marjoram
    1/2 tsp dried rotunda [8]
    7 whole red chilli peppers (torn apart)
    1-2 loaf Portuguese bread [9], sliced 2.5cm thick

    Method:

    1. Using a sharp knife, de-bone and remove the rind from the meat, leaving the white fat, and discarding the rind. Cut into chunks.

    2. Combine the pork, vinegar, wine, garlic, marjoram, rotunda, salt and chilli peppers in a non-reactive bowl. Marinate in the refrigerator for 5-6 days.

    3. Put the meat and a little of the marinade in a large, non-reactive pot. Simmer over low heat until meat is browned. Keep adding more marinade as needed to keep from drying out or burning.

    4. Transfer the meat to a platter.

    5. Moisten the slices of bread by dipping each side quickly in the hot marinade. Add more marinade, if necessary. Brown the bread in the marinade until semi-crispy.

    6. Arrange the bread on a serving platter with the meat. Serve hot.

    *

    Eggnog

    Eggnog is a sweetened milk-based drink, which is traditionally made with milk and cream, sugar, whipped eggs, and a combination of spices. Liquor is usually added (except for children), with rum, whiskey, brandy, vodka or rremma popular choices. Eggnog came from the British Isles originally, and became popular in North America, where it gained its traditional connection to Christmas.

    Ready-made versions of eggnog can be found in stores around Christmas, but I personally have yet to find a pre-made eggnog worth drinking, especially the Cali-fornications produced in my homeland. Most families have their own recipes for home-made eggnog: the recipe below is just one simple version which everyone should enjoy.


    Ingredients:

    6 eggs, with 2 extra egg yolks
    1/2 cup sugar, with extra 2 tbsp
    1/4 tsp salt
    4 cups whole milk
    1/2 cup brandy, dark rum, or rremma
    1 tbsp vanilla essence
    1/2 tsp grated nutmeg, plus extra for garnish
    1/4 tsp cinnamon verbena
    1/4 tsp lemon verbena [lemon myrtle] [10]
    1/4 cup heavy cream, whipped to soft peaks

    Method:

    1. Combine eggs, egg yolks, sugar, and salt in a large heavy pan. Whisk until well-combined. Continue whisking while pouring milk slowly and steadily, until completely included.

    2. Turn on burner to lowest heat setting. Place pan on burner and stir mixture continuously until an instant thermometer shows 70 degrees C and the mixture thickens enough to coat the back of a spoon. (Patience is required. This will take 25-30 minutes.)

    3. Strain mixture through a fine sieve into a large bowl. Add brandy, dark rum or rremma, vanilla essence, nutmeg, cinnamon verbena and lemon verbena. Stir to combine.

    4. Pour into a glass pitcher, decanter or container and cover. Refrigerate the mixture to chill for minimum four hours, or maximum 3 days before finishing.

    5. When ready to serve, whip heavy cream in a bowl until it forms soft peaks. Fold whipped cream into mixture until combined.

    6. Serve in chilled glasses. Garnish with nutmeg.

    Chef Notes:

    1. If you want to fortify the eggnog with more Christmas cheer, you will need to tweak the recipe to ensure consistency. The liquor content should be increased to 1 cup and the cream content to 3/4 cup.

    * * *

    Note: In some of the cases below, the names of countries listed are non-canonical. They should be taken as shorthand for “this is what allohistorical Christmas cuisine is like in the region which historically is called X”, rather than “country X exists under that name in the Lands of Red and Gold modern era”. However, Portugal has the best Christmas cuisine in the world [citation needed].

    Taken from Intellipedia.

    Christmas Dinner

    Christmas dinner is the main meal traditionally eaten on Christmas Eve or Christmas Day. Christmas traditions around the world may differ, even within countries. The traditions listed below represent the culture of the respectful country ware the festivities are being celebrated. Christmas traditions may very, even within countries, and the descriptions blow should not be assumed to be universal in any given country.

    India

    In India, people cook a wide variety of foods, including biryani with chicken or lamb, chicken and mutton curry, or sweet pepper chicken curry. This is followed by cake or sweets like kheer, or other sweet foods flavoured with jaggery. Some cook roast stuffed noroon [emu], but this is more common in cities and almost unknown in villages [citation needed].

    Lebanon

    The people of Lebanon, mainly Christians but also Muslims and Druze, celebreat Christmas with a traditional large feast. The celebreation begins on the knight of the 24th and continues until lunch on the 25th. Some [who?] have leftovers from the dinner before at the lunch the next day. Families get together at both meals. Roast noroon [citation needed] is the most common choice of meal. Roasted duck, tabouleh (Lebanese salad), and pastries such as honey cake, are the traditional fair. Most of the Christians in Lebanon observe a fast for forty (40) days before Christmas, and so the feast is particularly enjoyed. Who wouldn’t enjoy a fast after that long without food? [This sentence has been flagged as offensive – discuss].

    Denmark

    The traditional Danish Christmas meal is served on 24 December. It consists of roast pork with crackling or goose or duck or noroon [citation needed]. The meat is served along with boiled murnong (some of which is caramelised, some roasted), red cabbage, and plenty of gravy. It is followed with a desert of risalamande: rice pudding served with cherry sauce or strawberry sauce, often with a whole almond inside. The lucky finder of the almond receives an extra present, the “almond gift”. Christmas drinks are gløgg (mulled, spiced wine) and traditional duranj, specially brewed for the season. These usually have a high alcohol concentration.

    France

    In France, a réveillon is a long dinner-cum-party, depending on the stamina of the attendees, held on Christmas Eve and New Year’s Eve. This dinner is named for the word réveil, “waking”, because participants are expected to stay awake until midnight. Falling asleep before midnight is considered bad luck.

    The food consumed at a réveillon is traditionally luxurious and of the highest quality. Fur example, appetisers may include foie gras, oyster, lobster or escargot. One traditional dish is turkey with chestnuts. Although examples of traditional dishes vary across the different regions and regional specialties of France. Won increasingly popular dish is roast noroon [citation needed].

    Desserts are extravagant and varied. Perhaps the most common [weasel words] is the bûche de Noël (Yule log).

    Réveillon is marked by consumption of high-quality wines, of French origin, concluding with champagne or other sparkling wine as a finish. Where the réveillon involves withdrawing from the dining table to another room such as sitting room, brandy or other distilled spirits will usually be served [citation needed].

    Ireland

    In Ireland, preparations for Christmas dinner begin the knight before. The ham will be boiled and people may start to prepare the vegetables. The traditional Irish Christmas dinner consists of noroon [citation needed], ham, Brussels sprouts, roast murnong, stuffing, and various vegetables. The old version would have been a goose or a duck, and many Irish still follow this tradition.

    The dinner usually consists of roast poultry such as noroon [citation needed], goose, turkey, chicken, duck, capon or pheasant, some times with roast beef or ham, or occasionally pork. In some regions of Ireland, particularly Cork, they will also eat spiced beef. A cured and salted rump of beef, cured with saltpetre and spices. Varieties of spices used include cherry pepper [pimento], cinnamon, ground cloves, white ginger root, and purple pepper. (Purple sweet pepper, note purple bell pepper). Which is broiled or semi-steamed in stout, and then roasted.

    Served with stuffing and gravy; pigs in blankets; cranberry sauce or muntrie jelly; bread sauce; roast murnong, sometimes also boiled or mashed; vegetables (usually boiled or steamed), especially Brussels sprouts and carrots. With dessert of Christmas pudding, sometimes mince pies, with brandy butter or cream. Or both.

    Portugal

    Portugal is the land of dried and salted cod. Traditional Christmas dinner could not escape the standard. A people who eat well every day will eat well on Christmas Day. The traditional Portuguese standard is a get-together of families on Christmas Eve, around the table. To eat boiled dried-salted codfish. Accompanied with boiled cabbage, roasted [red] yams, boiled eggs, chickpeas, onions, fresh rotunda, etc. Served with Portuguese black pancakes [wattleseed flatbread]. All topped with generous quantities of olive oil. There are variations across the country. Less traditionally, roasted noroon [citation needed] or pork can also be served.

    England

    Christmas dinner in England is usually eaten in the afternoon of 25 December. The traditional fare is similar to that served in Ireland. With a few variations in that potatoes are usually used instead of murnong, and accompanying vegetables are often parsnips and cauliflower. The stuffing typically includes more hot spices, chilli peppers and sweet peppers, than in Irish cuisine. Wine is usually served instead of stout, often claret or other French wines.

    The evolution of the main course has been a progress of centuries. In medieval times, a bore or sometimes a peacock was the mainstay of the meal. Turkey made an appearance in the sixteenth century and was widespread by the seventeenth. Goose was a popular alternative throughout that era and into the nineteenth century, but wood largely be displaced by the turkey by the end of that era. By the turn of the twentieth century, turkey was synonymous with Christmas in England. This gradually reverted to a greater variety of poultry by the present day. Roast noroon is increasingly popular [citation needed].

    Alleghania [11]

    Most Christmas customs in Alleghania have been adopted from those in the British Isles. As such, the mainstays of British Christmas are also found in Alleghania: roast turkey or other poultry, beef, or ham; stuffing, mashed potatoes and gravy; roasted root vegetables such as parsnip, murnong, carrot, yams and luto stems [12]; squash; and Brussels sprouts. Deserts are more diverse than their British counterparts: alongside the traditional fair of Christmas pudding, trifle, mince pies and marzipan can be found more exotic options such as coconut cake, pecan pie, sweet potato pie, and gooseberry pie.

    The centrepiece of the main Christmas dinner varies according to the taste of the hoast, but can be roast beef, turkey, ham or goose. Recently, noroon has become the roast meat of choice for the Christmas connoisseur [citation needed]. Regional meals offer diversity in they’re supporting cast of foods, for example: oysters and ham pie along the Virginian coast, and grilled venison with sweet pepper sauce in the Alleghanian uplands.

    Louisiana

    Réveillon is as much a part of a Louisianan Christmas as its French counterpart. Louisiana does not traditionally have a signature Christmas dish, rather, all of the traditional elements of Louisianan cuisine are combined in the feast that marks réveillon. Seafood and game meats are the most common elements, flavoured with the hallmark Louisianan elements of onion, celery and carrot (the holy trinity), chilli pepper, sugarcane and its derivatives of molasses and cane syrup, and aromatic verbenas of lemon, aniseed, cinnamon, and curry. Poultry is less common, although roast noroon is not unknown [citation needed] [weasel words].

    New England

    New England’s Christmas cuisine is also influenced bye its British heritage, but not like Alleghania. In New England, for a long time the celebreation of Christmas was illegal, and even for long after it was legal, it was socially frowned on and rearly celebreated. So New English cuisine does not have the same tradition of slow adoption of Christmas traditions from the British Isles, rather it was a wholesale importation of English cuisine. New England’s Christmas cuisine represents an idealised version of middle-class nineteenth century English cuisine without the greater variety that has been introduced in modern times: a goose is almost universal as the poultry of choice, while the dessert is the traditional Yule log which was for some time the desired Christmas standard in England, while the Christmas pudding is almost unknown. Almost the only New English addition is plum rhubarb pie, which has become their iconic desert accompaniment to the Yule log, but which is only available thanks to imported plums that are out of season in New England. Also, more affluent New Englanders are now turning to roast noroon as the focal point of their Christmas dinners [citation needed]

    Tigeria [13]

    A typical Tigerian tradition is “gourmet”, an evening-long occasion where small groups of people sit together around a gourmet set and use small individual frying pans to cook and season their own food in very small portions. The host will have prepared the essential ingredients of finely-chopped vegetables and different cuts of meat, and seafood. The accompaniment will be a range of salads, fruits and sauces. The convenience of gourmet is that everyone can prepare their own seasoning to taste, ranging from those who like the mildest and blandest accompaniments, through to those who do not believe any meal is complete without enough hot peppers to leave their tongue numb for the next week.

    While Christmas Day is celebreated, traditionally the main gift-giving and collective social gathering was St Nicholas’s Day (6 January). Christmas traditions from its neighbours have begun to spread in Tigeria, and it is now more commonplace to see more familiar Christmas dinners with meat and game such as turkey, goose, pheasant or rabbit. In recent years, Anglophone traditions have become popular, such as English-style noroon [citation needed].

    Ethiopia

    In Ethiopia, Christmas Eve is known as the Feast of Gena, and marks the end of a strict 40-day fast. This is a time for celebration and involves a gathering of extended family together for the feast. Where the extended family is large enough, and the host wealthy enough, the traditional centrepiece of the feast is a roast noroon.

    * * *

    [1] “Whole sweet peppers” refers to the berries of Aururian pepperbushes, which are approximately ten times as strong as true pepper. The leaves of pepperbushes are less intense, and are similar in intensity to true pepper.

    [2] Muntries (Kunzea pomifera) are a small native Aururian fruit, with a flavour reminiscent of a spicy apple.

    [3] “Peachnut” is the allohistorical name for quandong “nut”: the very large edible seed of the quandong, a large peach-like fruit grown in Aururia. The fruit’s flesh is also edible (and quite tasty).

    [4] Cinnamon myrtle is a spice made from the leaves of the eponymous tree (Backhousia myrtifolia). Its flavour is similar to true cinnamon (Cinnamomum verum), although allohistorical purists would argue that true cinnamon has a better flavour. Cinnamon myrtle is easier to cultivate and yields more highly per acre than true cinnamon. In the later seventeenth and earlier eighteenth centuries, this meant that the cinnamon verbena (cinnamon myrtle) trade allowed its suppliers to undercut much of the market in true cinnamon. True cinnamon became a more higher priced, premium spice, and while it never disappeared entirely, it had a much smaller market. In the allohistorical modern era, the difference in yield makes only a minor difference in price, but cinnamon myrtle retains a larger market share mostly due to inertia.

    [5] White ginger, or native ginger (Alpinia caerulea) is an Aururian spice made from a bush whose leaf tips, berries and roots produce subtly different gingery flavours. Only the berries are used in this recipe.

    [6] Cornnart honey (wattle honey) is honey produced by bees which have access only to wattle flowers. It has a mild, sweet, flavour with hints of vanilla, and because of its lightness it mixes well when cooking.

    [7] An asado is like a barbecue, but with more flavour.

    [8] Rotunda is the allohistorical common name for Prostanthera rotundifolia, which is historically called native thyme or roundleaf mintbush. Its flavour is somewhat reminiscent of both mint and thyme.

    [9] Portuguese bread is the most common allohistorical name for a kind of bread made from 3 parts white flour and 1 part wattleseed flour. It is also called blackbread or oilbread, names which match its qualities: wattleseeds are distinctly black, and add an oily texture to the bread. Portuguese bread is traditionally baked in long thin loaves, similar to baguettes.

    [10] Lemon myrtle (Backhousia citriodora) is a leaf spice which has a lemon-like flavour (from citral), but without the sourness or acidity of lemon juice. This means that it can be used in sweeter foods, and also that it can be used when cooking dairy-based foods without curdling.

    [11] Alleghania is an allohistorical state in North America, formed from the union of Virginia and Cavendia [South Carolina/northern Georgia], among other regions.

    [12] Luto, historically known as bush pear or bush banana (Marsdenia australis), is a vine whose fruit, leaves, stems, flowers and tubers are all edible. The stems (and leaves) are often roasted.

    [13] Tigeria is an allohistorical state which is, very roughly, a surviving New Netherlands in North America.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #79: Burning Mouth, Burning Rocks
  • Lands of Red and Gold #79: Burning Mouth, Burning Rocks

    “This is a land of burning ground. The people dig up rocks and burn them. Even what grows from the ground burns your mouth.”

    - From a Yigutji traveller’s account, after visiting the Kuyal [Hunter Valley, NSW] during the fourteenth century.

    * * *

    History may be written by the victors, but only if they have a tradition of writing history in the first place.

    The art of writing history is not an advanced practice in Aururia. In so far as it has developed, it is practised most frequently by the peoples of the Five Rivers [Murray-Darling basin], the ancient heart of Aururian agriculture and still overall the most economically productive part of the continent.

    Before their contact with the Raw Men from beyond the known world, historians of the Five Rivers – and their peoples generally – viewed only four political entities as being properly civilized. These were the “four states” [1]: the three kingdoms of the Five Rivers themselves, namely Tjibarr, Gutjanal and Yigutji, and the Yadji Empire.

    The Five Rivers historians regarded every other people on the continent as being primitive, barbaric, or disorganised, or some combination of the three. The Atjuntja of the far west were viewed as barbaric, the Nangu of the Island were regarded as too disorganised to count as a state, while the Kurnawal kingdom of the Cider Isle [Tasmania] was regarded as primitive.

    In their categorisation of the rest of the continent, Five Rivers historians held particularly low opinions of the eastern coast. They viewed the cultures there as having achieved the trifecta of primitivism, barbarism and disorganisation.

    Of course, Five Rivers historiography, such as it was, took no account of geography or biogeography. Farming did not develop on the eastern coast; all of the founding crops for Aururian agriculture were found west of the continental divide, in the Five Rivers. In addition to the great ranges of the continental divide acting as a barrier to the first farmers, the terrain on the eastern seaboard is generally more rugged, divided into a few farmable areas which are also difficult to travel between even when moving north and south. The rivers of the eastern coast are short and usually unnavigable, in stark contrast to the rivers which supported early transportation and commerce in the west.

    Together, these factors meant that agriculture was slower to get established in the east, and that societies there were more fragmented, with a much lower population density. There were more distinct languages spoken amongst east coast farmers than in all of the other agricultural peoples combined, despite the lower population.

    With no beasts of burden other than the dog, and the general geographical barriers, there was only slow transmission of ideas and innovations across the mountains or even between eastern cultures. Writing spread only slowly to the eastern coast, and while there were a few instances of traded iron tools, no eastern culture had adopted meaningful iron working in the pre-Houtmanian era.

    Regardless of these reasons, the Five Rivers peoples held a low view of easterners. “If not for spices, there would be nothing worthwhile in coming to the sunrise lands,” as one traveller wrote, epitomising westerners’ view of the eastern peoples.

    Spices, of course, were a very big exception. All Aururian farming societies used spices to some degree, and in many cases those spices could be grown locally. The Five Rivers states cultivated a great variety of herbs and spices, including some such as white ginger and sweet sarsaparilla which were originally native to the eastern seaboard.

    The most valuable spices, though, were grown only on the eastern coast. Indeed, their value was high because they only could be grown in the east, particularly in the more northerly parts of the eastern coast. The higher rainfall, the lack of frost for some frost-sensitive species, and in some cases just natural rarity, limited those spices to the eastern fringes of the continent.

    Six main spices grown on the eastern coast commanded interest from westerners. This includes the aromatic leaves of four related trees which another history would call myrtles, but which allohistorical Europeans would name verbenas: lemon, cinnamon, aniseed and curry verbenas. Some of the verbenas had restricted natural ranges, but their value as spices saw them spread along much of the eastern coast, even when they could not be grown inland.

    The fifth spice was strawberry gum, another leaf spice [2] whose flavours were used to improve food or ganyu (yam wine). The sixth eastern coast spice was one which later Europeans would call purple (sweet) peppers, because of the colour of their fruit. While other kinds of sweet peppers were ubiquitous across the farming regions of Aururia, purple peppers were more drought-sensitive and very restricted in their natural range. They were still sought out as trade goods because purple peppers provided the most intense flavour of any Aururian peppers [3].

    While spices were cultivated in most eastern coast societies where the climate was warm enough, two regions were particularly prominent for their spices. One was the kingdom of Daluming [around Coffs Harbour], which was close to the ancient sources of tin, and had long been connected to those old trade routes, so forming one of the eastern ends of the Spice Road.

    The other region was the River Kuyal [Hunter River]. The Kuyal is one of the longer rivers on the east coast, and its valley has some of the most fertile soils on the continent. The river itself is suitable for transportation along much of its length, although the river mouth has treacherous sandbars which make access difficult for oceangoing vessels. The Kuyal Valley has a decently well-watered climate by Aururian standards, and is the southernmost region that is warm enough to grow the eastern spices. Around the headwaters of the Kuyal, the western mountains are low and easily crossed in several places, which permitted easier trade with the west than for most other eastern coast societies.

    These qualities made the Kuyal Valley the other main eastern end of the Spice Road.

    * * *

    The history of agriculture in the Kuyal began around 500 BC. In that era, the time of the Great Migrations, Gunnagalic-speaking [4] farmers originally from the Nyalananga [Murray] basin were expanding across the continent, driven by drought and warfare to seek out new lands.

    Thanks to the ease of crossing the mountains, the Kuyal Valley was one of the first eastern coast regions to be settled by the migrating farmers. The rich soils of the Kuyal were well-suited to the farmers’ crops, and their population expanded rapidly after they established themselves. The previous hunter-gatherer inhabitants were absorbed, leaving only a small genetic contribution to the later inhabitants, providing a few new words to the farmers’ language, mostly place names, and a predilection for gathering certain wild plants, particularly sweet peppers.

    The people who inhabited the Kuyal Valley came to call themselves the Patjimunra. As with all the other migrants, they inherited much from their Gunnagalic forebears: a complex system of perennial agriculture, the social system of kinship groups called kitjigal, and common heritage of religion with deities and associated myths. And in common with the other migrants, that legacy developed in its own direction in the new lands the Patjimunra had occupied.

    Unlike other eastern coast peoples, however, the Patjimunra were less isolated from the westerners. The ease of crossing the mountains at the head of their valley, together with the desire for the spices which they had long traded west, made the Patjimunra a target for conquest during the days when the western societies were united into one empire. One of the most ambitious and successful imperial generals, named Weemiraga, conducted his great March to the Sea in 821-822 AD, conquering what were then the Patjimunra city-states. They were the only eastern coast people to be formal tributaries of the Watjubaga Empire.

    As per normal practice for tributaries, imperial rule over the Patjimunra largely consisted of demanding tribute from the Patjimunra city-states, and maintaining the peace between them. The Empire maintained two garrisons, whose role was largely to collect the tribute and be a deterrent for potential revolt or warfare between city-states. Governance was largely left to the city-states themselves, with only occasional “advice” from the military governors. Tribute was mostly paid in spices sent back to the imperial heartland.

    True imperial rule over the Patjimunra endured for barely half a century. In 872 the Kuyal flooded prodigiously, devastating crops over a wide region, and the city-kings pled poverty rather than pay tribute that year. They used the same excuse the following year, with less credibility, but this too was largely accepted. From that time on, the Patjimunra mainly sent excuses rather than tribute. Imperial rule had been weakened by a devastating civil war in the 850s and a failed conquest of the Kurnawal [in Gippsland, Victoria] in the 860s, so there was little imperial interest in stirring up a fresh revolt.

    The already-vague imperial authority was further weakened by another failed conquest in the 880s, when an attempted second march to the sea to conquer the Bungudjimay was defeated, and then by a disputed imperial succession in the 890s. Emboldened by this, and after two and a half decades of paying little tribute, the Patjimunra states issued a joint declaration in 899 that they would no longer pay any tribute. The Empire was in no condition to reassert its authority, and withdrew its garrisons. With other pressing military problems, and since the Patjimunra were perfectly willing to sell spices at reasonable prices, the Empire never attempted a reconquest.

    From this point on, the Patjimunra developed largely on their own.

    * * *

    In the early Gunnagalic farmers, the elaborate social system of the kitjigal, or skin groups, dominated interpersonal relationships. The ancestral Gunnagal divided themselves into eight kinship groupings (kitjigal), with all members of the same kitjigal being considered related. Membership of a kitjigal changed over the generations in a complex pattern. Elaborate rules covered marriage, inheritance, and other individual and political relationships, based on the kitjigal. Each of the eight kitjigal had their own associated colours and totem animals [5].

    The Patjimunra inherited the system of kitjigal, but it evolved a new name and new functions in their land. The old pattern of the kitjigal was based on a sense of interrelatedness because of the generational change in membership, and it was egalitarian in that no kitjigal was considered innately superior to any other.

    During the settlement of the Kuyal Valley, and the absorption of the previous inhabitants, a new pattern emerged for the kitjigal. They became gradually linked to occupations, more than interpersonal relationships. In this new system, the pattern of generational change became unacceptable, because the more common expectation was that children would take up the occupations of their parents.

    So the old system changed into an occupational-based code. This still dictated rules of intermarriage and inheritance, but now intermarriage was expected to be within a kitjigal, rather than requiring intermarriage with other groups. Inheritance also followed within the same group. The old code had dictated rules of social interaction where members of certain kitjigal would avoid certain others; in the new Patjimunra occupational-based code, this morphed into a hierarchy of groups where those which were ranked too far apart would not interact with each other.

    The code which developed amongst the Patjimunra originally had some flexibility in moving between groups, but it gradually became more rigid. By the post-imperial era, the code had settled into what future anthropologists would call its “mature form”: a rigid social structure which defined all interactions between people in Patjimunra society.

    In the mature form, Patjimunra society was divided into five ginihi –a word which literally means “skin”, but which will usually be translated as “caste”. Future students of Gunnagalic studies will find the ginhi to be invaluable when seeking to reconstruct the ancient system of the kitjigal. The name itself is a linguistic descendant of the Proto-Gunnagalic word for skin. The names of the ginhi are equally instructive: in three cases, the names are clearly linguistic descendants of the proto-Gunnagalic words for colours (green, gold and blue), while the Patjimunra dialects have adopted unrelated words to replace those missing colours. The names from the remaining two ginhi are likewise descended from the proto-Gunnagalic words for kinds of animals (brusthtail possums and gray kangaroos) which were totems for two other kitjigal (red and gray, respectively), and again the Patjimunra words for those two animals are unrelated to proto-Gunnagalic roots. The three remaining kitjigal have vanished, presumably lost during the migrations or integrated into other ginhi over the centuries.

    The five ginhi are:

    (i) Dhanbang [Greens]. This is the “noble” caste of rulers, warriors, administrators, and secular teachers. They believe they are the highest caste.

    (ii) Warraghang [Golds]. This is the “spiritual” caste. This is the smallest caste and mostly involves priests, spiritual teachers, doctors and advocates, plus a few smaller occupations which are considered spiritually related, e.g. hunting big animals (but not trapping or fishing) and raising ducks (which are considered sacred). They also believe they are the highest caste.

    (iii) Baluga [Blues]. This is the “agricultural” caste. This involves farmers, hunters and trappers of small game, and those who wild-gather some foods (such as berries, other fruits, and spices) or manage woodlands (e.g. when coppicing wood, or loggers). It also involves a few related urban pursuits such as selling “unprepared” food (e.g. eggs, fruit). This is generally viewed as the lowest caste.

    (iv) Paabay [Grays / gray kangaroo]. This is the “service providers / common craftsman” caste. This involves most labourers and town dwellers, house workers and servants, anyone who digs for a living (except coal miners), fishers and sellers of fish, boat-builders, making and selling prepared foods (e.g. bakers), leather workers, millers, and other occupations which are considered common crafts. It also includes a couple of distinctive subcastes: merchants, which to the Patjimunra means anyone who travels to trade; and a group of transient workers / rural labourers who follow seasonal work (e.g. fruit picking, pruning) or short-term urban labouring duties, but who do not permanently own agricultural land. This is generally viewed as the second lowest caste, although sometimes the transient worker subcaste is viewed as lower than the agricultural caste.

    (v) Gidhay [Reds / brushtail possum]. This is the “higher craftsman / non-physical worker” caste. This is a smaller caste which pursues a range of occupations which are seen as higher status than common crafts. It includes scribes and related occupations that require literacy but are not performed by nobles or priests. It includes bronzesmiths, jewellers and any other workers with metal, carpenters, stone masons, and a few other specialty occupations. It also includes anyone who works with coal, including mining and transportation. This is generally believed to be ranked third highest (or third lowest) among the castes.

    Movement between ginhi, including intermarriage, was theoretically forbidden in the post-imperial Patjimunra society. In practice the ginhi were never completely closed, with a few people managing to move between castes, or more commonly between subcastes, but this became increasingly rare. The Warraghang (priests) were the most strictly concerned with social movement, and cases of people moving into or out of that caste were almost unknown. The most flexibility was between the so-called lower castes of Baluga (agriculturalists) and Paabay (service providers), where intermarriage or even just a new job opportunity would sometimes allow movement.

    Patjimunra customs imposed a wide range of requirements and prohibitions on the various ginhi. For instance, literacy was notionally required for the two upper castes, permitted for the Gidhay (higher craftsmen), and prohibited for the lower two castes. In practice this was sometimes circumvented by the lower castes, especially merchants, while plenty of warrior Dhanbang would struggle to recognise more than their own name in writing.

    Bearing arms was something which was permitted only to nobles and priests. This rule was somewhat more strictly enforced, although in practice a weapon was defined as being a metal weapon. So swords, long knives and metal-headed spears were forbidden to the lower three castes. Wooden weapons such as staves were not affected by the prohibition, and even bows were known among the lower castes.

    The rules for ginhi also regulated contact between the different social classes. In general, this meant that contact between the different castes was more restricted with greater distance between them in the hierarchy, and that any interaction which did take place would be within the strictures of the system. For example, contact between the Warraghang (priests) and the three lower castes was acceptable in the context of visiting a temple during services or festivals, or for the Plirite minority when they were visiting for spiritual counsel, but social contact outside of those prescribed roles was not acceptable. The priests and nobles generally had the most interaction of any two castes, due to their mutual belief that they are of the highest rank, but even then social contact was usually limited.

    Similarly, the strictures of ginhi also imposed physical separation between the castes. They generally lived within different districts within the cities, and for the Baluga (agriculturalists) even living within a city was discouraged, except for those subcastes which had urban occupations. Even when some lower castes were required to live in the same dwellings as the higher castes, such as servants, there were strictly demarcated areas within dwellings that the servants lived in during their (usually very limited) non-working time.

    The complex rules of ginhi also affected how they viewed outsiders. Anyone who was not a Patjimunra was viewed as gwiginhi (skinless) and outside of the proper social system. The usual Patjimunra practice was to deal with outsiders when required, such as merchants trading for spices or warriors conducting raids, but otherwise to have limited engagement with them. Social interaction with the skinless was not forbidden, but largely discouraged outside of the usual hospitality offered to guests. Intermarriage was strictly forbidden, and while it sometimes happened despite this, this almost always meant a Patjimunra who left their lands for the marriage. Having outsiders marry into the local ginhi was forbidden, and any illegitimate children produced were spurned.

    This view of outsiders led to the near-legendary insularity that they displayed when they came into contact with other societies. The Patjimunra happily traded their spices to anyone who came to buy them. In exchange, their most preferred commodity was kunduri from the Five Rivers, and tin or bronze from both the Cider Isle and the northern highlands [6]. They also valued the dyes, perfumes and resins of the Five Rivers, and the gold of the Yadji and Cider Isle. But while they took these commodities, they remained an inward-looking people who cared little for what happened beyond their borders.

    Despite this thriving spice trade with the westerners that had been ongoing for many centuries, and more recent seaborne trade with the Nangu and Maori, the Patjimunra remained resolutely uninterested in the wider world. Very few non-merchants ventured out of their homeland, and rarely did the Patjimunra adopt any new technology or other learning from outside. Matters among the skinless simply held little interest for them. For instance, they remained bronze workers and had never acquainted themselves with iron working. The Nangu, more persistent than most, had some success in spreading their Plirite faith, but even there the Patjimunra adapted it to their own society.

    * * *

    As with their social structure, the Patjimunra religion developed from their ancient Gunnagalic heritage, but it has been adapted to their new homeland. The old Gunnagalic mythology included a considerable number of beings of power and associated tales about them. The Patjimunra have translated this into a celestial pantheon of twelve deities, the six greater and six lesser gods, each of whom has their representatives among the priestly caste.

    The Patjimunra deities are viewed as paired; each greater god has their counterpart among the lesser. Broadly speaking, the greater gods are seen as more distant and forces of nature, with the lesser gods being more concerned with the affairs of men [7].

    The twelve deities are:

    (I) Water Mother (greater). In ancient Gunnagalic mythology this referred to the deity who was the Nyalananga (River Murray). Among the Patjimunra, this name has been transferred to a goddess who dwells within the waters of the Kuyal and its tributaries. With the frequent, prodigious flooding of this river system, the Water Mother is seen as powerful and often detached from human affairs: her waters bring both life and death with equal indifference.

    (i) Crow / The Winged God (lesser). This god is seen as the most cunning and unpredictable of all deities. He is mercurial in his moods, rarely dwelling in one place for long, and often meddling with human affairs. Fickle in his attention, he often plays tricks on people, though sometimes he rewards them too. Many of Crow’s associated tales describe him playing tricks on those who are seen as lacking in virtue, particularly those who are too proud or lack generosity. Some tales say that it was the Winged God who first stole the secret of fire from the Fire Brothers and taught it to men [8], although other tales credit the Sisters of Hearth and Home for the same feat.

    (II(a) and II(b)) Fire Brothers (greater). The Fire Brothers are twin gods which represent the creative and destructive aspects of fire: destruction from what is fed to fire, and creation from the regrowth after fires have passed. The Patjimunra view these as two halves of the one whole deity.

    (ii(a) and ii(b)) Sisters of Hearth and Home (lesser). These goddesses are viewed as maintaining the fires which are used for cooking and heat, and by extension for all aspects of life within houses. The names of the sisters are descended from two unrelated beings in traditional Gunnagalic mythology, but they have been twinned together in the Patjimunra religion, perhaps to balance the Fire Brothers.

    (III) Green Lady (greater). The wandering creator of life from the soil. She is viewed as responsible for the vitality of all plant life, and in a land where even the best-watered lands can experience drought or soil infertility, she is pictured as a wanderer who moves where she wills regardless of human concerns.

    (iii) Man of Bark (lesser). The personification of trees, the source of all the goodness that comes from in wattleseeds, wattle gum, the soil replenishing characteristics of wattle farming, and more broadly associated with all forms of timber and nuts. The patron of construction and of transportation; the latter is because of his association with the development of timber boats and travois which are used to move goods.

    (IV) Lord of Lightning (greater). The ruler of storms, bringer of thunder and (obviously) lightning. This god is seen as a distant force whose storms can wreak havoc, and who follows his own whims in how he brings them. He is also, more paradoxically, seen as the patron deity of coal, which the Patjimunra believe to be lightning which has been trapped within the earth.

    (iv) Windy (lesser). The goddess of wind and (non-stormy) rain. She is viewed as more benevolent than the Lord of Lightning, bringing nourishing rain to the land, but also capable of being angered and withholding rains or sending punishing winds, particularly those that fan bushfires.

    (V) Nameless Queen (greater). She who must not be named, lest speaking her name invoke her presence. The collector of souls. The queen of death.

    (v) The Weaver (lesser). The judge of the dead, the arbiter of fate. This god is also known by the euphemism of the White God, a name which developed because of the association of a white (blank) tapestry before he wove the fates of men into it in colour. This deity is also more generally associated with law and justice; advocates swear to be faithful to the White God.

    (VI) Rainbow Serpent (greater). The shaper of the earth, driver up of mountains, carver of gullies, punisher of wrongdoers, and patron of healing. He is sometimes described as the creator of all. In ancient Gunnagalic mythology, the Rainbow Serpent was also associated with bringing rain, but in the Patjimunra pantheon that role has been taken by other deities.

    (vi) Eagle (lesser). The Eagle is seen as watching over all the world, seeing all and knowing all. This is symbolised (naturally) by the wedge-tailed eagle (Aquila audax) which flies everywhere; while most of the ancient totemic connections to animals have been lost among the Patjimunra, they still see eagles as sacred. Travellers often invoke the Eagle for her guidance and protection on their journey (sometimes together with the Man of Bark). Scholars and teachers also see themselves as guided by the Eagle.

    Each of the twelve deities has their own associated myths, practices, and duties for their priests to perform. In most cases, there are also festivals and other services held in the deity’s honour, which the people are expected to attend. Apart from priests (and advocates, who are also of the priestly caste), most Patjimunra do not regard a particular deity as their patron, and will attend ceremonies for most deities, as time permits.

    Religion in Patjimunra society is being slowly changed by the spread of Plirism. This new faith has been spread by the Islanders who come in trade, speaking of their religion as they visit. So far only a small number (less than 10%) of the population has converted, and further growth is slow.

    Most converts do not abandon their old faith entirely; rather, they integrate Plirism into their existing religious practices. They still view themselves as members of the same castes, and usually attend many of the same celebrations and ceremonies as their old religion. The converts tend to identify their old gods with the related figures in the Islanders’ Plirite traditions. A few Warraghang (priests) have adopted Plirism, and they provide the counselling and guidance that other Plirite priests do in other societies.

    The spread of Plirism, and to a lesser degree the increasing contact with outsiders, has brought some minor change to Patjimunra society. Some converts are discontent with the old religion and its strictures, and have advocated more substantial change. So far, this has mostly been manifested in more Patjimunra trying to change occupations, and occasionally being successful, together with some other Patjimunra who have left on Islander ships or over the western mountains.

    * * *

    The Kuyal Valley has more natural resources than just fertile soils. Beneath the ground, and sometimes right at the surface, is an abundance of what the Patjimunra call “the black rock that burns.” Coal was so abundant and prominent in the valley that the first Europeans to visit the land in another history would name it the Coal River [9].

    Somewhere back in the lost mists of prehistory, some early Patjimunra discovered the flammable properties of the black rock. Perhaps they were trying to use the traditional “hot rocks” method of cooking, and discovered that the black rocks got rather hotter than expected.

    However they managed it, the early Patjimunra learned the flammable qualities of coal. At first, they held it to be a sacred rock. The earliest archaeological traces of coal usage will be associated with funeral pyres; high-ranking Patjimunra nobles were cremated on fires fuelled (at least in part) by coal. The practice became more widespread amongst members of the nobles and priestly castes, until it was the norm for them to be cremated. The lower castes continued to be buried rather than burned.

    Over the centuries, the practice of cremating the dead was abandoned. Despite this, or perhaps because of it, coal became used for other purposes. Bronze workers used coal to fuel their forges, while the wealthy used coal to heat their homes in winter. While timber and charcoal could be used for these purposes, coal was better-suited for metallurgy, and required less use of valuable land than the production of charcoal. Other Aururian civilizations used elaborate systems of coppicing and charcoal production to provide sufficient quantities of fuel, but the Patjimunra used their timber for construction instead, and increasingly relied on coal for fuel.

    The first workers of coal were able simply to pick the coal from the ground, thanks to the suitable surface desposits. Because it did not require digging (a lower-caste occupation), and because the black rock was sacred, working with coal came to be considered a higher-caste occupation. The distinction remains, with coal miners and workers being viewed as Gidhay (higher craftsmen), even though the work now involves digging for coal.

    When the surface deposits of coal were largely exhausted, the Patjimunra turned to mining. Their mining techniques were not particularly advanced. The Patjimunra mostly used drift mining where they followed surface seams of coal horizontally further into the rock, or some small-scale shaft mining where they dug downward for coal. The main problem was drainage, since they had only very basic pumping methods to remove water. Patjimunra coal mining was thus limited to those locations where the water table was low, or conducting the mining during times of drought. Flooding of mines required long periods of pumping and waiting for the water to subside before they could resume extracting coal.

    Despite the limits of their mining technology, coal is abundant enough in the Kuyal Valley that the Patjimunra now use it in considerable quantities for heating and fuel, particularly in metallurgy.

    * * *

    Agriculture in the Kuyal Valley involves many of the ancestral crops developed by westerners, but some of their cuisine now features some other distinctive crops, either native to their own region or imported from elsewhere than the Five Rivers.

    On the east coast, the annual rainfall was much higher than in the natural homeland for their ancestral crops, and the soils were often less well-drained. This sometimes created difficulties when cultivating the traditional staple root crops, such as red yams and murnong, which could rot or yield more poorly in imperfectly-drained soils. Such problems did not occur every year or in every place, but they were frequent enough in some regions that the early Patjimunra adopted additional crops.

    In the lower reaches of the Kuyal, flooding was particularly frequent and severe, and many soils remained waterlogged afterward. In these conditions, the earliest Patjimunra farmers often turned to gathering some plants, usually ones which they had been taught about by the previous hunter-gatherer inhabitants. For the best of these plants, they continued to gather them in later years, especially during flood years.

    The result was the adoption of the only native Aururian domesticated cereal: a plant which they called weeping grass, and which another history would call weeping rice (Microlaena stipoides). Weeping grass is a perennial cereal which provides a reasonable grain yield over a wide range of conditions, and is much more tolerant of waterlogged soils than root crops, although it requires more water [10].

    The Patjimunra cultivate weeping grass in the most flood-prone and poorly-drained soils, particularly in the lower reaches of the Kuyal. It is only rarely grown elsewhere, since away from waterways the soil usually drains well enough for the higher-yielding red yams to be cultivated. The rainfall is also lower in the upper reaches of the Kuyal, and so the plant is only rarely grown there. Weeping grass has spread to some neighbouring areas of the east coast, but its cultivation has not spread further west.

    The Patjimunra are also starting to make more extensive use of a plant which they know as kumara (sweet potato), which they adopted from the Maori. Kumara requires much more rainfall than the red yam, but it also yields highly, so use of this crop is still expanding in the Patjimunra lands.

    The Kuyal valley was also the site of another key domestication: the plant which the Patjimunra named jeeree [11]. This is a small tree whose leaves can be used to make a lemony tea. The Patjimunra long ago acquired a taste for this hot drink, which they considered calming (it has a very mild sedative effect), and it has been integrated into their culture. The practice of drinking jeeree spread along much of the east coast, and even to a couple of peoples in southern Aururia, but it has never become commonplace in the Five Rivers, whose inhabitants prefer other beverages such as ganyu (spiced yam wine). However, the first English visitor to Patjimunra lands, William Baffin, was effusive in his praises of jeeree.

    Of all the plants which the Patjimunra cultivate, though, none is more distinctive to their cuisine than this plant:

    PurplePepperbush.jpg


    Europeans will come to call this plant purple sweet pepper. Historically called purple pepperbush or broad-leaved pepperbush (Tasmannia purpurascens), this plant has the most intense flavour of any Aururian sweet pepper.

    In its native range, the purple sweet pepper is found only in two small subalpine areas in the upper reaches of the Kuyal Valley. These areas are both relatively cool (being subalpine), and extremely well-watered. Cultivation of the purple sweet pepper was more difficult than other sweet peppers because of its extremely high water requirements. To the Patjimunra, though, the heat and flavour provided by this plant were highly desirable; enough to make it worth obtaining despite the difficulties.

    Early Patjimunra settlers wild-harvested the purple sweet pepper, a practice they adopted from their hunter-gatherer predecessors. In time, they mastered the practice of cultivating it using collected rainwater or irrigation systems. While it remains a finicky plant, the Patjimunra make extensive use of both its stronger berries and milder leaves in their cuisine, which has a reputation for being the hottest in the known world [12]. The dried berries of the purple sweet pepper also make for of their more valuable export spices.

    * * *

    The Patjimunra live almost exclusively in the Kuyal Valley [Hunter Valley], together with the neighbouring coastal regions. Their largest city is Gogarra [Newcastle, NSW], at the mouth of the Kuyal; the city is the largest simply because their relatively primitive nautical technology makes it much easier to bring food and trade goods downriver rather than upriver, and so that city benefits the most. The largest other cities along the Kuyal are Wonnhuar [Raymond Terrace], Kinhung [Maitland], and Awaki [Whittingham]. Guringi [Denman] is the westernmost town of any size, and is the start of the main overland trade roads with the Five Rivers. All of the cities and towns along the Kuyal have strong city walls, which are used as much for flood control as for defence.

    The Patjimunra have also settled some of the neighbouring coast both north and south of their riverine homeland. To the north, their territory stretches to a northerly harbour which they call Torimi [Port Stephens, NSW], although they also use this name for the main city built on the shores of the harbour [Corlette / Salamander Bay]. To the south, they have settled around most of the northern shore of the great saltwater lake that they call the Flat Sea [Lake Macquarie]; their largest city there is Enabba [Toronto]. The Patjimunra previously lived around more of the lake, but their southernmost outpost at Ghulimba [Morriset / Dora Creek] has recently been settled by the Malarri people from further south.

    In their political organisation, the Patjimunra were long a people of competing chiefdoms and city-states. They remained in that condition until the imperial conquest in the early ninth century AD. The example of centralised imperial rule offered some inspiration to the more ambitious Patjimunra kings, and following the expulsion of imperial forces in 899, several monarchs sought to unify the Patjimunra. These initial efforts largely failed, but more ambitious monarchs did not stop trying.

    Eventually the first unified monarchy was proclaimed under Yapupara, King of the Skin. He claimed all of Patjimunra-settled territory, and even a little beyond in some regions around the Flat Sea. During his lifetime, he even exercised power over those regions.

    Unfortunately, the successors to the King of the Skin were often unable to impose similar authority. The Kings of the Skin have continued to rule from Gogarra, but the amount of power they exercise has waxed and waned over the centuries. War, revolution, or a series of natural disasters (floods or earthquakes) is often enough to break the people’s trust in the ruler, and to claim independence. The priestly caste is particularly prone to decrying the authority of a King of the Skin of whom they disapprove, and this sometimes leads to rebellion.

    In 1635, on the eve of their first contact with Europeans, most of the Patjimunra were united once more under the rule of the King of the Skin. This included all of the Patjimunra living along the Kuyal itself. Three traditional Patjimunra territories remained outside of the rule of the king at Gogarra. The wealthy city-state of Torimi in the north had maintained independence since 1582. The upland city-state of Gwalimbal [Wollombi] had been independent for even longer, since 1557. What had been the traditional Patjimunra city-state of Ghulimba had been independent of the King of the Skin’s rule since 1602. However, the swelling-fever (mumps) epidemic which swept through the eastern coast during the late 1620s caused much disruption and in some cases movements of people who had abandoned their own lands. One such displaced group of people, the Malarri, invaded Ghulimba in 1630 and claimed rulership of it. The town is now nearly half non-Patjimunra.

    In their relations with the wider world, the Patjimunra remain inward-looking. They have traded with the skinless for many centuries, but are still uninterested in the wider world. They trade with the Maori, the Nangu and the Five Rivers, and will be equally accepting of Europeans who come to trade. But they care nothing for what those peoples do in their own lands, except for any territorial disputes with their immediate neighbours.

    Of course, no matter how much the Patjimunra refuse to look outward, that will not stop other people looking at them.

    * * *

    “These pepper trees grow so well, and their sweet peppers sell so well. It is as if we are planting money!”
    - Anonymous Breton farmer, 1702

    * * *

    [1] The Gunnagal phrase which is usually translated as “four states” may also, depending on the ideological views of the author, be translated as “four nations”.

    [2] In modern culinary usage, “herb” refers to using the leaves of plants for flavouring, while “spice” refers to any other part of plants, such as seeds, fruit, roots or bark. In allohistorical usage, this distinction is confused because many of the Aururian spices made from leaves resemble flavours that in other parts of the world come from spices, such as cinnamon, aniseed, and pepper. The Aururian products will still be classified as spices.

    [3] This represents a small retcon in that the purple pepperbush (Tasmannia purpurascens) had previously been referred to as having been spread west via trade. After further review of its extremely high moisture requirements and very limited natural range, this has now been changed to having purple pepperbush cultivated only within the *Hunter Valley.

    [4] Gunnagalic is the term which allohistorical linguists use for the whole language family descended from that spoken by the first agriculturalists along the Nyalananga; the reconstructed founding language is called Proto-Gunnagal. The name is actually taken from the most commonly-spoken language (Gunnagal) along the Nyalananga at the time of European contact in the seventeenth century, but applied to the whole linguistic family.

    [5] See post #5 for more information about the kitjigal.

    [6] The northern highlands, historically called the Northern Tablelands or New England tableland, is a large highland area in historical north-eastern New South Wales. In Aururia, this was the main ancient source of tin, and a small-scale producer of gold, diamonds and sapphires. The gold and gems are now mostly worked out, although it remains a significant tin-producing region. The northern highlands are mostly divided into warring chiefdoms and city-states, although the Daluming kingdom has recently conquered part of the south-eastern area around *Armidale.

    [7] The original Patjimunra words which are translated as “greater” and “lesser”, or alternatively “elder” and “younger”, do not have a connotation of different power among the deities, or of any hierarchy, but of differences in focus. The greater gods are those that look at a broader range of things, and so do not look so much at humans in particular, while the lesser gods are those who look more closely at humans but do not do as much for the broader natural world.

    [8] Variants of this tale about Crow bringing fire are widespread among various historical Aboriginal peoples.

    [9] Much as a prominent rocky headland was called Circular Head, and towns in gem-mining areas were named Emerald, Sapphire, and Rubyvale. Depending on your perspective, this shows either a strong practical bent when naming locations, or just a profound lack of imagination.

    [10] Weeping grass is a cereal which has been recently domesticated in modern Australia, where it is marketed as “alpine rice”. Despite the name, it occurs naturally in a wide range of conditions, in both highlands and lowlands. In modern Australia, it also serves a dual purpose because once the grains have been harvested, the plant can be used as a grazing crop. The natural range requires rainfall of about 600mm or higher.

    [11] Jeeree, historically known as lemon-scented tea tree (Leptospermum petersonii), has a flavour which is reminiscent of lemon, but lacks the tartness.

    [12] And, if anything, more heat would be welcomed. When the Patjimunra come into contact with the chilli pepper, they will become it as much as rifle-carrying soldiers welcomed the machine gun [13].

    [13] Provided those soldiers were behind the machine gun, and not in front of it.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold Interlude #8: The Foundation
  • Lands of Red and Gold Interlude #8: The Foundation

    This post is a slightly belated Invasion Day special (known in some circles as Australia Day). As with all of these specials, it should be taken in a light-hearted vein, although the gist is accurate.

    * * *

    Pietersen: The Prince fancies himself a wit.
    Lord Nunyah: He is half right.
    - Gunnamalong, “In Praise of Silence”, Day IV, Act III, Scene II

    * * *

    Taken from a discussion thread posted on the allohistory.com message board.
    Note: all dates are in the Gregorian calendar. All message times are listed in what would be the equivalent of North American Eastern Standard Time.

    Thread Title: WI No Red Yam

    *

    Original Post

    From: Kaiser Maximilian IV
    Time: 19 August, 6:03 PM

    This wot-if is inspired by Shaved Ape’s excellent timeline For Want of a Yam. For those of you who have been unlucky enough not to read it, Shaved Ape posited a divergence where the lesser yam evolved in 200 BC rather than 1400 AD. Since this is a tropically-suitable plant, agriculture spread northward along the Tohu Coast [tropical Queensland] over the next few centuries, rather than being confined to the subtropics of Aururia. That led to contact with New Guinea and the East Indies, and, well, maybe you should just read the rest yourself here.

    I’m wondering about wot would happen if instead of having the lesser yam emerge earlier, the red yam never evolves in Aururia in the first place, or is wiped out by some super-plant disease or something (fungal rot, presumably). This changes things a whole lot, since the red yam was such an essential part of Aururian founding agriculture. In fact, it still is a vital crop today. It also wipes out the lesser yam entirely, though that’s less of a problem since the sweet potato would still be arriving around 1300-1400 AD to replace it.

    This is a big divergence, of course, and I’m not sure how it all of it would develop. In general, I think that this means a slower development of agriculture within Aururia. I don’t know enough about other Aururian crops. Hopefully someone else who knows more about agriculture can pitch in.

    Obviously, with a divergence this far back, the butterfly-maximum crowd will argue that history as we know it has been wiped out. I’m not interested in that sort of premise. For the sake of argument, let’s just say that the butterflies are caged until there’s contact with the wider world (Maori, Dutch, whoever).

    Wot do you think, folks?

    *

    From: ZigZag
    Time: 19 August, 6:54 PM

    I don’t know a whole lot about the subject either, but since when has that ever stopped me?

    According to my vague memories of Julius Sanford, the red yam was vital to Aururian agriculture. Wipe that out, and agriculture doesn’t get started at all. No Five Rivers cradle of civilization. No Aururian crops at all. The whole continent remains hunter-gatherer until someone else arrives. So you’re looking at a Maori Aururia. Or, if for some unlikely reason the Maori don’t settle, a Dutch Aururia.

    *

    From: Neck Romancer
    Time: 19 August, 7:08 PM

    Oh my gods! You’ve just rewritten the entire history of modern cuisine! No cornnarts [wattles], no black bread, no lemon verbena, no sweet peppers. No sweet peppers! This isn’t a what-if, it’s a tragedy!

    *

    From: The Profound Wanderer
    Time: 19 August, 7:10 PM

    This is huge. Unrecognisable world-huge. And unlikely, in my not so humble opinion, but worth exploration as a thought-experiment scenario.

    My first thoughts:

    The Mediterranean is going to be an emptier, almost unrecognisable place. Red yams – and cornnarts, assuming that they’re gone too – were tailor-made for Mediterranean agriculture. The Sicilian Agricultural Revolution is gone. Probably the Advent Revolution goes with it. Spain is poorer. The Ottomans lose the eighteenth-century population boom. Egypt is less affected, since their irrigation always let them grow more water-intensive crops, but the rest of the North African coast will be depleted.

    The Cape ends up as a backwater for much, much longer. They can probably substitute some European crops for Aururian crops as a victualling station, but that’s all the Cape will be. Kunduri is gone, naturally. Unless tobacco can be grown there instead; a question I leave to those better agriculturally informed than me.

    *

    From: Patrician
    Time: 19 August, 7:29 PM

    Good to see a what-if which the prime poster puts some thought into the consequences. Too many what-ifs these days are just one-sentence vacuous questions.

    For the premise of this thread, as with previous posters I’m not very botanically minded, but are there other domesticates which may take the role of red yams? It seems a tad preposterous that the absence of one crop can cut short an entire continent’s worth of agriculture. The early Aururians grew other crops besides the red yam.

    *

    From: AlyssaBabe
    Time: 19 August, 7:44 PM

    Originally written by Neck Romancer:
    > No sweet peppers! This isn’t a what-if, it’s a tragedy!

    Food without sweet peppers is like James without Foolsom!

    *

    From: Special Jimmy
    Time: 19 August, 8:00 PM

    @Patrician
    This site needs to stop worshipping Julius Sanford. The man has a lot to answer for after writing Cannon, Clocks & Crops. Being a whale biologist does not make him a resident expert on everything. He’s certainly no expert in history and botany.

    Yes, agriculture will still develop in a red yam-less Aururia. Slower than in real history. But it will appear.

    Aururia has a veritable host of native crops. Staple crops, I mean, not just flavourings such as sweet peppers or lemon verbena or what have you.

    Let’s see, there’s half a dozen species of cornnarts, murnong, another yam [warran yam], Dutch flax (really Aururian, you know, despite the name), purslane, luto [bush pear], weeping rice. All domesticable crops. Plenty to start off agriculture in Aururia. Weeping rice looks especially promising.

    *

    From: Response Set
    Time: 19 August, 8:01 PM

    I yam fed up with these agricultural divergences. Time after thyme, the board is peppered with these repetitive posts. I hunger for variety. Can’t you folks cook up some more interesting threads?

    *

    From: Max Pedant
    Time: 19 August, 8:02 PM

    @ZigZag

    Agriculture will start later without the red yam. That is a given. But it is not the only domesticate. Aururia will still have farmers. What those farmers do will look rather different.

    My own thought is that the red yam pre-empted the domestication of cereals. Aururian agriculture is almost unique in its absence of cereals among its prime crops. Andean agriculture may not have had any, since the evidence for maize is ambiguous. Except for that, only New Guinean agriculture lacked cereals completely.

    Why did Aururia not produce any cereals? Except for weeping rice, but that is a minor crop domesticated late in the piece. I think that the red yam was so productive a plant, even when growing wild, that Aururian hunter-gatherers did not collect much in the way of grains. So there was no unconscious selection to turn wild Aururian cereals into domesticated crops. The red yam got in the way.

    If the red yam is gone, cereals become more important. There is a wild species of Aururian millet which the prehistoric hunter-gatherers used for food. If that is being gathered more frequently due to the non-existence of red yams, then it is a good place to start for allohistorical Aururian agriculture. Once it gets going, then murnong and cornnarts will follow later.

    There you have the beginning of an alternate agriculture. Slower than the real historical one, naturally, but still viable.

    *

    From: Mark Antony the Guide
    Time: 19 August, 8:16 PM

    Originally written by Neck Romancer:
    > Oh my gods! You’ve just rewritten the entire history of
    > modern cuisine! No cornnarts, no black bread, no lemon
    > verbena, no sweet peppers. No sweet peppers! This isn’t
    > a what-if, it’s a tragedy!

    Spices have near-universal human appeal. Even if agriculture starts later in Aururia, or even if it’s the Maori who introduce agriculture, they will still discover, and love, the spices.

    *

    From: AlyssaBabe
    Time: 19 August, 8:23 PM

    Originally written by Mark Antony the Guide:
    > Spices have near-universal human appeal.

    So my sweet pepper and lemon verbena potato cakes are still safe in this timeline? I can dig that.

    *

    From: Elyk
    Time: 19 August, 9:34 PM

    Originally written by Special Jimmy:
    > Plenty to start off agriculture in Aururia. Weeping
    > rice looks especially promising.

    Partner, weeping rice is in the wrong place to start off Aururian agriculture. It’s found up and down the east coast, in higher rainfall areas, but not in the drier regions where agriculture began. It needs a good drenching every year to grow properly.

    The whole advantage of the red yam was that it was drought tolerant, a vital quality in kicking off Aururian farming. The rainfall is so variable that drought tolerance is essential. The red yam did that better than anything else other than some of the cornnarts, and not even all of them.

    Originally written by Max Pedant:
    > Aururia will still have farmers. What those farmers
    > do will look rather different.

    Sanford thought not. While I think that too many members take him as gospel on all counts, he made a great deal of sense at times. Here, he talked about Aururia without red yams or Mesoamerica without maize as being places that would not be independent centres of plant domestication.

    That would rather crimp their development, I think, if they have to wait for agriculture to spread from elsewhere. Aururia would be a pre-agricultural society. At most, they’d be like the Eastern Agricultural Complex in North America. Viz, a very limited crop selection, still reliant on some wild foods, and producing only a few small chiefdoms.

    *

    From: Max Pedant
    Time: 19 August, 10:17 PM

    @Elyk
    I think you are being quite pessimistic about Aururia’s agricultural potential. The Eastern Agricultural Complex produced only a couple of crops which are still used today – sunflowers and squashes – and both of those were also domesticated elsewhere – Mesoamerica. Aururia gave us so much more, including three of the twenty biggest crops in the world today – red yams, cornnarts and murnong. Losing the red yam has major ramifications around the globe, but it does not prevent agriculture from starting in Aururia.

    The plants which are left still offer enough to agriculture to develop more slowly. I have outlined one possible route, that involving the native Aururian millet. There are other potential paths to agriculture, such as the weeping rice route which Special Jimmy has suggested. The latter route would of course mean that agriculture would be confined to the east coast until murnong and cornnarts are domesticated, but it does not prevent agriculture entirely.

    I agree that they would be slower to develop technology. Bronze Age, not Iron Age. The Yaroan civilization [1] may not develop at all, although they had their own local crops – a yam and one other root vegetable – which could be enough to get things started.

    *

    From: The Ginger Menace
    Time: 19 August, 10:54 PM

    Wow. Warumpi Ngunna will have to come up with some new lyrics in this timeline. “Red Dirt Dreaming” won’t sound the same at all!

    *

    From: Hasta la Vista
    Time: 19 August, 11:05 PM

    Ginger, really? This thread is about a massive divergence several thousand years ago, which will reshape the history of the entire globe, and your contribution is to wonder about how your favourite band is going to rework a few lyrics?

    Why don’t you just start a thread about how the Edge Crash [Yellowstone] supervolcano erupts in 1802, wiping out all life in North America, and then wonder about the effects on Alleghanian cuisine in the twentieth century?

    *

    From: The Ginger Menace
    Time: 19 August, 11:11 PM

    Because in that timeline, I’d still be smarter than the average ginger.

    *

    From: Oliver James
    Time: 20 August, 12:09 AM

    @Hasta la Vista

    Never mind what the Edge Crash supervolcano would do to cuisine; the effects of this divergence on cuisine are just about unimaginable! If Sanford and Elyk are right, this’s wiped out a whole continent’s worth of agriculture.

    It’s like imagining cooking without New World crops: no tomatoes, potatoes, chilli peppers, chocolate, bell peppers, cashews, peanuts, maize, pineapples, passionfruit, sweet potato, pumpkin, most kinds of beans, avocado. And on and on. The list is almost endless.

    Now take the same thing for Aururian contributions to cuisine.

    The red yam is gone (obviously), but that’s only the start. Forget the other food crops for a moment. No jeeree [lemon tea] as your calming evening drink. No kunduri to smoke. No duranj [gum cider] to drink, either.

    As for cooking, well, half of my favourite recipes are now gone. No cornnarts and no murnong, so there’s a big problem right there. So much for black flour or roasted murnong. But there’s now much less flavour in the world. Bye-bye the sweet peppers – all of them. A pepper by any other name could never taste so sweet. No lemon verbena either. Or cinammon verbena. No ovasecca [desert raisin]. Alas, poor white ginger, I knew thee well. Farewell rotunda [native thyme-mint], we shared many happy times.

    I think that in this timeline I’d spend most of my time moping.

    *

    From: Neville Maximum
    Time: 20 August, 12:24 AM

    The cuisine in this timeline’s Alleghania will be more like Cali-fornication.

    *

    From: Nobody Important
    Time: 20 August, 12:28 AM

    This topic is making me hungry.

    *

    From: Neville Maximum
    Time: 20 August, 12:35 AM

    @Nobody Important
    Better hurry and cook up some roast murnong flavoured with rotunda and cracked sweet pepper, just to celebrate that you still can!

    *

    From: Lopidya
    Time: 20 August, 12:41 AM

    Originally written by Oliver James:
    > I think that in this timeline I’d spend most of my time moping.

    It gets worse. I just realised that there’s no wineberries [2] in this timeline either. So no blue wine. There goes Christmas.

    *

    From: Elyk
    Time: 20 August, 7:14 AM

    Originally written by Max Pedant:
    > I agree that they would be slower to develop technology.
    > Bronze Age, not Iron Age. The Yaroan civilization
    > may not develop at all, although they had their own local
    > crops – a yam and one other root vegetable – which could
    > be enough to get things started.

    I don’t like repeating myself, partner, but the red yam was essential. The other crops are mighty useful ones to have around today, but they weren’t what kicked things off. Without the red yam, you’re not going to get all of the first crops needed for agriculture together in the right place.

    Not just Sanford says that. Look at Edelstein’s work on the archaeology of Aururian agriculture. Red yams were the first crops needed everywhere. Not just on the Nyalananga, but among the Yaora as well. The Yaora had other crops which they developed later, sure, but nothing happened with those crops until red yams came along from the east.

    Take out the red yam, and all of that potential is gone. Yes, cornnarts are good staple crops, but no one is going to start agriculture by domesticating a tree. That hasn’t happened anywhere. The generation time and effort is too long.

    The no-red-yam divergence date means we’re looking at what happens when the Maori visit Aururia and bring agriculture with them.

    *

    From: Mtshutshumbe
    Time: 20 August, 9:21 AM

    You've butterflied away Plirism. You bastard.

    To be serious, Africa in this timeline is going to be a weird place. No Plirism. No noroons [emus]. As The Profound Wanderer suggested, the Cape will be unrecognisable, but that’s just the start. Only the start.

    What will fill the vacuum created by an absence of Plirism? To say nothing of a slower spread of the literacy that came alongside it. At a guess, this means that Islam would penetrate much further into Africa than it did already, eventually spreading to most of the continent, barring perhaps a few Christian enclaves. The Dar al-Islam may become the largest religion in the world.

    North Africa is a whole new ball game too. Probably a game with both fewer players and fewer spectators.

    What European involvement in Africa looks like in this timeline will also be seriously weird. Things have changed enough throughout the world that I hesitate to speculate too much about the details, but things like lack of kunduri growing will surely slow some of the influx of capital that, together with that from sugar, financed the Industrial Revolutions. I doubt this will abort industrialisation totally, but it will certainly slow things down.

    *

    From: Davey Cricket
    Time: 20 August, 10:35 AM

    Kaiser, you need to give some clarity about your divergence.

    There’s too many people arguing over “no Aururian agriculture”, that’s one kind of scenario, or “slower Aururian agriculture”, which is quite another. The whole discussion is going off on tangents, so can you let us know what you’re thinking of? The no Aururian agriculture sounds more interesting to my ears since it’s quantifiable, while “slower Aururian agriculture” could lead to a whole range of scenarios.

    *

    From: Three-Humped Camel
    Time: 20 August, 11:34 AM

    So there’s no farming at all in Aururia. Hunter-gatherers hold sway in the south and east just as they did in the north and west in real history. The immense natural resources of the continent remain untapped, since the locals lack the manpower or economic structure to make exploiting them viable.

    The Maori land in the east sometime around 1300. Somewhere. No-one’s quite sure where. Maybe they settle there, maybe they don’t. It’s a long way back to Aotearoa, they’re not short of land back home right now. Not much tech or population advantage over the locals.

    If the Maori do colonise Aururia, they won’t expand very far or very fast. Sweet potato, taro and Maori yams can grow on the east coast, better than in Aotearoa itself, but still not all that well unless and until the Maori expand much further north than any likely place of first contact.

    So if there are Maori in Aururia, they cling to the east coast where the rainfall’s highest, and are slowly expanding over the next couple of hundred years. IF – and it’s a big if – the Maori discover some of the eastern coast spices, they might start cultivating them. But probably not. A couple of hundred years is not much time to become familiar with all of the new wild plants, or to start cultivating them on a big scale.

    The big changes happen in 1619, when de Houtman arrives in the Atjuntja lands – all right, what would have been the Atjuntja lands – and finds... nothing.

    No farmers, no gold, no sandalwood, nothing. No reason to stick around and explore further east, so he has a quick look and then sails on north. I doubt that the Dutch will do anything more to explore Aururia. De Houtman wasn’t the first Duch sailor to visit the continent, after all, and the rest had sailed north again after finding nothing to interest them.

    Perhaps the Dutch East India Company eventually gets around to sending a ship around the south coast, but that expedition won’t find much of interest either. Unless it makes it as far as any Maori settlements on the east coast, and even then, there will only be interest if the Maori have started cultivating verbenas or sweet peppers or jeeree. Even if they have, there won’t be the same supplies of it, so a much slower process of building up Dutch influence among the Maori.

    What does this mean for the wider world? So many changes that it’s impossible to keep track of all of them, but a few do leap to mind.

    The continent certainly won’t have the same name in this allohistory, since it won’t be the Land of Gold. No Aururian gold for the wider world. The vast supply of bullion that lies under Thijszenia [Tasmania], Djawrit [Bendigo] and Timwee [Kalgoorlie] stays there for centuries to come.

    The economic effects of that will be considerable, starting with no seventeenth-century inflation across Western and Central Europe. In the longer term, probably a currency shortage without the bullion to issue coinage. How will industrialisation proceed, or will it proceed at all, without that abundance of currency to facilitate economic growth?

    Likewise, no silver from Gwee Langta [Broken Hill]. The biggest seventeenth-century source of silver no longer exists. Since most of that ended up in the bullion sinks of Cathay and Korea, the consequences for that trade will also be severe. Much harder to buy spices for Europe now, though I leave the consequences of this for those more versed in East Asian history than I.

    The other massive, massive change is this: no Aururian plagues. No Marnitja sweeping across the world, no blue-sleep wiping out the Austrian Habsburgs. A much more populated world in general.

    Picking out how all of that will unfold is a herculean effort. To choose just one part of the thread, Gustavus Adolphus survives the *Twenty Years’ War in this allohistory, thanks to no Waiting Death. This means a stronger position for Sweden in northern Europe during and after the war. Perhaps a greater Swedish presence around the Baltic? The Baltic could well become Mare Seonium. Given GA’s proclivities, this would also probably lead to more vigorous Swedish colonisation of North America and the Caribbean.

    To take things to the bigger picture, the lack of plagues and associated disruption will see more European colonists settling in the New World (mostly North America and Brazil) during the seventeenth century, and into the eighteenth. England and Portugal will be the biggest sources, as they were in real history, but they will have more company. The Netherlands, Denmark, Sweden, and France too. Come to think of it, Richelieu showed some interest in colonies, if I remember right, so since he survives the plagues, he will encourage more French colonies in the New World. Stronger French settlement in Canada, perhaps, leading to France retaining the colony?

    You’re looking at a more populated Europe, and indeed a more populated world. One with stunted economic growth per capita (less currency and capital), but a bigger market, and without the mixed blessings of inflation. From a political standpoint, this also means that there is none of the inflation which put pressure on the noble estates (who mostly had fixed rents), and which so severely weakened aristocratic power across the continent. Absolutism either doesn’t get established, has a few more holdouts, or ends earlier. Or all of those.

    Europe in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries won’t look much like the world we know, that’s for sure.

    *

    From: Max Pedant
    Time: 20 August, 11:59 AM

    @Elyk
    See, this is the type of pointless monomaniacal obsession which absolutely frustrates me. When presented with a sweeping divergence which could lead to a multitude of outcomes, too many posters insist that there is One True Way that the divergence could play out, other options be damned.

    Here, you are too focused on the path in which our history happened to follow, and ignoring alternatives. No matter what Sanford writes, the absence of the red yam does not mean that agriculture will never develop in Aururia.

    The red yam got Aururia to agriculture first. Yes, no disputing that at all. But it is a ridiculous leap of logic to go from that fact to present a false dichotomy of “either there is a red yam, or Aururia has no indigenous farming”. You are ignoring that in an allohistory, some other crop may have got there second. I have already pointed out one potential crop, and Special Jimmy has pointed out another. Yet you remain blind to these alternatives, and focus on the way it happened in real history.

    Or if you want me to put it more succinctly: This is allohistory.com. History.com is over that way.

    For myself, I think that the idea of a slower-developing Aururia is a fascinating what-if to explore. But it is not possible to have that discussion when you keep getting interrupted by people digitally shouting “It could not happen! Go home!”

    *
    From: The Immortal Clements
    Time: 20 August, 12:51 PM

    Originally written by Max Pedant:

    > For myself, I think that the idea of a slower- developing
    > Aururia is a fascinating what-if to explore.

    If Aururia is yam-less, agriculture still happens.

    Never mind this kerfuffle over where and when red yams might have showed up. There’s another prime agricultural origin just waiting.

    The Junditmara are calling. Look at them. They settled down and worked out aquaculture long before anyone on the Nyalananga had even started cultivating yams. If they’re settled down, they’re halfway to starting agriculture. Give them enough time, and they’ll manage the other half.

    Agriculture spread to the Junditmara from the Nyalananga in our history, but they would have found it on their own regardless. Millet, weeping rice, cornnarts, whatever the case may be.

    Different outcomes, different pace without the red yam, but the Junditmara give you the where for agriculture. We just need to work out the when.

    *

    From: Ebony Aunt
    Time: 20 August, 1:23 PM

    Originally written by Three-Humped Camel:
    > Europe in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries won’t look
    > much like the world we know, that’s for sure.

    Without so much bullion around, and with more of what’s left ending up in Cathay without Aururian spices to balance the trade, then Europe will certainly have a cash crisis.

    Maybe an earlier take-up of paper money to replace the missing bullion?

    *
    From: X-Dreamer
    Time: 20 August, 2:37 PM

    @THC
    Too damned right!

    If Aururia’s empty, the Dutch aren’t going there. What’s in it for them? Profits, sweet profits, was all the VOC cared about. Janszoon visited the north in 1606, looked around, and left. In 1616, Hartog came, Hartog saw, and Hartog absconded. In 1619, De Houtman found gold and sandalwood, and so he and Coen cared enough for him to come back. With an empty Aururia, de Houtman is like those before him, he lands a couple of times, draws some good charts, leaves, and never returns.

    So in this allohistory, Aururia won’t be Dutch. What it will be is strongly Portuguese-influenced, and the single biggest demographic will be the Maori who’ve settled on the east.

    Portugal cares for profits, but it also cares enough to send missions. Or some of its people will. You’ll be looking at missions gradually established around the whole continent. Including eventually with the Maori. No other European power will trouble itself over Aururia for a very long time, if ever.

    *

    From: Stuffed Pork Chop
    Time: 20 August, 3:55 PM

    @X-Dreamer
    Aren’t you assuming that there’ll even be a Portugal in this allohistory? They were still part of Spain at the time. I doubt they’d revolt without the effects of the Aururian plagues and the consequent over-taxation.

    *

    From: X-Dreamer
    Time: 20 August, 4:04 PM

    @SPC
    Portugal still ran its own affairs in the colonies. Even if they stay with Spain and end up being integrated, they will still be influencing Aururia for a while. This might later mean a Spanish Aururia.

    *

    From: Professor Harpsichord
    Time: 20 August, 4:24 PM

    Put me down for another who subscribes to the slower development of agriculture model. I don’t buy this “red yam above all” contention that some here are pushing.

    Sanford was no expert on botany. He should have taken up ornithology or something instead of pretending to be a historian.

    *

    From: Lord Nunyah
    Time: 20 August, 5:57 PM

    Originally written by Three-Humped Camel:
    > Likewise, no silver from Gwee Langta. The biggest
    > seventeenth-century source of silver no longer exists.
    > Since most of that ended up in the bullion sinks of
    > Cathay and Korea, the consequences for that trade will
    > also be severe. Much harder to buy spices for Europe
    > now, though I leave the consequences of this for those
    > more versed in East Asian history than I.

    I’m no expert, but there’s an intriguing confluence of timing here in the fall of the Northern Ming and the division of Cathay.

    Cathay was united under the Ming in 1619. Troubled, but still united. In real history, it copped famines in the north, economic problems after Spain cut off the illegal silver trade across the Pacific to Cathay, leading to taxation revolts, the double-whammy of the two Aururian plagues in quick succession, upstart generals, and ultimately the overthrow of the Ming in the north by the new You, leading to their retreat to southern Cathay.

    In allohistory, the Ming are still in trouble. The root causes of famines are still there, and I don’t think that a lack of Aururian contact will butterfly away the Spanish closure of the silver smuggling. The Aururian epidemics will not happen, but I think there was at least one unrelated epidemic during this era anyway.

    The Ming are probably still gone from the north. The details differ, with some other Cathayan general being the one blessed by heaven, but a new dynasty is born. Whether the alternative dynasty is capable of pushing out the Southern Ming is a good question.

    Whatever else happens, though, there’s still a Cathayan dynasty that will be lacking in Aururian silver. Economic problems galore. The new *You may not look much like the old You.

    *

    From: Patrician
    Time: 20 August, 6:38 PM

    @ Lord Nunyah
    In a no-agriculture scenario, or a slower-agriculture so no plagues scenario, I think that the Ming will limp on. There had been rebellions before, and will be again regardless of any Aururian contact. The death toll from the plagues was the crucial factor – 20+% of the population!

    The Ming were hardly decrepit. They held on fine in the South even with the plagues. Without those plagues, there will be rebellions and tax revolts galore, and a lot of trouble, but I think that the Ming live on in the north. A united Cathay would be an interesting consequence.

    *

    From: Kaiser Maximilian IV
    Time: 20 August, 7:02 PM

    Originally written by Three-Humped Camel:
    > Europe in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries won’t look
    > much like the world we know, that’s for sure.

    Thanks for the very well-thought out, detailed response. Guess you weren’t smoking anything when you wrote this, hey, THC? :)

    *

    From: Kaiser Maximilian IV
    Time: 20 August, 7:11 PM

    Originally written by Davey Cricket:
    > Kaiser, you need to give some clarity about
    > your divergence.

    You make some good points, but part of the discussion needs to be which of those is more feasible. Which way would Aururia develop without the red yam? If it is a slower agriculture scenario, which is actually the one that interests me, then I’m keen to hear how other people think that agriculture would develop. I don’t want to just randomly grab some particular form of slower agriculture, and then strangle that discussion.

    Shaved Ape, if you’re reading this, then your expertise would be invaluable here.

    *

    From: Space Wasp
    Time: 20 August, 8:37 PM

    Too much cross-purposes speculation, and no concrete scenario.

    Fine, I’ll write one. A slower-developing Aururia is more in line with KMIV’s wishes, plus it gives us something to work with other than “desert of red where the land of gold used to be”.

    For ease of calculation, and by sacrificing a hundred trillion butterflies on the altar of simplicity, let’s say that Aururia develops exactly how it did historically, but eight hundred years slower. The lack of red yams has been balanced by more murnong, cornnarts, and a new crop of millet. But otherwise, agriculture still starts along the Nyalananga, the Great Migrations occur, egcetera, egcetera.

    In 1300 or thereabouts, the Maori arrive on the east coast. By caging an additional ten trillion butterflies in the world’s largest lepidoptera museum, sweet potatoes still make it across with the Maori, spreading north slowly and allowing the proto-Kiyungu to begin their own moves up the Tohu Coast. But the Empire is still there, in the interior, and still expansionistic.

    In 1619, de Houtman lands on the far west, and finds a barely agricultural people. In another two years, Weemiraga is due to make his great March to the Sea and conquer the Patjimunra.

    What happens next?

    *

    From: ZigZag
    Time: 21 August, 6:03 PM

    Originally written by Space Wasp:
    > What happens next?

    What happens next is that the thread ends over confusion about which scenario to take up.

    *

    From: Shaved Ape
    Time: 22 August, 1:23 AM

    KMIV, I think you’ll find that this thread has died because the divergence you’ve suggested is simply too broad for people to do more than post some brief general speculation. Which they’ve already done.

    Other than that, the changes are just so overwhelming that people can’t even have a coherent discussion, because everyone is coming at it from different perspectives. I think this is something that needs to be timelined rather than what-iffed.

    And no, I’m not volunteering to write another timeline based on a “no red yam” divergence. Writing For Want of a Yam was already more than enough effort. Only a person with far too much time on their hands and who’s a secret masochist would write even one timeline based on a globe-changing agricultural divergence. Writing a second such timeline would take a particular kind of suicidal obsession which I lack.

    * * *

    [1] i.e. the fertile south-western corner of historical Western Australia, which in allohistorical times was ruled by the Atjuntja. The name Yaoran refers to the collective name given to all of the farming peoples who dwelt there.

    [2] Wineberry or yolnu is a plant which is historically called ruby saltbush (Enchylaena tomentosa). This plant has a variety of uses in allohistorical Aururia and around the world, but its most notable feature is that it can be used to flavour wine or ganyu (yam wine).

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #80: The Closure
  • Lands of Red and Gold #80: The Closure

    This post continues on from previous encounters between the English East India Company and the Aururian kingdom of Daluming, the notorious head-hunters who inter worthy skulls behind glass in the pyramid they call the Mound of Memory. See previous posts #56, #58, #60 and #63. Also, a map of Daluming can be found here.

    * * *

    “A battle-axe is the ultimate password.”
    - Weenggina (better known in English as Wing Jonah), captain of the king’s guard, Daluming

    * * *

    Time of the Closure [March 1648]
    Yuragir [Coffs Harbour, New South Wales], Kingdom of Daluming

    Summer had departed, according to the calendar, but its heat still lingered in the royal palace. The days were long, the heat cloying, and humidity in the air kept even the nights warm. A sign, perhaps, of the much more dangerous heat now being inflicted on the flesh of men.

    Ilangi, senior priest, found that heat affected him more with every passing year. Summer he could tolerate, but not such a continued burden. If not for the current pressing problems, he would have considered retreating to Pepperhome [Dorrigo] in the highlands for contemplation, until the seasons reverted to a more usual pattern.

    Instead he had to contemplate matters here, in circumstances much less welcoming. The throne room itself was acceptable. After over fifteen years of service in the palace, Ilangi was closely familiar with the skulls of the honoured dead in their niches around the walls. But the heat made thought difficult

    Worse, the other people in the room were not of the sort who would assist in his contemplation. The two other priests here were quite junior; the lower of them was in fact a skull-polisher. The other three men in the room were all king’s warriors, led by Weenggina himself. While Ilangi would never doubt their courage, he doubted their ability to assist him in proper contemplation.

    Weenggina, who was no fool, had no doubt assigned more junior warriors to guard the king’s chambers during this most difficult of times. If he could not be absent altogether due to quarantine, he could limit his contact with those afflicted by the fever.

    As much as he could, Ilangi forced his thoughts clear of the surroundings. The Closure weighed on his mind, as it had done for years. Twelve years, in total. Twelve years since the Raw Men came. Twelve years since the king proclaimed the Closure... and still the message lingered without resolution.

    Priests and scholars had argued endlessly about what would happen in the Closure. Ilangi had spent years searching every record, every parchment, to find out what had been foretold. What he had never expected, and which none of them had ever predicted, was that it would involve... nothing. Twelve years of nothing.

    Now, though, he knew that even nothing would eventually come to an end.

    Light-fever [1] gripped Yuragir. The capital was now sealed from the rest of the kingdom. Though the last desperate reports before the gates were sealed were that the light-fever had spread further across the kingdom. Other plagues had afflicted the kingdom over the last few years, but light-fever seemed the worst. More, it had struck down King Otella himself.

    The king was fevered. To worsen the disarray, the last Father [chief priest] had recently been banished to Anaiwal [Armidale] in the western highlands, tasked with proclaiming the Closure to the restless vassal chieftains. The new, just-installed Father was even more severely fevered than the king, and the healer had declared that the chief priest would not live through the night.

    This, surely, marks the Closure in truth. The Raw Men must have been merely a prelude. The Mound of Memory, after all, was not yet full. Four niches remained for the skulls of the most worthy dead. If His Majesty succumbed to the fever, his skull would be interred there. So would that of the Father, whose own royal blood was strong enough to claim Memory.

    Two niches left. Closure is truly at hand.

    Footsteps on wood roused Ilangi from his contemplation. The healer-priest emerged into the throne room. A tall man, wrapped in a white tunic to mark his uncorrupted nature. His face was shaven, while his head hair grew long, tied into a braid at the back of his neck. He wore only the most basic adornments, a sapphire nose-stud and glass pendant, and was otherwise unadorned.

    Ilangi stood to speak, but Weenggina forestalled him. “How fares the king?”

    “The fever worsens. His Majesty knows not his own name,” the healer said. “Invocations continue, but they have not been heard.”

    The king will be lost, and the Father before him. Who will steer the kingdom through the Closure now? Ilangi was the obvious replacement, of course. The most senior surviving priest who had not disgraced himself. But the king was not in a fit state to confirm his appointment now, when the Father’s eyes closed. How would the kingdom continue with both the monarch and chief priest lost?

    *

    The good galleon Lady Harrington led the way along the Aururian coast. With the wind blowing up from the south, this massive four-masted ship found greater speed than any of the smaller vessels trailing behind.

    Colonel Oliver Fairweather needed to travel on board this ship in particular, since it carried held the bulk of the “sea-soldiers” the Company had commissioned. But he would have chosen it anyway; as the largest vessel, it was not as sensitive to the movement of the waves as its smaller companions. Fairweather now fared better in inclement weather than when the Lady Harrington first left England, but he doubted he would ever be truly comfortable at sea.

    The stopover at Fort Cumberland [Geelong] had been a welcome relief, even if navigating the treacherous channel into the great bay [Port Phillip Bay] had the navigators sweating. He had welcomed it both for being a return to land, and for some time to drill his “sea-soldiers” properly in combat. They needed it; too many of them thought that piety was both weapon and armour.

    Now, though, the long voyage neared its closure. The navigators claimed that they would reach Glazkul today. Of course, they had said that yesterday, too, but they were more insistent today. Whether today or tomorrow or even the day after, Glazkul beckoned. The great monument to the savagery of these Mexicans, of which he had heard so much, he would soon behold.

    Fairweather turned away from the coast and started to walk across the deck, searching for any of the navigators. As he did, he passed a man with a sword strapped to his back and two pistols at his hips. The man muttered to himself over and over, his eyes open but not focused on anything of this world.

    It could be worse. The sea-soldiers were a God-crazed lot, and that man Totney was the worst. Better to have him talking to himself than announcing his grand visions to the sea-soldiers and any sailors who happened to be within earshot. Long speeches proclaiming himself a soldier of God, and this voyage a mission to bring the Word of God to the heathen Mexicans, to cast down the new Babylon. The man found many listeners, but then the sea-sailors had little else to do on long voyages.

    The relative silence was a blessing, especially since Totney was under-dressed by his standards. Usually he carried his musket with him too, despite there being no need for it on board ship.

    Fairweather found such fanatics tiresome, but they were unavoidable. The Company faced a war-that-is-not-a-war with its Dutch rivals. An expensive war. The Dutch had been first in Aururia, and had first pick of its gold and spices. They had more money and more ships than the Company, and could afford to recruit proper, well-paid veterans.

    Whereas the Company’s recruiting agents had picked whoever was willing to sail across the seas for, essentially, food and weapons supplied. For this expedition, the Company could not even rely on the lure of gold. Prince Rupert had done that, organising a private army of his own to seek gold amongst the Yatchee [Yadji], but those troops were not paid by the Company. But if Glazkul concealed any gold, no reliable tale spoke of it.

    The sea-soldiers who had been recruited to come to Glazkul were being paid a pittance. The kingdom here grew valuable spices, according to Baffin’s account, but those kinds of spices were unfamiliar. They were not well-known enough to attract many recruits, particularly when most of the profits from the spices would go to the Company’s shareholders. What was well-known was the murder of a Christian sailor who had been interred in a heathen temple.

    And so who had been attracted? Fanatics, disturbed men, the dispossessed and displaced who had suffered from the plagues and their aftermath. Those who saw the world’s turmoil as inflicted by God, if not a sign of the end of days. And where better to fight the end of days than in the place where heathens had butchered good Christian Englishmen and interred their skulls behind glass in Glazkul?

    That was what Fairweather had been given to work with.

    He had done well, he believed. The sea-soldiers had learned about weapons, and discipline. The drills at Fort Cumberland had been helpful, even if he did not dare stay too long. The Yatchee were not meant to know about these sea-soldiers, in case word leaked ahead to warn Daluming. Or worse yet, if their Emperor tried to forcibly recruit the sea-soldiers into his own war.

    The sea-soldiers had been taught their way around ships, too. They could perform nautical tasks at need. But they were soldiers, not sailors. A truth which both they and the sailors repeated at every chance.

    Totney’s mutterings grew louder, enough to make out the words “Mexico shall burn as an oven.”

    Ignoring him as best he could, Fairweather looked for the navigators. If the ship truly drew close to Glazkul, he needed to know. For the shipmaster would need to be informed to ready the cannon. He intended to give these heathens a message which would be understood in any language.

    *

    Thunder. Or what sounded like thunder. Coming not from the sky, but from the sea.

    Ilangi had imagined the Closure in many forms. But never had he imagined this.

    Long had he looked for the ships of the Raw Men to return. Now they had done so. Ships sitting at sea, just off the coast from the Mound of Memory. The largest of those ships was the closest to shore. And now it was obscured by a rising cloud of smoke.

    Thunder unchained. Thunder that drove balls of metal at the Mound of Memory. Thunder that broke the final resting places of the honoured dead, the honoured heads.

    It is not yet time for the Closure! The Mound of Memory had not yet been filled. King Otella and the last Father had passed into the next realm, but their heads wee still to be cleansed of flesh and interred behind glass. Even if they had been, two other niches would remain unfilled.

    Who could have imagined such a travesty? The Mound of Memory, the great repository, the final resting place of the most honoured fallen of Daluming for centuries, was being desecrated. The Raw Men were not just merchants, as they had appeared on first meeting. They were the most loathsome agents of destruction.

    He wanted to shout his denial to the heavens. This is not how the Closure should be! All that restrained him was concern for the dignity of his new office, and for the faith of those watching him.

    Ilangi was now the acknowledged Father of Daluming. Acknowledged by every man of consequence who remained in Yuragir, that is. Now it fell to him to decide how to respond to the Closure.

    *

    “Put your backs into it, men!” cried out one sailor, from the boat just in front.

    Fairweather cast his gaze from one side to the other. The line of boats was nearing the shore, with the sea-soldiers rowing as hard as they could. The first couple of boats were almost at the sand.

    No sign of the natives on shore. He would not have sent the boats ashore if there were any natives nearby, and would instead have chosen another beach north of the main city. The landing was the most vulnerable time, but he had to secure a beachhead here rather than try to sail into a defended harbour. The ships’ lookouts were keeping watch for any natives who might try to return, and would signal if the natives were drawing closer.

    So far, everything had gone as planned. The bombardment was unopposed. As it would have to be; the natives here had no guns, and certainly no cannon. Let that shock bring them to terms sooner. Fairweather knew his sea-soldiers could fight, but there were lots of natives. Better to awe them than fight them, given the choice.

    Boat after boat landed on shore. Fairweather’s boat landed near the middle. He was first ashore from that boat, leaving the sea-soldiers to drag the boat above the high-tide mark and then ready weapons.

    Sea-soldiers assembled around him, with some scouts advancing to watch the perimeter. His officers shouted out the necessary commands, and Fairweather did not interfere with them. They knew their assigned roles, and he needed to do no more. If they were not capable, they would not remain officers for long.

    When the boats were all ashore and the last of the men nearly in place, Fairweather stepped forward from his officers, ready to address the sea-soldiers. Belatedly, he realised that someone was already standing in front of the men. A man with a musket resting by his side. Totney?

    Totney shouted, “Babylon has been wounded! The armies of God have come! Let the cleansing begin.”

    “For God’s sake, someone get that man back in ranks,” Fairweather said.

    He stepped forward, about to give firmer instructions – and felt something slide into his back. The air escaped from his lungs in an involuntary gasp, and he collapsed to the ground. As light and life faded, he heard Totney’s declaration continue, “I am the Captain-General under my Master Jehovah, and I will lead you, the People of God.”

    Then came only darkness.

    * * *

    [1] Light-fever is what the Bungudjimay call epidemic typhus. They have named it that as a combination of the high fever produced by the disease, and the sensitivity to bright light which it induces.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #81: The People of God
  • Lands of Red and Gold #81: The People of God

    I’d originally planned to tell the tale of Thomas Totney and Daluming in a couple of long posts, but this is taking a long time to write due to various work commitments. So I’m posting this in a few smaller instalments; this is the first.

    * * *

    “I proclaim from the Lord of Hosts the return of His Word and the building of His Temple in the Land of Gold. In the Furnace of the Master Goldsmith the World shall be cleansed. The Corruption shall be purged and the Ungodly shall be Stubble to this Flame.”
    - Thomas Totney, Captain-General of Jehovah, Apprentice of the Master Goldsmith [Christ], Shepherd of the People of God

    * * *

    Time of the Closure / March 1648
    Yuragir [Coffs Harbour, New South Wales], Kingdom of Daluming / Captaincy of Jehovah

    Grit crunched beneath Hiram Forsyth’s boots. Grit and rubble, the waste of a ruined heathen monument. He stood on the first level of the Mexican temple, the pyramid of skulls called Glazkul, and witnessed the righteous wrath of the Lord. Cannon had smote this ungodly shrine. While its massive bulk could not be so easily shattered, chips of stone mixed with occasional shards of glass beneath his feet, testament to the beginning of righteous destruction.

    So it had to be. Colonel Fairweather had been a backslider who ignored the Prophet’s words, but he had understood the evil of this monument. The heathen Mexicans here had raised this ungodly temple, and they needed to be taught this lesson. Fairweather had discovered that he had none of the friends he believed, and was now standing before the immortal Judge, but perhaps his last great act would be restitution for earlier lapses. Though that was a matter for the Lord to determine, properly.

    Forsyth followed behind the Prophet as he made a slow circuit of the pyramid. Slow, because so many men crowded around him. Listening to him. Seeking more guidance from the mouth of God’s messenger.

    For his part, Forsyth stood back. He knew his role. Besides, he had been given most of the long voyage from London to take in the Prophet’s teachings. Of the degradation of this world, the corruption that came with those who placed greed before God. Here the message needed to be brought first. Here, where the land of gold had attracted the greed of men, both heathen Mexicans and avaricious Christians. Gold itself could be pure, but first it needed to be refined. So this new land of gold needed to be purified and brought to the Lord.

    “The Mexicans approach!” someone called.

    “Prepare the armies of Jehovah!” the Prophet shouted. He gave other commands too, but they did not carry above the hubbub. Two men hurried down from the pyramid to relay the orders, while many others moved down more slowly.

    With the thinning crowd, Forsyth had a clearer view of the land beyond the pyramid. A stretch of mostly flat ground stretched down toward a small river, with a city built on a hill beyond the river. A few of the grain-trees of this land were planted in fields. The natives were emerging from between the trees; disordered groups of men slowly walking toward the pyramid.

    “Brother Hiram, walk with me,” the Prophet said.

    Forsyth kept a step behind the Prophet down the narrow stairway of the pyramid, then walked alongside as God’s messenger commanded. A cluster of other men trailed them, but kept a few steps apart. The soldiers forming up on the field opened up to allow the Prophet to stride between them; the space they left for Forsyth was more of an afterthought.

    Forsyth said nothing, but he knew his role here. During the long voyage from London, he had learned more than just the Prophet’s wisdom. He had been one of the five sailors assigned to learn the language of the Land of Gold. Not the language of these Mexicans, but a traders’ language. The Island speech, it was called, for some reason no-one had bothered to explain to him. Forsyth had not mastered it, but he could make himself understood, according to the woman who had taught them; a naval officer’s native mistress.

    The Prophet stood at the front of the assembling warriors of the Lord. Forsyth stood beside him, ready to interpret the Prophet’s words for the heathens. If the Mexicans sent out an emissary to listen, that is. Forsyth did not know whether the heathens would listen to the truth, or fight with the faithlessness of the ungodly.

    The Prophet said, “A banner should have been made ready. A banner of the Lord.”

    Making such a banner would have warned Fairweather and his few true loyal supporters of what was planned when they landed. Forsyth knew better than to question the Prophet, though; his mind had been on weightier matters during the long voyage.

    “A banner must be made. Gold and red, to mark the time of our coming. Gold for the land, and red for the flames of our purification.”

    “I will see it done, after we have met the natives,” Forsyth said.

    “Your task is to stand beside me,” the Prophet said. “But the banner will be made.”

    The natives had been drawing nearer as they spoke. Close enough, now, for Forsyth to make out some details. Hundreds of the black-skinned men. Not in a true line, but advancing slowly, irregularly. Though... yes, in the centre of the line, a group of men striding with the confidence of those born to command. Even heathens must have leaders, he supposed.

    The natives were dark-skinned, but as they approached, he saw that they had little else in common. Each man seemed to be dressed in his own style, whether clothes or armour or both. None had any uniform, any commonality to say whether they belonged together. No true combination of colour or symbols to mark them as a group. When they came close enough, he saw that many of them bore representations of skulls, on armour or helm or elsewhere, but even with those depictions of skulls, it seemed there were never two alike.

    The natives stopped short of the Christians’ line. Here, at last, they formed something resembling a line of their own. They appeared watchful, but as far as Forsyth could judge, not immediately ready for battle. While plenty of them carried weapons, none of them seemed to be preparing to charge.

    Three of the natives, in the centre of the line, took three steps forward. They waved several times at the Christians’ line.

    The Prophet said, “Brothers Hiram and Isaiah, walk with me.” God’s messenger strode forth to meet the natives, wearing his piety and confidence as armour. Forsyth was less certain whether that was a wise course, but he stepped forward anyway. On the other side, Isaiah Ashkettle, the slayer of Colonel Fairweather, did the same.

    They met the heathens more or less in the middle of the ground between them. Three natives, one clearly a high-ranked warrior, the second a senior, much-adorned but unarmoured man, the third a middle-aged, shaven-headed, plainly dressed man. The warrior had the most impressive bearing; gleaming bronze armour and helm, tunic dyed blue, a large bronze axe, and representation of skulls in the braids of his beard.

    Forsyth expected the warrior to be the one to talk, but the older man stepped forward. He spoke in a rhythmic, rapid-fire language which made no sense at all. The shaven-headed man beside him, though, spoke in the Island speech. “This man is Ilangi, Father of the Bunkitchmee. The warrior is the great Wing Jonah, slayer of sixteen, and commander of the king’s warriors. Ilangi asks, who are you who have brought calamity to the kingdom?”

    After Forsyth translated, the Prophet said, “I am Thomas Totney, Captain-General of Jehovah, head of the Army of God. I have come as witness on behalf of Jehovah, to teach you to end your heathen ways and adopt the service of the Lord.”

    Forsyth looked to the interpreter, struggling to find the right words in the Island speech. “This is Thomas Totney, the... high commander under god, the true God, the One God. He has come carrying the message of the One God. He has come to teach you of the end of the old... ways, and call you to serve the One God.”

    The interpreter’s eyes went wide. “He has come to close the old world?”

    “Yes,” Forsyth said.

    The interpreter relayed those words to Ilangi, who must be some kind of heathen priest. The old man’s shoulders slumped for a moment, halfway through the translation. When it finished, Ilangi and Wing Jonah began a vociferous argument.

    The Prophet said, “How do they answer?”

    Forsyth relayed the message. The interpreter said, “They are considering your words.”

    Judging by the shouting and gesticulating between the pair, Forsyth thought it more a fight than due consideration. The priest was louder than the warrior, strangely enough. The interpreter asked them another question, and the priest snapped a reply.

    “The Father asks if you have brought the message of the Closure, why have you struck at the Mound of Memory?” The interpreter took in his puzzlement, and added, “The building that your thunder has struck.”

    The Prophet said, “Glazkul was bombarded in tyranny, by a corrupted man who cared more for gold than God. He rightly abhorred this Mexican pyramid, but wrongly struck at you rather than told you the truth. So the tyrant has been killed. I am here, we are here, to tell you the truth of the Word of God and the error of your old ways. You must abandon the path of ungodliness, cast aside this monument to the devil, and take up the true faith. But this is something that you should have heard through words, not thunder.”

    Forsyth said, “The Mound was struck at the order of... an unbalanced man [1]. One who desired gold and did not follow the One God. He was right to hate this Mexican building, but wrong to attack you rather than tell you of the One God. So we have killed him. Now the Prophet is here to tell you the truth of the One God, of the wrong path you followed before the Closure. You must abandon your old Godless ways, and follow the One God. But the Prophet says that you should have been told this message from his mouth, not with weapons.”

    The interpreter said, “What is a Mexican?”

    “Your people.”

    “We know of no Mexicans. The people here – the Father’s people – are the Bunkitchmee.”

    Ah, yes, Baffin wrote that these Mexicans called themselves the Bunditch. Forsyth did remember that, now that he was prompted, but from Baffin’s tale, the descriptions of the headhunters and pyramid builders had drawn most of his notice. Who really cared if these Mexicans used a different name for their tribe? “Tell them of the Prophet’s words, then, whatever you call that building.”

    The interpreter translated, although he had to repeat the same words two or three times – it was hard to judge – before the warrior listened properly. The Father and Wing Jonah had another conversation, much shorter and calmer this time.

    The Father said, “This is something that we will hear more of. You may enter Yuragir, with never more than two hands of your companions at once.”

    “Two hands?” Forsyth asked. His teacher had never mentioned the word used like that.

    The interpreter tapped his thumb on the joints of his index finger, then the middle finger. A most peculiar gesture. “Four and twenty, the Islanders would say.”

    Before Forsyth could translate that, Wing Jonah spoke. “If you speak in peace, we will listen. If you Inglundirr, any of you, strike any blow against Daluming, you will all be killed.”

    After Forsyth translated both statements, the Prophet said, “I am the messenger of God, and I will proclaim His Word to everyone in this land.”

    * * *

    Time of the Closure / April 1648
    Yuragir [Coffs Harbour, New South Wales], Kingdom of Daluming / Captaincy of Jehovah

    Glass made for a most impressive skull.

    Or so Ilangi had to conclude, after seeing this fact demonstrated. Todnee had fashioned a mask for himself. A mask of glass, cast in the shape of a skull, with teeth grinning open and two eyes watching through the glass sockets.

    The eyes of a madman, or the eyes of the man who brings the Closure? Todnee wore the skull mask constantly now, but it had been a gift. From the best glassworker in Yuragir, who now proclaimed himself a follower of the Messenger. The Messenger of his “One God”; who proclaimed that none of the other gods truly existed.

    Todnee spoke now, as he had done many times during his days in the city. His original followers came and went, and they obeyed the instructions not to bring in more than two hands’ worth at any one time. Todnee himself had never left, though, staying in the city to spread his message.

    The Messenger spoke now, at great length. He paused from time to time to allow the man beside him – the younger of the two Inglundirr interpreters, whatever his name was – to translate into the Islander’s speech, and then the Daluming interpreter, Keajura, rendered them into proper speech. That ponderous process would probably not be needed for much longer: Keajura reported that he was learning more of the Inglundirr tongue each day.

    “The old ways must be closed. This is the truth I proclaim to you. It is unbalanced, ungodly, an abomination” – a word that Ilangi now understood without translation, having heard it so frequently – “to severe the head and entomb it. That is despised by the One God, and will curse those so entombed to be denied true rest. From this time on, you must bury the whole body properly in the earth, with the sign of the cross above it. That is what the One God commands, and that alone will secure his blessing for the dead.”

    The interpreter kept speaking, but Ilangi stopped listening. Todnee had made similar proclamations many times. It appeared at first that few people listened to him, but he continued. In a city gripped by light-fever [typhus], with the king dead and no successor named, and with the Closure at hand, he had found more listeners. How many more would listen to him as he continued?

    The Messenger was dangerous, but killing him would be even more dangerous, even if he was a madman. Too many people paid him heed, even if they did not agree with all of what he said. Which was why Ilangi had come to hear what the Messenger said about more serious questions.

    After Todnee reached a temporary pause, Ilangi said, “Ask him what is his message about who should hold the blue and white staff [i.e. become king].”

    The reply came back, “Djeeyoba [Jehovah] is the Most High, the king of kings. What you should ask is who should rule in his stead.”

    “If your One God is the king of kings, do you claim to be king?”

    “I am the commander of his earthly armies, and his messenger.”

    Ilangi kept his voice carefully neutral. “So would you seek to take up the staff that King Otella left?”

    The Messenger said, “A new king must be chosen. One who will swear to obey Djeeyoba, and to heed his messenger.”

    “He must be a vassal, you say? Like the chiefs of the highlands?” The western highlands had been divided into three mutually warring confederacies, until King Otella’s grandfather had conquered one of those confederacies, the Nyenna Murra, and forced its chiefs into vassalage. Other parts of the highlands had also been made vassal chiefs in the past. “Not a king then, but a vassal chief?”

    The interpreters had much argument before they translated. Eventually the Messenger answered, “He would be the king. But even kings are subject to Djeeyoba, the King of Kings, the Most High One God.”

    That was not a king, to Ilangi’s way of thinking. The king was absolute, he had no equal in his own realm. How else could he be called a king? Whatever Todnee had in mind, he did not want Daluming to have a true king.

    “And what of your ships? Where have they gone?” The Inglundirr ships had sailed off soon after the desecration of the Mound of Memory. None of them had come back.

    “The ships serve the One God’s purposes elsewhere. This is a large land, this place of gold, and the Word of God must be spread across it. When the ships are needed, they will return.”

    An evasive answer. If Todnee really was a madman, had those ships left because they wanted no part of him and his actions? If Todnee truly was a messenger of the One God, were the ships waiting to come back with more of his followers? Ilangi needed to know, and he needed to know quickly.

    For so far he had succeeded in delaying decisions, but this could not wait forever. He was the Father now, but those who opposed him had fled Yuragir, and that included members of the royal family. They would continue to oppose him in whatever he did, he was sure.

    If Ilangi accepted the words of the Messenger, then his priestly opponents would proclaim one of the princes to be the true king, and Ilangi a servant of an imposter. If Ilangi rejected the words of the Messenger – as he was inclined to do – then his priestly opponents might well use this as an excuse to rally opposition against him and whomever he chose as king.

    Even if Ilangi wanted to resist the Messenger, he would have to face down the invaders. Killing all of the Inglundirr was impossible: only a few came into the city at a time, and the rest were encamped across the river with their thunder-weapons. They could flee to the south, to where the rebels reportedly were already gathering. And their ships could return whenever they wished. The Messenger himself could be slain, but he had many followers. Even some Bungudjimay within the city listened to him.

    The kingdom balances on the edge of a blade. Which fate should I grasp? Looking at the Messenger, at that glass-skull visage, Ilangi could not decide.

    * * *

    [1] “Unbalanced” is Forsyth’s best attempt to translate “evil” using the Islander language, which – reflecting their Plirite faith – does not have the same concept.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #82: One God, One Prophet, One Pyramid
  • Lands of Red and Gold #82: One God, One Prophet, One Pyramid

    Reminder: Lycaon pictus has been kind enough to make a map of the Daluming kingdom here, which will make it much easier to keep track of the geography described in this post.

    * * *

    “Mankind dwelt on this world for a hundred millennia, and knew his identity in his heart. He roamed where he wished, and where he resided did not change who he was. For scarce two millennia, states have adopted borders, and claimed that where a man lives determines who he is. Yet a truth which has endured for a thousand centuries cannot be unmade by a fewscore decades of wishful thinking.”
    - Lincoln Derwent and Solidarity Jenkins, “The Nationalist Manifesto

    * * *

    Daluming: kingdom of glass and skulls. Where proud warriors and wondering priests command a coastal realm, the sword-carriers raiding into upraised highlands and distant lowlands, to carry back trophy skulls for the pious to polish. Where fish and emu give the meat, but a hundred spices give the flavour. Where the ten-stepped pyramid stands as the triumph of the glassmaker’s art. Where faith warned of the world’s imminent end, of the transformation of all that had been before into an unforeseeable future.

    Thomas Totney: man of supreme faith, receiver of visions, proclaimer of a truth few others could truly comprehend, worker of gold metal and spinner of golden words, and occasional guest in the halls of sanity. Whose career as a goldsmith survived the irruption of the Aururian plagues, only to be abandoned after he received the revelation of Jehovah, and anointed himself God’s witness to the world. Who joined the multitudes with spiritual reawakenings and apocalyptic visions of a plague-struck world, the dispossessed and disaffected ones who sought for new meaning and new faith in troubled times. Who read the account of William Baffin of the heathen denizens of the Land of Gold, who joined the Company’s voyage to punish the pagan Mexicans, and who had the Company commander struck down and took command of the English mission to the Third World.

    To Daluming came the Prophet, the self-appointed Captain-General of Jehovah. Perhaps no single moment better epitomised the collision between the two worlds than the arrival of this zealous missionary in the most alien of Aururian cultures.

    For Daluming, the Inglundirr invasion marked the culmination of what seemed an endless series of crises, some externally driven, others the result of internal religious convulsions. The priests who built the Mound of Memory had long foretold that the filling of the last vacant skull-niche would mark the Closure, the end of the world as it was known. Yet those turbulent priests delayed the arrival of that event by becoming ever stricter in the standards applied before a skull would be awarded Memory; a practice which caused ever-growing frustration amongst the royalty and warriors who expected their rightful place of eternal rest. The dissatisfaction led to King Otella exiling the most senior priest, Father Ngungara Barringya, to the western highlands, a humiliation second only to being executed. A wave of new plagues had struck the kingdom one after another, culminating in light-fever [typhus] that claimed the life of both King Otella and the replacement Father.

    In this already volatile atmosphere, the most senior surviving priest Ilangi proclaimed himself the new Father, with the support of Weenggina, captain of the king’s guard and most renowned warrior in the kingdom. But Daluming religious tradition had always required the Father to anoint the king and the king to anoint the Father. Ilangi’s lack of proper sanction, and animosity from some rivals among the priests, meant that some of the other priests and lesser royalty fled the capital Yuragir [Coffs Harbour] rather than admit to his legitimacy. Ilangi had control of the Windja [Secluded] Palace, but his control of the kingdom was more ambiguous.

    Ilangi had scarcely been in his new role for a week when the Inglundirr ships appeared off the coast of Yuragir and delivered an unheralded, unprovoked desecration of the most honoured cemetery in the kingdom: the Mound of Memory. The horror of the sacrilegious vandalism was only compounded by the means of delivery: chained thunder used to deliver metal balls of destruction. The Inglundirr followed this violation by sending an army to land on Daluming’s soil, where unsanctified feet trod on the sacred, battered stones of the Mound of Memory.

    Despite the provocations of the Inglundirr, Ilangi chose parley rather than headlong attack. His own rule was insecure, to say nothing of his wonderment about how this fit into the Closure. Ilangi heard Totney’s proclamations of being the Messenger of the One God – or so he understood it via two interpreters – and agreed to allow Totney to spread his message peacefully within Yuragir, with restrictions. The Father remained uncertain whether Totney was prophet, liar or lunatic. He judged it safest to keep him under watch rather than risk allowing a rival to control him.

    Once in Yuragir, the people treated Totney with a mixture of bemusement, derision, and fervour. The creed Totney preached was so alien that the Bungudjimay often had trouble grasping his intended meaning, which created much confusion and misinterpretation, including when his would-be acolytes fought among themselves.

    If not for the fervent anticipation that the Closure would bring a great change to the world, perhaps none would have heeded Totney. As it was, despite much perplexement, he found some disciples. More treated him as a joke, initially. One grand glassmaker, possessed of a wealthy sense of humour, created a glass skull mask and presented it as a gift to the Messenger. Thus the Prophet was now always looking at Daluming through the very device which he preached against.

    In time, the number of listeners who followed Totney could no longer be described as few. Growing uncertainty over the absence of a new monarch, combined with an ever-increasing death toll from light-fever, meant that more Bungudjimay were prepared to heed the words of the Captain-General of Jehovah.

    Strangely, while the common folk of Yuragir grew more sympathetic to the Prophet over time, Ilangi grew less. The dilemma which awaited him was that either endorsing or rejecting Totney would lead to a similar outcome: rivals claiming his decision as excuse to rebel against him.

    Ilangi never came to a decision on his own: it was forced on him. While he had been examining unpalatable options – waiting for a kangaroo to lay an egg, as the Bungudjimay would say – Totney has been assessing the strength of his heathen disciples. Aid came from the main Daluming interpreter, Keajura, the son of a vassal chieftain from the western highlands, who had come to Yuragir when young as a hostage for his father’s continued good behaviour. Keajura judged that better fortune lay with supporting the Prophet than opposing him, and so had given the Prophet astute advice about how best to act to gain followers.

    The hammer fell when Totney judged he had found enough adherents in the Daluming capital. He ordered his Inglundirr soldiers to cross the river at night, where a few carefully-chosen Bungudjimay disciples let them into the city and guided them to assemble in a few chosen locations. The dawn brought the challenge of guns and steel to a city already afflicted by germs, as the Raw Men army stormed the Windja Palace. While some deserted, most of the palace guards, led by their captain Weenggina, fought the invaders. Surprise, shot and steel made for troublesome adversaries, and the defenders died or fled. Ilangi and Weenggina were among the escapees, the latter bringing three Inglundirr heads with him to honour those whom he had killed, and Yuragir belonged to the Messenger.

    Totney proclaimed the foundation of the Kingdom of God on Earth, with Yuragir the new capital at the end of the age. The Bungudjimay who would not make accommodation with the new regime fled over the next few nights. The Messenger began his campaign to transform the City of Skulls into the City of God. A few of the local converts were recruited to preach the new faith beyond the walls, while within Yuragir he recruited auxiliaries to supplement his Inglundirr forces.

    The transformation of Yuragir extended to many more matters than the recruitment of soldiers. The Messenger announced new religious practices, including new Christian burials, the beginning of a translation of the Gospel into the Bungudjimay language, and the regular reading of translated versions of his own missives from Jehovah. He likewise set new standards for public morality, banning the duels which the warrior caste had enjoyed, laid down punishments for drunkenness for those excessively fond of ganyu [yam wine], and declared prohibition of fornication and public indecency. These proclamations caused some discontent among the people of Yuragir, but a few converts embraced them with fervour.

    Beyond the walls of Yuragir, the kingdom fractured. The loss of central authority marked a watershed moment. Whatever his rivals said of Ilangi as an illegitimate Father, he represented continuity with the previous regime. The majority of the people were prepared to wait and see what happened rather than take up arms. With the expulsion of Ilangi, that constraint vanished, and divisions emerged throughout the kingdom.

    Ilangi himself fled west at first, to Gwinganna [Coramba] and then on into the highland region of Pepperhome [Dorrigo]. This position was conveniently far from any possible Inglundirr invasions by sea if their ships returned, and gave him time to determine where he would most likely find support. He had two advantages he intended to make maximum use of; he was accompanied by Weenggina, the most renowned warrior in Daluming, and he had with him Wandana, the second and most charismatic son of the departed king.

    Daluming had never had any tradition of primogeniture, allowing for any prince deemed capable to claim the blue and white staff (i.e. throne). Wandana’s claim was as good as any other prince. It would have been even better if Ilangi had managed to secure the staff-head, the golden skull with eyes inset with a blue sapphire and a white pearl. That staff-head had been passed down from one monarch to the next, attached to each new wooden staff of office. To Ilangi’s regret, however, the Inglundirr raid had not left time to collect it, and it was believed to still be stored somewhere in the palace.

    While Ilangi established himself in Pepperhome, rivals emerged elsewhere. The main group of Bungudjimay rivals gathered in Bee Rup [Kempsey]: Prince Aray’marra, eldest son of the late king, together with several senior priests who had fled Ilangi’s seizure of Yuragir. They were joined by Ngungara Barringya, the former Father, who absconded from his highland exile to join the rebels. A smaller group of rebels emerged along the northern frontier at Ngutti [Yamba], using the third and youngest surviving son of the last king as their figurehead, but with the true power lying in the hands of two other exiled priests.

    With the disunity amongst the Bungudjimay, their control of the western highlands dissolved into an unwelcome sea of anarchy. The highlands had long been divided into shifting confederations of chiefdoms. In recent memory there had been three highland confederations of note: the Loo Gwanna in the north around Mulumun [Glen Innes], the Bogolara in the west around Toodella [Inverell], and the Nyenna Murra in the south around Anaiwal [Armidale].

    In 1592 Daluming had conquered the Nyenna Murra, reducing its chiefs to vassalage, except for a small chiefdom in the southern fringes of the highlands, around Kuttan [Walcha], which reasserted its status as an independent chiefdom and rallying point for those chiefs and warriors fleeing Daluming rule. Daluming never managed to suppress Kuttan, but it had maintained its rule over the Anaiwal region ever since, despite various revolts, and the highland chiefs there remained vassals.

    With the Closure seizing Yuragir, and Totney’s proclamation of the kingdom as the new Captaincy of Jehovah, Daluming authority over the highlands disintegrated. Most of the chiefs around Anaiwal declared their independence. Shortly thereafter, their ancient rival confederacies both announced war, an announcement that came as mere punctuation after raids which preceded the declarations. The highlands, too, became part of the spreading anarchy that faced Daluming.

    Ilangi faced the independence with growing horror; nearly half a century of rule of the highlands now faced annihilation from the Closure. Worse for his own position, he knew that the former Father had fled his exile, but for far too long he could not find out where his rivals were gathering. Again he faced the paralysis of indecision, and his only good fortune was that his enemies were also all reluctant to move, his rivals because of uncertain strength and the Inglundirr because maintaining control even over Yuragir and its immediate environs was proving difficult.

    In time Ilangi’s agents brought him word that Ngungara Barringya, together with the elder prince and his supporters, had established themselves in Myarra [Bellbrook]; a small town on the upper reaches of the River Daluming [Macleay River], that controlled one of the routes to Anaiwal. It seemed that they, too, were wary of the Inglundirr arriving by sea, and also sought to block any highlander raids into the fertile farmlands along the River.

    Deviousness bred in priestly intrigues gave Ilangi inspiration, and he arranged for word to be discreetly leaked to the Inglundirr that the eldest prince had rallied supporters at Myarra. Myriad interpreter-guided sessions with the Messenger had granted some insight into Inglundirr thinking, teaching that the raw men believed that the eldest prince had the best claim to the throne. While Ilangi did not fully grasp the logic behind such a strange notion of passing over a more accomplished prince through a mere accident of birth order, he was prepared to take advantage of that belief, seeking to use the Messenger to eliminate or weaken his chief rivals.

    An accident of geography undid Ilangi’s carefully-laid plan. In the old days when Daluming had been divided into two kingdoms, there had been two cities named Myarra. An inland river town and waystation [Bellbrook] in the southern kingdom, and a minor port north of Yuragir [Woolgoolga] in the northern kingdom. When the two kingdoms became one, the two names remained. On hearing that Prince Aray’marra was gathering in Myarra, Totney rallied his soldiers and local converts to eliminate this threat, only to find that the sleepy northern port town held no sign of princes or other rebels.

    Ilangi and his allies had prepared to strike at Yuragir while the Inglundirr army left the city. No such opportunity arose. Totney’s forces did not stray too far from the capital. Worse, with the three-way war growing more intense in the highlands, Pepperhome itself had to defend against raids. Weenggina proved himself an adept warrior once more, fending off the initial assaults. Yet valour could not defy logistics; Pepperhome was untenable as a base, being too insecure. Ilangi persuaded his allies to move elsewhere, and they moved north to establish themselves in Ngampug [Grafton], a major inland town in the centre of another river valley of prime farmland, and a better source of supplies than mountainous Pepperhome. As Ilangi was heard to remark, “Man cannot live on sweet peppers alone.”

    While Ilangi the Indecisive and Weenggina Many-Slayer led the migration to the north, other parties pursued their own affairs. The Inglundirr Company had not abandoned hope of salvaging some profit from their expensive expedition, and despatched the galleon Lady Harrington once more to Daluming. Here the Inglundirr traders sought to bargain with the Messenger’s new regime in Yuragir, believing that the dearth of supplies of European-made weapons and goods would prove attractive, and so offering iron and steel in exchange for spices.

    For Totney, sadly, faith trumped logistics. Spices he knew, or believed he did: salt, pepper, cinnamon, and nutmeg. Flavoursome, delectable, but no challenging fire on the palate. Pepper provided the greatest culinary heat he knew, and he deemed even too much pepper excessive. The Messenger’s first experience of Aururian sweet peppers was unfortunate: he instructed his Bungudjimay guide, wielder of the pepper-mill, to crack an equivalent amount of sweet pepper berries onto his fish as he would have if using black pepper. The native guide complied willingly, since by local standards that was an acceptable heat for a meal.

    Alas for Totney, he realised not that sweet peppers possess ten times the potency of black peppers. The pungent fires in his mouth exceeded those divine fires he had experienced in his visions. The Bungudjimay guide was fortunate enough not to understand the Inglundirr speech, and so did not grasp the full import of Totney’s comprehensive demonstration of the Anglo-Saxon vernacular that he used to express his views about sweet peppers.

    After quenching the peppery fires with the nearest goblet of ganyu – forgetting for the moment his own prohibitions – the Messenger asked if the numbness on his tongue would pass, and was assured that it would, in time. That time did not arrive quick enough to suit the Messenger, who used the waiting to compose a thundering denunciation of the devil-inspired peppers of this land, and for good measure condemned all other heathen spices too. The spices could not be tolerated by the faithful; abstinence was the only proper course.

    Thus when Lady Harrington to Yuragir came, Totney flatly refused any trade in spices, and bade the Inglundirr begone. Spurned by their countryman, the Inglundirr turned to the natives instead. Southward they sailed to the River Daluming, and with care navigated their way upriver to Bee Rup. Here the supporters of Prince Aray’marra decided that they loved the Inglundirr not, but they hated the Messenger more. So they agreed to supply as many sweet peppers and verbenas [lemon and cinnamon myrtles] as they had available, and took Inglundirr goods in exchange. Few muskets were included in this trade, since the Inglundirr had supplied most of those to their greater war amongst the Yadji, but they still provided a decent quantity of iron and steel goods, including some weapons and armour.

    The exodus from Pepperhome to Ngampug proceeded without facing any local opposition. Ilangi and Weenggina – guided by Prince Wandana, naturally – set about consolidating their position along the river valley which the Daluming called the Highwater [Clarence River]. It had acquired this name because the river, while usually only small, was prone to massive floods that inundated large areas. Ilangi desired control of as much of the river valley as possible; Daluming had never controlled the upper reaches of the river basin, save for headhunting raids, but it ruled the lower portions. Weenggina had explained to him how vital it was to use the Highwater valley both to recruit troops and to provide supplies for any war to remove the Messenger.

    Control of the Highwater faced one significant obstacle: a rival prince. The port city of Ngutti, at the mouth of the Highwater, marked the northernmost Daluming city of any size. Here, third-born Prince Nyiragal was the figurehead of another faction of rebel priests. While they controlled little more than the city and its immediate agricultural hinterland, they had brought a decent number of warriors with them. This weakened the utility of the Highwater valley as a supply base for a campaign at Yuragir. Worse still, reports were quickly received that Nyiragal’s supporters had a few muskets of their own.

    Ilangi for once belied his nickname, and swiftly arranged a parley between Prince Wandana and Prince Nyiragal. The parley could scarcely be called a meeting of minds; Wandana possessed charisma but lacked wit, while Nyiragal was bereft of either quality. The parley was more accurately labelled a meeting of minders, as the priests and leading warriors on each side discussed terms. Nyiragal’s supporters refused to disclose the source of their muskets, but Weenggina saw them at close enough range to report that these muskets were not of the same make as Inglundirr muskets.

    Alert to the potential threat, and preferring to fight only one enemy at a time, Ilangi encouraged his prince to conclude a truce with the rebels. A pact was duly negotiated: the two factions agreed on a border along the lower Highwater that neither side would violate until the Messenger had been driven from the kingdom. Ngutti and its strange weapons was a problem which would have to wait for another time. Sufficient warriors would need to be kept in Ngampug to deter Nyiragal’s advisors from breaking the truce, but Weenggina and Ilangi judged that the agreement was secure enough to let them marshal the bulk of their forces against Yuragir and the Messenger.

    Concord with Ngutti secured one flank, while internecine warfare secured the other; Weenggina and Ilangi decided to leave the highland confederacies fighting each other, while they marched on Yuragir. As their host drew near to the royal city, their scouts reported discovery of other forces to the south. Prince Aray’marra had marshalled his own forces and led them to the capital.

    Convergence of desire if not accord; the firstborn and secondborn sons of the departed king both wished the Messenger gone more than they hated each other. Nevertheless, each faction also desired that the other be mauled more in driving out the Inglundirr, to better secure their own position in the civil war which they knew would follow.

    The military position was difficult to judge. Weenggina commanded more forces – in the name of Prince Wandana, that is – and controlled the northern road to Yuragir, which was the easier approach. Aray’marra’s forces were smaller, but included an elite group armed with iron weapons. Neither side trusted the other overly much, but they agreed to a certain measure of cooperation in besieging the capital, and that each would attack the Inglundirr forces if they sortied from the city to attack the other prince’s forces. Weenggina’s troops deployed on the northern side of the city, while Aray’marra’s forces gathered to the west, with a smaller group across the river to the south [Coffs Harbour Creek] to prevent any resupply or raids.

    As fate and the Messenger’s visions would have it, the Inglundirr never sortied from Yuragir’s walls. Totney vacillated about whether to conduct raids, but ultimately followed his visions of divine guidance that so long as his followers kept stout hearts and defended the walls, the two besieging armies of heathens would succumb to their mutual hatred and turn on each other.

    To Totney’s misfortune, while his visions may even have been born of truth, their fulfillment was betrayed. The siege of Yuragir was brief, not lengthy. The Messenger proclaimed his defiance of the besiegers, and the valour of his Inglundirr followers, in endless speeches. For all of his rhetoric, though, few of the people of Yuragir shared his determination. A few sought escape into the night and found it, despite the watches on the gates. Except for some of his more devoted converts, the remainder of the inhabitants sought a means to end the siege, and thereby the reign of the Messenger.

    Weenggina, ever alert to the mood of his own people, recognised the opportunity. He slipped two chosen warriors into Yuragir under cover of nightfall, and made arrangements for them to join with some local malcontents, and open a gate two nights later. His own troops were deployed in readiness, without warning Aray’marra’s army. Weenggina chose to make a night attack himself, believing this the best time to negate the advantage of the Inglundirr guns and steel. Not to mention as reprisal for the night infiltration which the Messenger’s armies had conducted when taking Yuragir.

    Careful planning provided its own reward; Weenggina’s forces entered Yuragir in considerable numbers, raiding where they could, particularly securing all of the other gates. The Windja Palace was, naturally, the prime target once the walls had been secured, and Weenggina’s forces converged on the palace as best they could in the darkness and when fighting against enemies who were still deadlier in individual combat of steel against bronze. Battle raged through the night, almost impossible for any commander to control, save for the broad push to occupy the palace. The Inglundirr fought back throughout the night, holding key positions within the palace.

    When dawn emerged over the Windja Palace, Weenggina’s forces controlled all of the city gates, except for the easternmost gate closest to the palace, and controlled most of the city itself. The Inglundirr held much of the palace, barricading themselves in, and readying muskets now that they had light available. Forcing them out would be bloody, now that they were alert and ready.

    Weenggina chose not to press too hard at the palace; driving out the Inglundirr would be worthless if it left his army too bloodied to defeat Aray’marra. Instead he sought to push the Messenger’s followers and converts out of the rest of the city, while simply keeping the palace surrounded. His army accomplished most of this task, but the defenders of the eastern gate, also wielding muskets and iron shields, proved impossible to force out without risking more casualties than he would accept.

    As evening approached, Weenggina prepared orders for another night raid, believing that under cover of darkness the casualties would be tolerable. Despite his best plans, he would never manage that endeavour. For the Messenger had a new vision of his own, whether through divine inspiration or own realisation, that he would not survive another night in the Windja Palace.

    So began the last great march of the Prophet, as Totney ordered his troops to withdraw from their defensive positions in the palace and push east out of the palace, seeking the eastern gate and potential escape. The push, with muskets and steel swords leading the way, was ambitious, bloody, and of questionable success. The streets of Yuragir were not easy to force through, even with muskets, and the toll grew with every street corner. A core of twenty or so Inglundirr reached the gate, joining the handful of others who had been defending the way out.

    There on the eastern shore, on the harbour, were a few fishing boats in seaworthy condition, if the Prophet desired it. The besiegers had not risked attacking those boasts because the eastern walls of Yuragir were too close to the shore, within bowshot and musket range, and so Weenggina’s forces had simply watched for any effort to use the fishing boats to obtain further food.

    The Prophet fled to the boats, his surviving followers around him. The Daluming soldiers pursued them to the shore, but four of the more fanatical disciples sacrificed themselves by charging the enemy lines, holding off the pursuers long enough to prevent them from reaching the boats before they were pushed off the piers. That did not guarantee freedom for the Prophet’s last soldiers, however, for some of the Daluming soldiers were archers. A few of them fired arrows at the fleeing ships, while the more inventive ones used their torches to create fire arrows. Some of those burning arrows, too, struck the fleeing boats.

    The final fate of the Prophet would be described in a host of tales, oral and written. Perhaps the most famed of them all would be that written by Duarte Tomás in his novel The Man in the Glass Mask. This author would win renown for his depictions of the early European would-be conquistadors in Aururia; his other famous work was The Tenth Classic, which described Pieter Nuyts’ failed attempt to conquer the Yadji.

    In concluding The Man in the Glass Mask, Tomás wrote:

    A blizzard of arrows descended on the Prophet and his fleeing boats. Some arrows burned with flame, all burned with hate. The growing dark prevented full vision of the arrows’ accomplishments, but not the fires which sprung up on sail and timber in the escaping vessels. The flames kept burning as the boats fled out to sea, lost in the distance as the night swallowed them in the east, while in the west the sun disappeared behind the highlands that had brought the Prophet’s doom.

    So passed Thomas Totney, the Prophet, the Captain-General of Jehovah, out of the sight and knowledge of the people of Aururia. Never would he be seen again, his fate unknown to them and to the world. His words and faith would live on after him, borne by converts and those few of his disciples who survived the wrath of Wing Jonah the Slayer and the civil war that followed. When further calamity struck the divided kingdom, many would look for their Messenger’s return, to no avail. The last resting place of the Prophet was lost in burning mystery.


    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #83: The Book of Secrets
  • Lands of Red and Gold #83: The Book of Secrets

    This post gives an overview of the Proxy Wars, both summarising those parts of the wars which have been previously described, and giving an overview of what has been happening in other parts of Aururia during this period. It brings the timeline up to 1660, and future updates (except for occasional flashbacks) will focus on what happens from 1660 onwards.

    * * *

    “They have sacrificed their souls on the Altar of Reason.”
    - Francis Boyd

    * * *

    From: “Flying the Crimson Flag”
    By Earle Duke III

    5. Identity and Solidarity: The Road to Panollidism in the Third World

    The Proxy Wars marked a series of conflicts across the continent of Aururia, with some small involvement elsewhere in the Third World, multiple wars provided some commonality with the involvement, openly or covertly, of other powers using the indigenous powers as proxies for their own undeclared warfare. The majority of the wars involved European powers as the inspiring agents, but this was far from universal, with sometimes indigenous powers employing their own proxies, while sometimes wars that are classed as part of the Proxy Wars were truly struggles where the European powers were used to support indigenous interests.

    The Proxy Wars are well-studied as the defining period when European colonialism became entrenched in Aururia. Except where some minor earlier conflicts are classified within the broader schema of the Proxy Wars, they are usually dated as lasting from the initiation of undeclared hostilities between the English East India Company and its Dutch counterpart via the bombardment of English fortifications and vessels at Gurndjit [Portland, Victoria] in 1642, and concluding when England and the Netherlands commenced formal hostilities with the outbreak of the First Anglo-Dutch War...

    Traditional nineteenth and early twentieth-century European historiography views these struggles as a result of undeclared wars fought between European colonial powers, principally the Dutch and the English, inciting the indigenous Aururian peoples to fight each other for European aims, that is to say to establish informal (and sometimes formal) European control over their sovereignty, and for control of commercial routes involving both the supply of Aururian commodities to the wider world, and the import of Asian and European goods to the Aururian markets.

    However, this historiography was founded in two-fold ignorance. Mainstream European historians, separated by barriers both of language and understanding, focused on European accounts of the warfare, without access to most contemporary Aururian sources regarding the wars, and on the whole disregarding even those few sources which were available in the Old World. Equally significantly, this traditional historiographical analysis neglected the truth that colonialism in Aururia pre-dated European contact, for the Nangu had maintained a colonial presence, both formal and informal, in the continent for two centuries or more prior to European irruption. While the Nangu colonial empire itself collapsed during the Proxy Wars, due to European competition and more meaningfully European diseases, the Nangu successor state of the Nuttana began to develop its own colonial system during the later stages of the Proxy Wars.

    Such is the lack of insightfulness of traditional historiography that even the name of the struggle is fraught with dilemma. Proxy Wars is the traditional label, bringing with it the connotations of the wars as a contest where the Europeans used indigenous proxies, leading to all of the misconceptions aforementioned. The Undeclared Wars is a term sometimes advanced as an alternative, but which lacks credibility because in most thought not all cases, the wars between the Aururian states themselves were openly declared; the undeclared nature of the wars refers mainly to the European powers, with the exception that even two Aururian powers found some use for proxies to launch undeclared warfare against peoples with whom they were formally at peace...

    Prince Rupert’s War (1645-1650) marked the largest single conflict in the Proxy Wars, and attracted the most attention both in contemporary European accounts of Aururia, and in subsequent historiography, due to what must be called the preponderance of narratives of this war and its aftermath by Europeans who were directly or indirectly involved in the conflict. In part due to reliance on these foreign accounts of the war, the traditional view of Prince Rupert’s War was of a European-influenced struggle using indigenous pawns; however, this is a relic of the colonial era, for contemporary documents from the four Aururian states involved in the war (Tjibarr, Durigal[i.e. the Yadji], Gutjanal and Yigutji) demonstrate that the latest struggle was simply a continuation of their own history of warfare, supplemented by European weapons and auxiliaries where available, but where the primary motivation remained their own indigenous ambitions. Indeed, when considering the policies and actions of Tjibarr during this period, it is difficult to determine whether Prince Rupert’s War should be considered as the Dutch and English using Tjibarr and Durigal as proxies, or Tjibarr using both Dutch and English as proxies to support its own interests...

    Engagement of proxies was not confined to European powers seeking hegemony over their desired markets, but remained a tactic recognised and wielded by Aururian powers on their own terms; Tjibarr had a history of using indirect means to counterbalance Durigal’s greater population, and continued to use the same tactics during the Proxy Wars where opportunity permitted, while the Nuttana came late to the colonial push during the Proxy Wars, their predecessors among the Nangu had their own history of wielding indirect influence through economic means, and the Nuttana applied these same tools to build their own sphere of influence.

    Colonialism had been a Nangu speciality since they had mastered the craft of blue-water navigation, pursuing profit across the waves via trading outposts, colonial settlements, and economic hegemony, which was a legacy that their Nuttana descendants inherited in full as they pursued their own economic interests within the Third World and beyond. Early in their intercontinental explorations, the Nuttana had established trade with Japan, where jeeree [Aururian lemon tea] demonstrated extreme worth as a trade commodity, a prospect which the Nuttana were swift to take advantage of; Japanese-made muskets and powder were as cherished by Aururians as jeeree was in turn by the Japanese, the Nuttana valuing muskets both for their own defence and as superb trade goods within Aururia to obtain further commodities and to arm their clients against rivals. The founding of the Nuttana had involved a pact with the Kiyungu to supply labourers to the Nuttana trade ports, a trade which grew even during the typhus plague that struck during that era, but the Kiyungu had no immediate fear of warfare and would pay only moderate prices for guns, so the Nuttana instead traded the weapons further south, in fractured Daluming where the kingdom was riven by three-way civil war, foreign incursion and rebelling vassals, choosing the weakest side in the civil war as this would allow them to demand premium prices for the foreign weapons. The northernmost Daluming city, Ngutti [Yamba], was ruled by Prince Nyiragal, the weakest of the contenders for the throne, who eagerly accepted the offered trade in guns for coastally-grown jeeree and other local spices, which in turn the Nuttana shipped back to Japan for increased profits, thus beginning both the jeeree-arms trade which would prove so valuable to the Nuttana, and the first Nuttana use of proxies and economic hegemony. As the Orb War [Daluming civil war] progressed, the Nuttana continued to supply Nyiragal’s faction with arms, allowing the previously weakest contender to extend his influence throughout the Cottee valley [Clarence River], and then develop trade links to the northern Loo Gwanna confederacy in the Northern Pepperlands [New England tablelands / northern tablelands], supplying sweet peppers and other spices for the Nuttana to export, extending that power’s hegemony still further, and demonstrating that the Proxy Wars were not merely a European pastime...

    Locked in its endless cycle of warfare with Durigal, Tjibarr used all resources available to weaken its chief rival, even when they were officially at peace, and found proxies witting and unwitting to suit its purposes; Tjibarri engagement with the highlanders of the Southern Pepperlands commenced before Prince Rupert’s War, seeking to use the highland tribes to raid into Durigal and thus divert military efforts from the main frontier, and after the main war ended Tjibarr continued to use proxies to weaken Durigal’s interests wherever it proved feasible, including more highland support, encouraging the Dutch to aid rebels within Durigal’s restive eastern provinces, and sending gifts to Maori chiefs in Aotearoa to ensure that some of their raids fell on Durigal. European irruption did not lead merely to proxy warfare by Tjibarr, for Prince Rupert’s War itself showed the first Aururian awakening of the growing need for solidarity, as Tjibarr, Gutjanal and Yigutji set aside their own ancient feuds to declare alliance against Durigal...

    * * *

    The Proxy Wars involved many conflicts, mostly linked by a common trend of European influence or arms supply, though not all of the wars involved foreign backing. Later historians would earn many publication credits arguing with each other about which wars should be properly considered part of the Proxy Wars, and about the primary motivations and influence of each of the participants. In so far as there is a coherent list, though, these are the conflicts that formed part of the Proxy Wars:

    - The Spanish/Portuguese (Portugal still being joined to Spain) raid on the VOC trading post of Fort Nassau [Fremantle] in 1631. This is the most contentious inclusion of the Proxy Wars, since it is outside of the regular time period, but it is included by some historians.
    - The Council War / The Sister War. These are the most common names given to the intermittent warfare fought between the Mutjing city-states of the Seven Sisters [Eyre Peninsula] from approximately 1635 to 1648. The earlier bouts of warfare were also outside the regular time period for the Proxy Wars, but are usually considered as related; the main phase of warfare was from 1643-1648 and ended with the Dutch-backed city-state of Luyandi establishing a council that dominated the peninsula. The Seven Sisters became a formal Dutch protectorate in 1659.
    - The Cannon War (1645-1648) between Dutch-backed Tjunini and English-backed Kurnawal in the Cider Isle [Tasmania], with a Kurnawal victory. Followed by the War of the Ear (as it is euphemistically translated) in 1657-1658 between Dutch-backed Tjunini and English- and French-backed Kurnawal.
    - Prince Rupert’s War / Bidwadjari’s War / Fever War (1645-1650) between Dutch-backed Tjibarr and English-backed Yadji, with other kingdoms of Gutjanal and Yigutji as Tjibarri allies. The war was broadly a Yadji victory.
    - The Dutch-backed uprisings in the Yadji’s eastern provinces, in 1653 involving the Kurnawal (eastern-most people), and in 1656-7 involving both the Kurnawal and Giratji (east-central provinces). Result: revolts quelled.
    - The highlander raids on Gutjanal, Yigutji and (particularly) the Yadji from 1644 until approximately 1655, marked by an interlude of Prince Rupert-led invasion of the highlands in 1646-8. The highlanders were in part Tjibarri proxies, although this was never substantiated at the time, and would not be proven until it no longer mattered.
    - The Pakanga (Maori) raids on eastern Aururia and the Cider Isle, starting in 1654 and continuing even after the conventional end date for the Proxy Wars. These were mainly indigenously inspired, but Tjibarr motivated raids on Yadji territory, and the French motivated raids on peoples who backed their colonial rivals. The Pakanga raids also struck targets outside Aururia.
    - The Daluming [Coffs Harbour and environs] raid by the English in 1648, leading to the Prophet’s regime and subsequent Orb War (civil war). Foreign backers: multiple. Result: a mess (see below).
    - The English-provoked wars and rebellions amongst the city-states of the Cumberland Plains / Sydney basin, amongst both Putanjura (southern) and Rrunga (northern/western) peoples. These started following the establishment of an EIC outpost in Port Percy (Port Jackson / Sydney Harbour) in 1646.
    - The Blood-Gold Rebellion in 1655-6, by English-backed Atjuntja subjects against both the King of Kings (Atjuntja Emperor) and his Raw Men (Dutch) backers. The result, like any good relationship status, can best be described as “it’s complicated” (see below).
    - The Tea-Tree War (1653-7) fought by the Dutch-backed Yerremadra around Hammer Bay (Jervis Bay) to conquer their neighbours and rivals. The VOC initially supported the Yerremadra because they wanted to establish the great bay as a resupply point for voyages along the east coast, but they later sought to develop a trade in “lemon tea” (jeeree) using Hammer Bay as one of their main sources of supply.
    - The Nowhere War (approximately 1645-1660), so-called as an English corruption of the indigenous name Nuwwar, a hunter-gatherer people in northern Aururia, in the western half of the Gulf of Carpentaria. This was not a single war, but a series of power struggles and violent clashes amongst societies disrupted by Old World plagues and Portuguese-supplied weapons. The Portuguese established two mission outposts in the region during this period, and in 1655 this had the unfortunate consequence of marking the first introduction of (Old World) influenza to the continent.

    This classification omits several smaller conflicts where European-supplied weapons or particularly the death toll from Old World diseases led to localised warfare that was not directly influenced by Europeans, as the plague-ravaged peoples fought over what was left in the wake of the great dying.

    * * *

    Prince Rupert’s War was fought from 1645 to 1650, divided by a two-year truce for half-time. It was the largest of the Proxy Wars, involving as it did four states which between them contained almost half of the Aururian population. When it ended, though, Tjibarr and the Yadji still had opposing backers who were fighting their own undeclared war. No party to the final peace treaty – Yadji, Tjibarr, Gutjanal, Yigutji, the English East India Company (EIC) or the Dutch East India Company (VOC) – expected the peace treaty to last forever. The question was whether the peace would last as long as the Proxy Wars. In the meantime, there were plenty of other places within Aururia where the Dutch and English could fight each other.

    As it happened, the Yadji and the Five Rivers states were too exhausted by the war and plagues to be willing to re-start a major war. So with the conclusion of Prince Rupert’s War, the EIC and VOC reached a tacit understanding that each could not dislodge the other from its primary role as backer of the Yadji and Tjibarr. Both companies still made some efforts to disrupt the other’s influence in outlying parts of their proxy state’s territory: the Dutch supported the rebellions in the Yadji’s eastern provinces, while the English struck at the Dutch opal trading outpost at Dogport [Port Augusta] in nominal Tjibarri territory, as part of the broader tit-for-tat raids on each other’s factories throughout the Orient. But the main focus of the Proxy Wars moved to the eastern seaboard and the Cider Isle, where the two companies sought control of gold and spices.

    The eastern seaboard had long grown spices that were not available – or just much harder to grow – in the more populous societies further west. The east coast used many flavours, including a substantial number which were only consumed locally. The main spices which attracted export interest were the leaf spices which Europeans called verbenas, and which another history would call myrtles: lemon, cinnamon, aniseed and curry myrtles. There were also a few aromatic eucalyptus leaf spices, most notably strawberry gum, and two species of sweet peppers which were not grown much elsewhere: purple sweet peppers in the Patjimunra lands (Hunter Valley) and bird-peppers (Dorrigo peppers) in the Daluming highlands.

    In the contest for east coast spices, there were three main potential supply sources: the Kiyungu city-states, the kingdom of Daluming, and the Patjimunra. Daluming and the Patjimunra had long been supplying spices to western Aururia, while the more isolated Kiyungu mainly consumed their own production. The English and Dutch interest in the eastern coast was aroused thanks to 1630s voyages of exploration, and so they spent the following decades seeking to control the spice trade.

    Daluming was the most populous east coast state, and attracted most of the early interest. The first European contact with Daluming, Baffin’s voyage, led to what could broadly be described as a cultural clash, and an Englishman’s skull interred behind glass in the Mound of Memory. The EIC despatched a further expedition in 1648, whose purpose was two-fold: a punitive raid to avenge the earlier English deaths, and to force access to Daluming spices. This mission was usurped by Thomas Totney, the Captain-General of Jehovah, who established his own short-lived regime in the Daluming capital, Yuragir (Coffs Harbour).

    The Daluming monarch had died of typhus shortly before the English expedition arrived. This death combined with the foreign invasion led to a three-way civil war within the kingdom, with each of the three sons of the late king commanding a faction: Aray’marra, the eldest son; Wandana, second son and with the most supporters; and Nyiragal, the youngest son and with fewest supporters. The three factions negotiated a truce of sorts while they evicted the Prophet. They then began their own bloodier civil war, a contest which went on for much longer than any side could have anticipated; the formal peace was in 1654.

    During the civil war all three factions received foreign aid at times: Aray’marra from the English and then the Dutch, Wandana from the Dutch and then the English, and Nyiragal from the Nuttana. The two elder princes both changed their backers in pursuit of better deals, as they sought to crush their main rivals, i.e. each other. The youngest prince quickly gave up any prospect of conquering the entire kingdom, focusing on building his own power base in the Highwater valley/ Cottee River [River Clarence] and using Nuttana-supplied muskets to arm his forces and deter his rivals. When Wandana’s forces finally subdued the eldest prince’s armies in 1654, his battered armies were in no condition to defeat Nyiragal, and so the two princes agreed to a five-year truce. For their part, the English were fortunate enough to have been the latest suppliers of weapons to Wandana’s armies, and thus gained access to the Daluming spice trade. This was less of a boon than they had expected, though, for the bloodshed and disruption of the civil war meant that spice production would take years if not decades to recover.

    The Patjimunra of the Kuyal Valley (Hunter Valley) were the other main ancient source of spices. Naturally, this meant that the European trading companies sought access to their markets as soon as they first came into contact with the Patjimunra (the English in 1636, the Dutch in 1639). More precisely, both the Dutch and the English sought exclusive access to Patjimunra spices. This proved to be rather more of a problem.

    The Patjimunra had a long history of selling spices to anyone who wanted to buy them: imperial merchants and later Five Rivers merchants by land, and Nangu and Maori by sea. They were perfectly willing to sell spices to European traders, too. What they were not willing to do was give preference to any one trading company over another. Unofficial and then official emissaries from both the EIC and VOC met with the Patjimunra monarch, and received the same answer: they could trade with any merchants who were willing to sell, but the king flatly rebuffed any discussion of protectorates, trade treaties, or indeed any documented agreement. As the king is reputed to have said to one particularly persistent Dutch emissary: “We will sell you our spices, as we have always done, and leave the world beyond our borders to the skinless.”

    The Patjimunra expressed only limited interest in European weapons, mostly once Daluming raids picked up after 1656, and even then they bought far fewer than the European trading companies wanted. Despite the most determined efforts of European powers – the English, Dutch and eventually the French – the Patjimunra avoided involvement in the Proxy Wars simply by refusing to favour one Raw Men company over another.

    The Kiyungu of the Coral Coast (Sunshine Coast/Gold Coast, Queensland) had long been the northernmost agricultural people in Aururia, until the Nuttana migrated north in the 1630s and 1640s. While they grew many spices for their own consumption (with the notable exception of sweet peppers), the long sailing times and poor land-based links to the more populous states meant that they exported very little of their spice production.

    The Kiyungu’s first ongoing contact with foreign peoples came from Nangu traders, beginning with Werringi the Bold’s circumnavigation of Aururia in 1629-30, and then with the Nangu trading association that grew to become the Nuttana. The Kiyungu supplied labourers to the northern Nuttana trading posts, and grew to become a supplier of spices for the Nuttana to on-sell to the Dutch in Batavia and the Japanese via the Ryukyus.

    With this firm friendship with the Nuttana, the Kiyungu were much less interested in giving Europeans any preferential access to spices. The Dutch and English made several attempts, and did sell a few in exchange for European goods, but had much less success in converting the Kiyungu into proxies. The Kiyungu had little interest in fighting each other, and while they did buy a few guns from both Europeans and Nangu, were not generally inclined to start wars with each other or to give preference for spices. Where there were disputes between Kiyungu city-states, the Nuttana proved adept at defusing them, much as their Nangu predecessors had managed similar feats among the Seven Sisters for so long. The Nuttana retained the best access to the Kiyungu spice markets throughout the Proxy Wars.

    Thus, despite the depredations of the Proxy Wars, and a growing trade in spices, two of the three most populous eastern coast peoples who supplied spices did so without surrendering much control to foreign powers. This did not prevent the European powers from employing proxies where they could, or fighting each other directly over access to the trading posts and resupply ports which made the trade possible. Thus the EIC established an outpost at Port Percy (Port Jackson/Sydney Harbour) and set about establishing influence amongst the locals, while the VOC adopted a similar strategy at Hammer Bay (Jervis Bay), together with a few smaller struggles elsewhere on the east coast where the opportunity arose.

    The most notable of these opportunities was the first area where the Dutch achieved exclusive control over a source of eastern coast spices. Strangely enough for the era, this was achieved peaceably enough that it did not require a proxy war. The Loomal people of Narranuk (Taree) lived in a fertile river valley, the River Lumbarr (Manning River), with a suitable climate for growing spices. Being less populous than either their neighbours north (Daluming) or south (Patjimunra), and lacking the same easy routes across the mountains, they did not export many spices inland. Still, they grew spices of their own, and had been perennial victims of Daluming head-hunting raids in the past. This gave them an interest in acquiring foreign backers, and the commodities to make foreign trade worthwhile.

    The VOC achieved what was for it a rare feat on the eastern coast: diplomatically outmanoeuvring the English. Because the EIC had established more influence over Daluming, the VOC succeeded in negotiating a pact where they supplied arms to the Loomal in exchange for exclusive control of spice exports. The Loomal spice production was not large – even the share that the Dutch could buy from the Patjimunra was larger – but all the same, the VOC welcomed the monopoly.

    Besides the struggle for east coast spices, the other main region where the VOC and EIC struggled during the second decade of the Proxy Wars was in the Cider Isle (Tasmania). Here the ancient rivalry between Tjunini of the north coast, and Kurnawal of the east coast, give plenty of opportunity for the rival companies to find proxies. The European trading powers had little interest in the gum cider that had been the island’s most valuable export in recent pre-Houtmanian times, but they had much interest in the gold mined on the Cider Isle. The island’s cooler climate was also well-suited for the common form of sweet peppers (mountain peppers); while those did not have quite the same intensity of flavour as the more northerly varieties, they were still eminently suitable for export to India, Cathay and Europe [1].

    The Cider Isle saw two distinct wars during this era. The Cannon War (1645-1648) saw the English-backed Kurnawal reclaim a considerable swathe of territory from the Dutch-backed Tjunini. The Cider Isle suffered a severe death toll during this war, partly from combat but mostly from a typhus plague. Post-war, the Cider Isle’s economy was notably restructured as gum cider production collapsed, while both of the farming societies ramped up sweet pepper production despite the shortage of labourers.

    When their economies had stabilised, and when the Kurnawal had found additional foreign support from the Compagnie d’Orient, the War of the Ear (1657-1658) followed. The result was a bloody stalemate; both states had done well in adopting those parts of European military technology which favoured the defensive. As a result, while both sides proclaimed victory (and the Tjunini kept the offending body part), the War of the Ear ended with status quo ante bellum.

    * * *

    The Blood-Gold Rebellion (also translated as the Red-Gold Rebellion) was an uprising in the Middle Country / Tiayal (the Atjuntja realm) in 1655-1656. The trigger for the revolt was a decision by the King of Kings Manyal Tjaanuc to institute labour drafts for work in the gold mines around Golden Blood / Timwee [Kalgoorlie]. This practice was contrary to established custom, for previously only slaves had been used to mine gold in the harsh desert climate of Golden Blood. The institution of slavery was rare in Aururia, but gold mining in the Middle Country was seen as detestable enough that being sent there was viewed as a deserving punishment.

    However, due to the death toll from plagues and rat-induced famine, there was a shortage of suitable criminals to be sent to the mines as slaves, and the demand for gold was ever-growing. Trade with the Dutch meant that an ever-growing amount of bullion was sent overseas in exchange for European and Asian goods. The Middle Country thus faced a worsening shortage of specie. Worse, the Atjuntja had adopted the practice of coinage from the Dutch, with the first coins being struck – showing the image of the King of Kings, naturally – soon after the defeat of Nyumbin’s rebellion in 1633.

    The lack of currency caused not only problems with the Dutch, but also growing discontent from the aristocratic and mercantile classes (these two classes being largely synonymous in the Middle Country). So the King of Kings opted to use drafted labourers, a practice common for other forms of work, to increase gold production.

    The result was a genuine rebellion by people who viewed this practice as abhorrent and against all custom; being sent to the gold mines was seen as tantamount to a death sentence, for slaves were rarely permitted to return. The rebellion broke out near Corram Yibbal [Bunbury], but soon spread to much of the country, as rumours of the practice spread fear. The EIC, which so far had been excluded from the Middle Country, sought to discreetly supply the rebels with arms.

    The rebellion found its leadership in the original rebels around Corram Yibbal. Unusually for Aururian rebellions of the time, the main leaders of the rebellion were agricultural labourers rather than aristocrats or the middle classes. Genuine “peasant’s revolts” in Aururia were relatively rare, being more commonly led either by nobles or the larger social groups of non-farmers (middle classes / urban workers) permitted by perennial agriculture. The rebels took the unusual step of nominating their own council of a few respected people to act as leaders for the rebellion. This council did not control the entire rebellion – several other rebel groups appeared in other areas who were inspired by word of the revolt – but the other rebels did broadly follow their lead.

    The outcome of the rebellion was a careful royal exercise in saving face. Several early battles were fought to defend the key garrison-cities and the roads. However, the sheer scale of the revolt soon made it clear that defeating it would be more expensive than would be worthwhile. The King of Kings chose to deploy enough troops to win a couple more battlefield victories, to show that he was acting from a position of strength. He then issued a new series of royal proclamations that expanded the range of crimes which would be punishable by being sent to the mines, and quietly dropped any mention of labour drafts being used for gold miners. Without ever publicly admitting that he had changed his mind, he sent private reassurances to the rebel leaders that they would not be punished provided that they ceased their revolt. The main council did agree to do so, though a few holdouts continued the rebellion in a couple of regions. Those holdouts were crushed and (naturally) the defeated rebels sent to the gold mines.

    * * *

    From: “The World Historical Dictionary”

    Donkey Vote: A term which originated in the Atjuntja realm during the Blood-Gold Revolt. Despite the coincidence of names, the revolt was distinctive in early Aururian revolutionary history in being driven not by the Blood or the Gold, but by the Ordinary. Since they did not rely on traditional models of authority, the rebels used the ancestral mode of election to determine their leaders, unbound by heredity.

    The rebels set a property qualification as a prerequisite for participating in the election of their council: the criterion of ownership of a donkey. This was in truth a progressive action for the period, inspired in part by foreign examples of Dutch and British elections (largely misinterpreted) and the ancient Aururian principle for elective monarchies.

    Despite the equitable nature of this requirement in the context of the times, in later Aururian parlance this led to derision. The requirement for a donkey was seen as elitist in excluding those who could not afford an imported animal, and thus excluding much of the Ordinary from participation.

    Hence, the phrase “donkey vote” passed into the Aururian political lexicon (especially in Teegal) as meaning favouring a disproportionate, illegitimate influence of the Gold, particularly the Real. For instance, a comment about “out to win the donkey vote” would be an insult to a political figure by implying that they were seeking support based on wealth or privacy rather than genuine solidarity.

    * * *

    Historically, the French were relatively slow to become major players in European trade with the Orient, when compared to the Dutch or English or (especially) the Portuguese. Some French ships ventured into the Indian Ocean, and there were several foundations of companies to trade with East Asia. However, intense competition from the Dutch and Spanish stopped many of the early attempts. While there were earlier companies operating, the main French involvement in Asia began in the 1660s when Louis XIII chartered the French East India Company.

    Allohistorically, the tale of French involvement in the Orient follows a different path. France in this history is both stronger and weaker than it was historically. The Aururian plagues have taken a heavy toll on its manpower, as indeed it has on every nation in the Old World. However, France has been spared from the severe economic and demographic toll imposed by the historical War of the Mantuan Succession and in the later direct involvement in the Thirty Years’ War. Without these distractions, and with the tales of even greater wealth in gold and spices coming from the Far East, there was more scope for colonial ventures. In this history, Louis XIII was spared death from the tuberculosis that would have killed him in 1643, and he founded the Compagnie d’Orient in 1642. This company took several years to build up a presence in the Third World, but by the later stages of the Proxy Wars the French played a minor role in supporting some of the native powers in their wars, most notably the Kurnawal in the Cider Isle and some Maori in Aotearoa.

    * * *

    The Proxy Wars were, of course, only one part of the broader undeclared war between the VOC and the EIC. Control over what the Dutch called the Great South Land or the Great Spice Island, and what the English called the Land of Gold, was an important part of the struggle, but only one element of the wider contest for control of the wealth of the Orient. The spices of the East Indies were still the single most valuable prize, and during the course of the unofficial war the VOC was successful in pushing the English out of the Indies entirely. While the Dutch did not control all of the East Indies – that was a feat that they would not accomplish historically for several more centuries – they were willing and able to strike at all English outposts they found there.

    For their part, the EIC began the war with fewer ships and more limited shipbuilding than their Dutch rivals. Their main successes were due to a few strokes of good fortune. The Yadji were alienated against the Dutch because of a would-be conquistador, and thus the EIC opened trade relations with the most populous state on the continent. The Yadji had a great amount of gold mined both within their borders and traded across from the Cider Isle, and EIC traded for much of that bullion. In addition, the EIC was generally more successful in obtaining access to the spices of the eastern seaboard, and the massive sweet pepper production possible in the command economy of the Yadji.

    The EIC invested much of this wealth in shipbuilding and funding the war elsewhere in the world. While they were unsuccessful in gaining any footholds in Ceylon, they were rather more successful in mainland India, driving the VOC out entirely except for Pulicat.

    The intense commercial rivalry, including commerce-by-force, had diplomatic consequences. The English began to drift closer to France and Spain as their struggle with the Dutch gradually overcame their religious differences with the Catholic powers. This rivalry also benefited Portugal due to unintended consequences; both the Netherlands and England viewed the Portuguese as a secondary target and so not worth antagonising. Portugal even conducted some exploration of northern Aururia, which was tolerated because the Dutch viewed that part of the continent as largely worthless, and so did not contest it.

    In time, and after England’s internal political situation was resolved, the Dutch and English moved from unofficial to official war...

    * * *

    [1] The Aururians cultivate three species of sweet peppers. By far the most widespread are those that are historically called Tasmanian peppers or mountain peppers (Tasmannia lanceolata); despite the name, they are widespread in the wild not just on the mainland but in the wetter parts of south-eastern Aururia. Allohistorically, these will be cultivated widely throughout the farming societies of Aururia (with several different breeds), so that Europeans will call them common (sweet) peppers.

    The two other species of sweet peppers have a much more limited distribution, both in the wild and in their domesticated form. One species will be allohistorically called bird-peppers; this is historically known as Dorrigo pepper or northern pepper (Tasmannia stipitata). It is native to the Daluming highlands (New England tablelands), and will be mostly cultivated there, with only very limited cultivation elsewhere. The other species is historically known as broad-leaved peppers or purple peppers (Tasmannia purpurascens); allohistorically it will be called purple (sweet) pepper. It is native to a couple of very restricted highland regions near the Kuyal Valley (Hunter Valley), and will be cultivated only in that valley.

    Of the three species, common peppers have the mildest flavour (though still intense), bird-peppers are slightly stronger, and purple peppers are the most pungent of all. The Aururians draw a distinction between the three varieties in flavour, with purple peppers being the most sought-after. Initially, European traders will sell mostly common sweet peppers, and due to the lack of comparison these will still be well-favoured in both India and Europe. Once there is a bigger export market, and overseas consumers can distinguish between the varieties, bird-peppers and especially purple peppers will command premium prices when compared to common peppers.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #84: Time of the Great Dying
  • Lands of Red and Gold #84:Time of the Great Dying

    “Abyss’s maw gapes wide,
    Death’s fix’d grin be-stares ev’ry mortal
    Smile back or go mad.”
    - Lancelin Fisher-King, The Mists of Memory

    * * *

    Carl Ashkettle, chronicler [reporter], writer, actor, philanthropist – and now biographer for the world’s most enigmatic man.

    After three weeks of hearing him recite the tale, Ashkettle still does know what to make of the man sitting opposite him. Either a three-hundred-year-old survivor of the age before Europeans came to Aururia, or the world’s most accomplished and fortunate liar.

    The man answers to the name of Clements. He tells a long story, one full of so many details, and one which is almost entirely consistent, save for very minor lapses of memory or trivialities which could be expected of any eyewitness account. Much of what Clements has declared is impossible to verify anywhere else; yet he has told a few details of history which have been confirmed by scholars, but which would hardly be known to the general public.

    The recounting of Clements’ life – or alternatively, the spinning of the greatest work of fiction since vows of wifely obedience were included in the Gunnagalic marriage service – has covered many topics, over many days. Some of it in chronological order, but some not. That has been part accident, and part design; sometimes Clements is reminded of other things, and other times Ashkettle has deliberately gone back to probe previous topics to catch out any rehearsed sequence of lies.

    Of all the topics, there is one that haunts him the most. The plagues. The seemingly-endless waves of foreign diseases that struck at Aururia, one after another. The most lethal part of de Houtman’s gift to the Third World. He has known about the plagues, of course. It is a topic of which any educated man is aware. But never before has he had such an appreciation for the era of the plagues. Or, as Clements puts it, the time of the great dying.

    Clements has described several of the plagues, the afflictions, their courses, and what he has seen of them. So far, he had asked to pass over the description of the worst plague, saying that he found it painful to recount so much of the litany of sorrow at once. That left an unwelcome lacuna in his tale, a major omission around the early 1660s, which had troubled Ashkettle. He dislikes having such a gap in his preferred sequence of events. Now, with more of the later history – or it just his story? – covered, he wants to return to the greatest plague, find out what he can, and incorporate it into his now-voluminous notes.

    “Mr Clements, I want to ask you-”

    “About the great plague, yes.” Clements takes in his expression, and chuckles.

    “Am I so obvious?” Ashkettle asks.

    “You learn to read people, in this game. The survival game, that is.”

    “So I gather. But I would like to hear the tale. Unless it is still too painful.”

    Clements shrugs. “Painful now, or painful later. May as well be now. Time dulls most memories, blurring pleasure and sorrow alike. But grief always seems to last.”

    “In any case. I lived in the city then. Yigutji. In the year 1661, to put it in parlance your wider audience would recognise. Still a leatherworker, one of high repute by then, no matter that I had left the city for a long while... but you know all that. 1661, the Year of Our Lord – and is that not an irony which stings?

    “I was the tjarrentee, the master craftsman, the head of the family. Not the eldest, but the one judged most accomplished in the craft. So I was responsible for solving everything, when there was a dispute. Not just in the leather business, but the whole boon – the family, the extended family, to use the modern term. My father had died, hmm, six years before, which made me the tjarrentee, and my mother three or four years, so she could not advise me.” He chuckles, briefly. “Maternal advice which no sane man would reject.”

    “Head of the family meant I had to know about every family member. Same went for the shop workers, in business matters. In personal matters, I would speak to their tjarrentee and we would solve it together. An argument, a dispute over property, approving a marriage contract, confirming the name of a child, managing the taxation, answering any order of the king or his bureaucrats. All of that – my problem.

    “So I knew about the whole family, who lived, where they lived – though that mostly meant on the same street – and everything.” He pauses, and there is a glistening in his eye. “And how they died.”

    “1661. Me, head of the family. My wife, Mitjantjara, though we had no children. My older and younger brothers who were leatherworkers under my roof – I’ll skip all of their names for now, but I’ll write them out for you with everything else – their wives, with four surviving sons between them, their four wives, and one unmarried daughter. My two sisters were now part of their husbands’ families, naturally, together with two of my nieces. One surviving uncle, one widowed aunt-by-marriage, one aunt who had returned to the family when all of her husband’s kin died or fled after the light-fever [typhus]. Two of their children – my cousins – who had not created or joined other family businesses, and so remained part of the boon. Two apprentice leatherworkers, both with wives of their own. For the children, two great-nephews from my elder brother, one nephew-by-craft from the elder apprentice, and four unnamed children.”

    “Unnamed children?” Ashkettle says.

    “Meaning just that, they had not been given names yet. In the city, we did not name a child until it had survived swamp-rash, or until its third birthday. Whichever came sooner. We believed it was bad luck to name a child earlier, and only invited death from swamp-rash.

    “So, thirty boon members in my care. Plus my two sisters, their husbands, and their two daughters, who were not in my care but who I still remember.

    “In the Year of the Great Dying. That’s what we called it. We had seen terrible plagues before that. So many dead beforehand. Wave after wave of death. Many of my own family among them, sisters, brothers, nieces, apprentices. But no matter how much sorrow we had witnessed before, nothing could prepare us for what happened during the greatest plague of all.

    “The Great Death, we called it. The fatal cough. Or the royal rash, because the king caught it early and died from it. Pestilence would be the best word for it now, I suppose.”

    Clements falls silent for a time, his breathing faster, and his gaze downcast. At length he looks up. “I remember the terror. The dread in anticipation. Word had come up the river of a “four-day fever.” Tjibarr suffered, and other lands further away. We knew the pestilence was coming. The physicians urged quarantine as they had done with previous plagues. That worked, sometimes. But not for this pestilence.

    “It came so fast, that was the worst of it. Everyone fell ill at once. Including my family. All of them. That made it so much harsher. So many lay dying when they might have recovered with help, if not that those who would have cared for them were stricken themselves.

    “The fever came first, with me. And with everyone in the family, as best I can remember. Then a hacking cough, burning eyes, and an inflamed nose. The rash came afterward, spreading from the head down the chest and back. It itched incredibly, and when you saw the rash, you knew that death awaited you. Four days it was, but they felt endless. Consumed with fever, drifting to sleep without finding rest, itch, coughing, hoping not to die of thirst... That was the worst time in my life. Never had I felt so close to death. And for Mitjantjara, and so many more of my family, it was death.

    “Thirty and six in my care, before. Fewer, after. Mitjantjara, my elder brother, his eldest son, and his son, my aunt-by-marriage, my younger sister, my elder sister’s daughter, both my apprentices and one of their wives, and two of the unnamed children. My younger brother recovered from the rash and we thought he was safe, only to develop a worsening cough after that, until he died. Three and ten dead, all told. A third of my family dead.

    “I recovered first – I do that with most diseases – so I was active in time to see most of them die, but too late to do anything about it. I remember holding Wingalee, my elder brother, giving him water, trying to help him cool, and watching him slip away. I remember seeing the children breathe their last...” He stops then, tears streaming down his face.

    “So many died. Not just in my family, in the whole city. The bodies were piled up in houses, and on the streets. We had to burn the dead. There was no choice, we could not bury so many in time.

    “I volunteered to be part of the groups sent out to collect firewood. Better that than stay around looking at so many fallen kinfolk. We harvested anything we could find inside the city that could burn – furniture from abandoned houses, street stalls, anything. Then we moved outside, to the cornnart [wattle] groves, we stripped off everything, cut off every branch. We did not care about the harvest so much as feeding the pyres, and we knew that with all of the spread of the pestilence, there would be abandoned trees further away that could be collected at harvest-time. I remember watching the smoke rising from the west, day after day, as hope seemed to burn away with the endless death.

    “I knew then, we all knew, that the city would never be the same again. And so it was. Some went mad, or the next worst thing to it. Violence and crime of all sorts worsened, even amongst the troubled survivors. So did war, in the years after. Men believed that they had nothing to lose, and so they struck out. It was bad for years, decades after, there and elsewhere, but especially right away...

    “One time I remember, which told me just how much things had changed. An argument over who had right of way in a narrow street. A trivial thing, or it should have been. Two men, neither could pass without the other flattening against the wall or stepping back. Neither wanted to budge. Neither man was elder or tjarrentee, neither had precedence, so either of them could have stepped back. Instead, it came to argument. Then shouting. When one man threatened with a fist, the second drew iron, turning what should have been a matter of blows into a death fight. I doubt that anyone ever bothered to prosecute the slayer for recompense or death, either. In that time, who cared enough to act? The king was dead himself, among with so many others who might have passed judgement.

    “It was around the time when I witnessed that murder that I decided I had to leave the city, too. The leatherworking craft had collapsed with the deaths – my uncle and I were the only proper craftsmen left, so it would not survive us. More than that, there were too many bad memories, and too much loss. If I was to find another wife then, it would not be in the city. I already knew that I looked younger than my years – it was hard to avoid – but that was only another reason to go. So I stayed long enough to see the family choose a new head, for everyone to have some kind of life to continue with, then I left.”

    I think I believe him. Impossible as his tale sounds, I believe him. Clements’ account is simply too real not to believe.

    “That was the start of my vagrancy,” Clements says. “Shifting from place to place, never daring to live in the one locale for too long, lest people notice that I never seemed to age. A very long time as a vagrant, as it happens. At the time I spoke only the language of Yigutji, naturally, but if there was one bit of good fortune amidst the destruction, it was that people fled everywhere. No-one was surprised to see refugees. That made it easy to blend in, and master the craft for the later times when I would need more subtlety in moving around and concealing my past.”

    “And forget your past, too?” Ashkettle ventures.

    “Quite. No-one who lived through any of the plagues wanted to remember them, and for the pestilence that was truest of all.”

    * * *

    As with so many of the other plagues that afflicted Aururia in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, history does not record precisely how the plague that came to be called the Great Death made its way from the Old World to the Third World. Unlike the early plagues that afflicted Aururia, the Great Death produces no asymptomatic carriers, and must be transmitted from person to person; it does not even linger long on clothing or bedding. The long sea voyages between Europe and Aururia, together with the fact that so many Europeans would have caught the Great Death in childhood, meant that any infection usually burnt out long before a Raw Man ship reached the Land of Gold.

    Yet in the 1640s and 1650s, the number of European ships which visited the Third World increased with every passing year. The two decades were marked by a boom in existing commodities (with one exception), and expansion into new markets and new commodities.

    In the west of the continent, the Atjuntja supplied an ever-growing amount of gold to the Dutch. While the early trade in Aururian sandalwood collapsed through over-exploitation, the Atjuntja turned to the cultivation of common sweet peppers as an alternative crop, and the Dutch began to build up a market exporting these into India, Ceylon and Europe. Sweet peppers proved especially popular in Ceylon, where down into modern times the common sweet pepper would be known as Dutch pepper.

    In the south of the continent, the Dutch visited the Seven Sisters for more sweet peppers and other minor spices, but this peninsula was mostly useful as a way-station for trade further east. For the Five Rivers exported an ever-growing amount of kunduri, a small but extremely lucrative trade in musk (worth more by weight than gold), and a few other minor commodities. This trade was divided between the English and the Dutch, for the Yadji controlled the best port (Jugara) and refused the Dutch admittance, but Tjibarr had built trade roads to other ports and sold many of its commodities via that route. As well as controlling part of the Five Rivers trade, the Yadji sold a considerable amount of gold and sweet peppers to the English.

    In the Cider Isle, too, the Dutch and English visited increasingly often for gold and sweet peppers. They had no interest in the gum cider that gave the island its local name, leaving it to the remnants of the Nangu to conduct that trade with the Aururian mainland [1].

    In the east of the continent, the volume of European trade was negligible during the 1640s but gradually grew over the 1650s, as both the Dutch and English competed for access to the Spice Coast. Verbenas [myrtles] and the hotter kinds of sweet peppers were both sought-after commodities, from several eastern coast societies, and both the Dutch and English sent ever more ships to trade as much as they could in these. The English also traded in jeeree [Aururian lemon tea], although during this era that commodity was mostly sold as a curiosity. There was also some smaller trade from the Aururians themselves, for the Nuttana traded in jeeree and spices to the East Indies, together with a very limited trade (2-3 ships per year) to Japan.

    With such a growing volume of ships visiting, it was inevitable that one of them would eventually bring the Great Death. No records survive which identify the particular ship involved. Likely, for the crew of the ship itself, the pestilence that became the Great Death was only a minor affliction that passed between several crew members; for to them it was usually a minor malady.

    The Great Death first appeared in Dogport [Port Augusta], in late 1659 or early 1660; the records of the time are understandably vague. Dogport was a venerable trading outpost, for despite having a marginal climate for agriculture, it had a good natural harbour and was on the terminus of the ancient “Dog Road” that traded into the interior for opals. The port had thrived during the Imperial Era, but with the collapse of imperial authority it had been neglected. The Nangu had refounded the city in the twelfth century to take direct control of the opal trade, rather than relying on Mutjing intermediaries, and it continued as one of their colonial outposts from that time on. Dogport was surrounded by territory that would later be claimed by Tjibarr, but rather than risk offending the Nangu who controlled trade, that kingdom recognised that Dogport itself was sovereign.

    So Dogport remained an independent Nangu colonial outpost through to the seventeenth century and the coming of Europeans. As with all of Aururia, it was afflicted by the plagues, but unlike most places, its population actually grew in that era, thanks to refugees fleeing the Island. The Dutch East India Company was given permission to establish a trading post in 1644, but the Nangu refused to make this exclusive, and also allowed other European ships to visit. And so, while it was probably a Dutch ship that bore the Great Death to Aururia, the possibility remains that it was an English vessel, or possibly even one of the occasional French visitors. Whatever the source, the Great Death first appeared in Dogport, and Aururia would never be the same again.

    * * *

    The Great Death – or the pestilence, four-day fever, the royal rash, or any of a dozen other names which the Aururians gave to the scourge that burnt through the continent in the early 1660s.

    The pestilence was marked by an infection of the respiratory tract, the skin, severe fever and (though Aururians of the time did not realise it) infection of the immune system. The Great Death usually began with a high fever accompanied by lethargy and reduced appetite, together with a severe cough, congested nose and red eyes. This would be followed, a couple of days later, by a spotted rash over most of the body. The fever distinctively lasted for four days, for those who survived, and worsened on the third or fourth day, for those who did not. The equally distinctive rash usually started a couple of days after the fever, and lingered several more days afterward.

    Most people who lasted for a week or thereabouts would survive, although an unfortunately large minority would develop complications such as pneumonia, acute inner ear infection or eye infection (which could lead to permanent reduction in hearing or vision), or encephalitis. The encephalitis reminded the Aururians of the similar (though usually more severe) symptoms associated with the native Aururian disease the Waiting Death – and in that they were correct to notice, for the virus which causes the Great Death is a distant relative of that which causes Marnitja (the Waiting Death) [2]. While the encephalitis of the Waiting Death was much more likely to kill those afflicted by it, overall the pestilence killed many more of those infected, and thus it was christened the Great Death.

    The Great Death was highly infectious – it was, after all, a respiratory illness – and spread rapidly amongst the population. Thanks to an incubation period which could last for almost two weeks, it was also very difficult to prevent through quarantine, for too many people could carry it unwittingly. Sometimes an outbreak could be sealed within a particular city with a well-imposed quarantine, but that was only a temporary success; inevitably the Great Death would spread from some other afflicted region and work through the countryside again.

    As always happened whenever the Great Death entered an epidemiologically naïve population, the Aururian death toll was high. Virgin-soil epidemics of the Great Death around the world have always been severe, particularly among populations who are malnourished or weakened from epidemics of other diseases; the death toll from the Great Death has ranged from 20% to 65% of the population.

    Aururian societies were in some respects fortunate – if such a word can be used when describing a continent that would lose a quarter of its population. While Aururians had no previous exposure to the Great Death, they did have a history of epidemic diseases of their own, which strengthened their adaptive immune systems in comparison to populations with no exposure to epidemic diseases. While Aururia had suffered from previous Old World epidemics, the delay between the epidemics meant that that in most cases the people had had some time to recover their health. With a few exceptions, the populations were also reasonably well-nourished. The high-protein Aururian diet had always provided good nutrition for a preindustrial agricultural society [3], and the death toll from the plagues so far meant mostly that it was the more marginal agricultural lands that had been abandoned, leaving the most productive lands still supplying food.

    Across most of Aururia, the average death toll from the Great Death was 25-30%. A few societies fared better. Most notably, the Nuttana were fortunate that some of their population had survived the Great Death when they caught it while visiting the Old World, and they also had some Papuan guest workers who had survived the Great Death in childhood. While even the Nuttana suffered badly, the death toll there was significantly lower than in most Aururian societies. In contrast, a few of the east coast societies had barely recovered from typhus, which reached them in the late 1640s and early 1650s; in those societies, the toll ranged up to 35% of the population.

    The death toll from the Great Death was so severe that in one epidemic, it killed as great a percentage of the Aururian population as the cumulative toll of all previous Old World epidemics combined (chickenpox, mumps, syphilis, tuberculosis, and typhus). The total death toll in Aururia was now close to half of the pre-contact population of the continent; while the collapse had been slower, in percentage terms Aururia had been struck harder than when the Black Death ravaged Europe [4]. Societies were on the verge of collapse, and inevitably, some of them slipped over the precipice in the troubled times that followed.

    * * *

    When the first reports of a “four day fever” spread out of Dogport, the Tjibarri administrator outside the city’s walls reacted with commendable swiftness, ordering the city gates sealed from the outside, with no-one to be permitted to leave until the plague had abated. The Nangu port-captain inside the walls imposed a similar quarantine, forbidding any berthed ships from leaving, or any new ships from docking.

    Such moves were astute, but unfortunately far too late. The plague had already spread beyond Dogport’s walls, both into the countryside and on two recently-departed Nangu ships. Those ships had already brought the pestilence to Jugara [Victor Harbor] and Munmee [Cowell] before the port-captain, too, broke out in a four-day fever which would eventually claim his life. The outbreak also flared up in the countryside outside Dogport, from farmers who had visited the city and contracted the pestilence before the quarantine went into effect. While the Tjibarri administrator maintained the quarantine of Dogport, the effort was futile.

    From Jugara, the pestilence spread quickly up the Nyalananga [River Murray] to the Tjibarri heartland. It appeared in Tapiwal [Robinvale], where the endlessly-disputing physicians recognised it as a relative of the Waiting Death; those who survived the fever and rash christened it the Great Death.

    The spread of the pestilence was most rapid along trade routes, particularly water-borne routes. The key trading cities of Tjibarr were afflicted early, and the Great Death spread quickly to the large cities of the other Five Rivers kingdoms (Gutjanal and Yigutji). The epidemic also quickly progressed to other key port cities on the Island, Gurndjit [Portland, Victoria] in the Yadji realm, Cider Isle cities, and from Munmee into the other key ports in the Seven Sisters [Eyre Peninsula].

    Quarantines were imposed whenever the Great Death appeared in a city, with varying success. Sometimes the quarantines contained a particular outbreak, but on many occasions infected people with no visible symptoms successfully fled the cities, fearing death from being trapped in a pestilential city but in truth bringing the epidemic with them.

    Even where city-based outbreaks were successfully contained, nothing could stop the slow burn of the Great Death across the countryside. From Dogport it spread north and south, east and west, amongst farmers in Tjibarr and the Seven Sisters, and hunter-gatherers in north, west and east. No seaborne trade carried the Great Death to the western Atjuntja realm, but it spread there by slow transmission across the hunter-gatherers of the interior, and plunged the empire into chaos. To the east it spread through the Five Rivers and the Yadji Empire, in a patchy spread of trade and slow burn. The trade routes of the Spice Road soon brought it to the east coast, where it struck first at the Patjimunra and civil-war-divided Daluming, and then north and south along the coast. In time it reached north to the Kiyungu and then to the Nuttana, while to the south it eventually reached into the highlands. In the interior of the continent, the epidemic spread from one hunter-gatherer group to the next, until it reached the northern and western coasts of the continent.

    The Maori in Aotearoa were, for a time, spared the Great Death; the sailing distances between there and Aururia meant that on most occasions the pestilence burned out amongst a crew before they landed in the Land of the Long White Cloud. With the Great Death now endemic in Aururia, though, it was only a matter of time before the pestilence spread across the Gray Sea [Tasman Sea].

    In short, the Great Death consumed most of the continent of Aururia. It struck most populations, particularly any towns connected to trade routes. Still, it did not quite strike everywhere in the first wave. A few people in afflicted towns cut themselves off all contact with others, and so were not infected. Likewise, some small rural enclaves were not initially hit by the epidemic, sometimes thanks to good fortune, and sometimes thanks to imposing their own local version of quarantine where they broke off all contact with outsiders until the pestilence had passed by. A few hunter-gatherer groups in the centre and north of the continent were also spared from the first wave too, due to the vagaries of transmission.

    Some of the initial avoiders of the Great Death would be afflicted later, in secondary waves of infection that were transmitted back through the continent, or from new strains which were brought over occasionally from the Nuttana or subsequent European traders. So the Great Death became endemic in Aururia. It would never again have the same virgin-soil epidemic, but it continued to flare up periodically and claim more Aururian lives; for centuries, even the most well-nourished indigenous Aururian populations remained more susceptible to the Great Death than those of Old World or mixed descent.

    In fact, the Great Death remained endemic in Aururia for almost three centuries. In 1944, Panyilong [5] Tjurra Barany of the Panipat had pioneered a method of cultivating viral material in chicken-embryo tissue cultures, and he used this to develop a world-first vaccine that was by then called measles vaccine. Mass vaccination programs across the continent followed over the next few years, until Aururia was once more freed of the scourge of the Great Death.

    * * *

    [1] This is because gum cider is too bulky to be worthwhile transporting back to Europe or Asia, and European ships are not (yet) involved in the inter-Aururian trade markets, preferring to visit one location to trade for commodities which are useful in the Old World, rather than multiple trading stops.

    [2] Although sadly the relationship between the Great Death and the Waiting Death is too distant for immunity to one to convey any additional protection against the other.

    [3] The Aururian diet is a very high-protein diet by the standards of most pre-industrial agricultural diets because it includes a large quantity of wattleseeds, which are about 25% protein (more than the average beefsteak).

    [4] Depending on which estimate of the Black Death’s death toll in Europe is accepted. Estimates of the toll range from 30-60% of Europe’s population, with a consensus estimate of 40-45% of the population being perhaps the most reliable.

    [5] Panyilong is an academic title which can be approximately translated as “professor” or “associate professor”.

    * * *

    Thoughts?

    P.S. This instalment simply provides a broad overview of the effects of the Great Death. More details about the effects on some societies, and what happens in the aftermath, will be provided in subsequent instalments.
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #85: The Mask and Mirror
  • Lands of Red and Gold #85: The Mask and Mirror

    This post gives an overview of events amongst the Atjuntja before and after the Great Death. The Atjuntja have been given little coverage in Lands of Red and Gold for quite some time; this instalment fills in some of the details.

    * * *

    “The transition from medieval to absolutist age replaced one mode of government with another, but did not reverse the course of injustice. No grand proclamation of Sovereignty could make restitution for the lack of honest Authority. Genuine Authority to command labour comes not from the Real or the Divine, but ultimately from the Ordinary.”
    - Benjamin Maimon, The Dissent of Man

    * * *

    The Middle Country, it is called. Tiayal, in the Atjuntja dialect. Home to a large empire by Aururian standards; the second most populous state on the continent. Ruled by a people who call themselves the Atjuntja, and whose subjects speak mostly-related languages or dialects (depending on how it is defined) and are collectively called the Yaora.

    Farming came late to the Middle Country, but its inhabitants were the first to master the art of iron-working. With the aid of iron tools, they made much more use of available arable land, and became the best road-builders on the continent. The Atjuntja road system allowed efficient travel between many points, even to a society whose only beasts of burden were people and dogs. But most notably, it allowed food and people to be brought to the imperial capital.

    The White City, the Atjuntja capital was called. Milgawee, in the Atjuntja dialect, but it was renamed in every other dialect of their subject peoples to whichever local words meant “white city.” Naturally, the indigenous interpreters applied the same principle when translating the city’s name into Dutch as Witte Stad, and that was the name by which it would become known in Europe. The White City was the largest city on the continent, which including its seasonal workforce could hold up to two hundred thousand people, and possessed some of the most remarkable architecture and botanical accomplishments in Aururia.

    Supplying the White City naturally required control of sufficient food for its large population. But the Atjuntja Empire, under the rule of the King of Kings, went far beyond that. They developed a centralised economy which relied on control of both internal trade and resource production. To the Atjuntja, trade was allowed for merchants (who were also often nobles), but in specified locations and in permitted goods. Much of the economy was in practice controlled by imperial administrators via a tribute system which allocated resources. People’s labour was viewed as one of the resources to be allocated.

    As part of the same control, the Atjuntja restricted trade with outlanders, both in terms of specific locations, and also in particular goods. These restrictions mostly applied to the Islanders who were the middlemen in trade with eastern Aururia, but also governed any trade with the hunter-gatherer peoples of the arid interior.

    Besides their accomplishments in architecture, what most visitors notice about the Atjuntja is their religion. Or more specifically, one aspect of their religious practices. The Atjuntja religion has a complex view of reality as being the dynamic interaction between positive and negative forces, through the medium of the water cycle (solid, liquid and gas) which drives both the physical and spiritual world. Their faith sees deities and spirits as being merely more powerful mortal entities, includes some of the most detailed astronomical observations in the pre-telescopic world, and anticipates geological facts such as erosion and tectonic uplift long before these were grasped by Europeans. Despite all of this, to outsiders their religion can simply be summed up as “they torture people to death”; for they believe that the best way to avert the negative influence of the cosmos is to appease it by ritual torture (to the pain or the death) and duels between volunteers. The nuances of this practice are not entirely obvious to visitors.

    * * *

    The Atjuntja achieved many firsts in their interactions with the wider world, not all of them accomplishments which they enjoyed. They were the first Aururians to have any contact with Europeans, and the first to die to gunfire. They were the first to christen the newcomers the Raw Men, and the first to strike trade agreements with them. More unfortunately, they were the first to suffer from European diseases (tuberculosis, syphilis [1], mumps, and chickenpox). They were the first to suffer plagues of Old World rats (more troublesome than the native rodents) which ate through their crops both in the fields and in storage, leading to famines.

    Trade with the Dutch, while initially so desirable to the Atjuntja monarchy and nobility, eventually shattered the old Atjuntja economic system. The King of Kings originally dictated terms to the Dutch East India Company (VOC) about the locations and types of trade that would be permitted. The most important part of this was the location, with the trading outposts required to be west of Sunset Point [Cape Leeuwin]. This meant that the internal trade and tribute, via the road network, remained under imperial control.

    However, European trade goods proved extremely desirable – and profitable – to the Atjuntja aristocratic-merchant class. Within a decade of trade being opened, the trade with the VOC was viewed as indispensable. While the King of Kings retained the nominal authority to close off trade, in practice that would have ensured a revolt by the nobles, and the choosing of a new King of Kings.

    Worse followed in 1632-1633 when Dutch naval support was essential to suppressing the rebellion of a particularly capable aristocrat named Nyumbin. In the immediate aftermath of the revolt, the VOC obtained permission for a third trading outpost east of Sunset Point, and related concessions which in effect turned their outposts into Dutch-sovereign soil. Over the next few years, they secured unrestricted trade access throughout the Middle Country.

    The increasing Dutch trade concessions would probably have been economically manageable, on their own. The Atjuntja economy could potentially have adjusted, particularly since Dutch contact did bring some benefits. Transportation was improving within the Middle Country, mostly thanks to the introduction of beasts of burden such as horses and donkeys, and in some cases due to cheaper waterborne transport – although the VOC conducted only limited intra-Atjuntja trade. The beasts of burden also made farming more efficient.

    Some technological improvements also followed, particularly in iron working. Atjuntja ironsmiths were a profession so respected in the Middle Country that even nobles made requests of them, not demands. The ironsmiths made determined efforts to learn the new techniques, and were influential enough that the Atjuntja aristocrat-merchants heeded them. The VOC agreed to bring in expert metalworkers from Europe in exchange for favourable trade treatment. The first blast furnace was constructed near the White City in 1645, and iron production expanded throughout the Middle Country. The Atjuntja also adopted the practice of coinage from the Dutch, which facilitated trade, but caused problems of its own because the bullion used to produce coins was also being exported, leading to shortages of specie.

    While there were some gains, the longer-term costs of Dutch contact were less noticeable, but insidious. Despite the few technological improvements such as ironworking, most of the products which the Dutch imported were finished goods, and almost always luxury goods for the use of the Atjuntja aristocracy. The commodities sought in exchange were all natural resources: gold, sandalwood, spices, and dyes. This meant that the Atjuntja aristocracy (and in part the imperial government) increasingly reoriented their economic activity into resource extraction rather than the more sustainable, structured semi-command economy which they had previously operated.

    The increasing focus on resource extraction led to several problems, including a focus on key exportable commodities to the neglect of other activities, over-exploitation of resources, and labour unrest. Over-exploitation was most marked by the collapse of Aururian sandalwood production. The Aururian species of sandalwood needs to grow for fifteen to twenty years before it can be viably extracted. The Atjuntja had cultivated sandalwood as a small-scale crop grown in long rotations on some landholdings; a few would come to maturity each year, be harvested, and new trees replanted. In the pursuit of commodities for export, the pressure grew to harvest as much sandalwood as could be found, both the cultivated form and wild trees, and soon enough a collapse in production followed.

    To replace the collapsed sandalwood industry, the Atjuntja aristocracy turned to alternative commodities: spices and dyes. Of the spices, sweet peppers were by far the most valuable, feeding a growing market in both Asia and Europe. Other minor spices were also cultivated, primarily mintbushes and white ginger, but these did not command premium prices; while they offered alternative tastes, they were reminiscent enough of other more familiar spices so that those could be substituted instead [2]. The VOC traded in the minor spices because they had some resale value in Asia and could be carried in ships’ holds that would otherwise be empty since they had sold their goods in the Middle Country, but only in rare cases would it trans-ship the minor spices back to Europe. The Atjuntja produced a variety of dyes, but the exportable dyes all came from the same plant; depending on how it was treated, this could produce either true indigo, a brilliant yellow or a functional green colour as dyes.

    The expansion of spice and dye production, together with increasing royal gold production, occurred in an environment of declining population and recurrent famines. This inevitably pointed to a troublesome future for Atjuntja subjects. Indeed, labour unrest had been one of the reasons for Nyumbin’s rapid advances during his rebellion in the early 1630s, and unrest only became exacerbated as resource extraction increased in the 1640s and 1650s to supply the ever-growing Dutch demand.

    The Atjuntja control of labour relied on three elements. The first element was the ancient custom of labour drafts, where every subject of the King of Kings could be required to perform some form of labour for part of the year. These labour drafts were assigned to recognised purposes such as public works, road-building, construction and repair (particularly within the White City). They were also assigned at prescribed times of the year, usually around the winter when the workers could be spared from the harvest.

    The second element was labour in substitute. All holdings – whether family, village, or noble-ruled – were required to provide a certain amount of tribute to the imperial governors for their region. The tribute would be paid in commodities produced in the local region, usually food or other crops. Where the Atjuntja governor required some additional labour beyond the traditional customs of labour drafts, the most common practice was to offer a particular holding the option for labour in substitute, where they could provide workers for the new purpose and be exempted from a specified amount of tribute. Aristocrats usually operated a similar system within the bounds of their own holdings.

    The third element was labour in addition. This was additional work performed by workers in a holding, beyond their usual requirements of drafts or tribute, in exchange for some other commodity (usually) or exemption from labour drafts. (For instance, this was usually how kunduri was received by workers in a holding.) Unlike other forms of labour control, labour in addition was usually subject to the agreement of the head of the holding; negotiations were commonplace when identifying a suitable exchange.

    Apart from required times for labour draft, the workers of the holdings were free to manage their own labour. In practice this meant that most of their time was spent growing the crops required to pay their tribute, but in the pre-Houtmanian era, most workers had some time available to grow crops or perform other work of their own (or leisure time, if they preferred). Sometimes this work contributed to the private economy, that is, those commodities which the imperial government did not regulate, and so were free to be produced or traded privately. This included any surplus food left over once the holding had fed itself and met its tribute requirements, and also included some of the minor local crops, such as the native forms of tobacco, and some local flavourings such as mint species.

    The Atjuntja labour system allowed them to organise the resources of their empire, and maintain a reasonably stable semi-command economy. However, the system came under ever-increasing strain with the epidemics and famines that started in the 1620s and only worsened with every passing decade.

    Initially, the governors sought to maintain the existing levels of tribute, despite the reduced population and famines, because the governors themselves were judged on how much tribute they provided to the King of Kings. This provoked some local unrest at first, and then the catastrophe of Nyumbin’s rebellion in 1632-33 made the magnitude of the problems entirely clear to even the most oblivious of White City palace bureaucrats.

    After the rebellion, the governors were given more leeway to adjust tribute levels to allow for population declines and famines. However, they were still expected to maximise the tribute provided, and so the governors were usually reluctant to lower the demands on the holdings far enough to satisfy the workers. Worse still, when they did reduce the tribute levels, they usually gave more preference to noble holdings rather than those held communally or by individual families. Sometimes this advantageous treatment was because the governors were bribed or otherwise on friendly terms with the aristocrats, and sometimes it was simply because they feared that angering the nobles would be more likely to produce further revolts.

    The problems became worse with the increasing aristocratic demands for resource production in an environment of declining availability of labour. Some aristocrats sought to change the tribute required within their own subordinate holdings, and then offer labour in substitute by working the nobles own lands to produce exportable commodities; in effect, requiring the workers to labour for additional hours for no recompense. When the workers appealed to the local governors (as they had the right to do), sometimes the governors backed the nobles.

    A couple of more egregious governors started requiring tribute in indigo, sweet peppers or minor spices, even for holdings which were not capable of producing them. When the holdings complained that they were not able to meet this tribute, the governors generously allowed the workers to provide labour in substitute on holdings which could provide the commodities. In effect, this also required the holdings to perform additional work for the nobles, with no recompense. Even worse, the workers inevitably ended up being required to produce more commodities than were expected in tribute, with the nobles retaining the rest.

    While the required tribute could be changed over time, both in amount and in the chosen commodities, this had usually only done with good cause, for it inevitably provoked unrest among the holdings. Protests were made to the governors, and in some cases to the White City itself. The King of Kings cared little for the protests of individual holdings – except where made by a prominent noble – and so the governors were largely left unchecked until the matters reached open revolt. Sporadic labour revolts happened throughout the first half of the 1640s, and would have worsened if events had not been overtaken by the latest Old World epidemic: typhus.

    Typhus ravaged the Atjuntja; the already famine-affected population were even more vulnerable than other Aururians. The deaths among farmers also affected the harvest and transportation of food, leading to further famines. Altogether, the death toll was about 20% of the population, although the better-nourished aristocracy fared better than most.

    The shock of typhus and consequent economic disarray meant that, for a brief time, the royal administration acted decisively. Tribute demands of the governors were reduced, and they in turn were instructed to make concessions for the people of their regions. Religious fervour combined with practicality, with the more egregious or just incompetent governors being the prime choice for volunteers for sacrifice; the King of Kings also accepted volunteers from many of the noble families who had been the subject of the greatest protests.

    While the monarch’s actions resolved some of the immediate tensions, the underlying problems had only worsened. The governors’ reductions in tribute were at best in line with the reduction in population, leaving the survivors with equal demands for their work, and in the worst cases were not reduced enough, leaving the demands for labour even higher. The aristocrats’ desire for labour for resource extraction was also unchanged.

    So, as the immediate shock of typhus receded, the surviving nobles and governors made fresh efforts to secure additional labour from the diminished holdings. Many workers were often struggling to find sufficient time to produce sufficient food of their own, let alone grow any private crops such as native tobacco.

    The situation turned increasingly dire when the imperial government itself began to suffer labour shortages for its most economically critical activity: gold mining. The ancient mines of Golden Blood [Kalgoorlie] were in a harsh semi-desert environment, but contained some of the richest gold reserves in the world. The monarchy had long controlled the gold production, but due to the harshness of the climate, the mining was conducted by slaves who had been sentenced to life punishment. By ancient custom, labour drafts were not used in the gold mines.

    With the ever-declining population, the imperial government faced difficulties extracting the desired amount of gold: not enough slaves had survived, and not enough new criminals could be found to be sent as slaves. This was only exacerbated by the gradual adoption of coinage: many of those coins were simply traded as gold to the Dutch. This caused pressure from the nobles, as well as weakening the imperial government’s own resources. This led the King of Kings to issue a proclamation that labour draftees could be used in the gold mines.

    This decision could best be described as a misjudgement.

    The popular view of the gold mines was that working in them was a death sentence. This was in part a misconception; while the climate was harsh, the slaves were not worked to death. The horrors of the gold mines were due to rumour, not truth; after all, slaves almost never returned to describe the conditions. The imperial government had tacitly encouraged those rumours over the previous decades and centuries, since it made slavery seen as a greater deterrent to revolt. Unfortunately, the imperial government gravely underestimated the level of revulsion that was produced by a declaration of labour draftees being used in the gold mines. Most of the affected workers believed that they would never return alive.

    The result was a widespread labour revolt, originating in Corram Yibbal [Bunbury] where the first workers had been drafted, but spreading quickly to other parts of the Middle Country. Unlike many previous rebellions, this was a rebellion of workers rather than being led by the aristocracy; even nobles who generally resented the imperial government were horrified at a revolt which could affect their own ability to control labour for their crops.

    The labour revolt was christened the Blood-Gold Revolt – for obvious reasons. What was perhaps most notable about it was the method the rebels used to choose their leaders. Without any leaders who claimed aristocratic authority, they decided instead on a council of leaders. For choosing those leaders, they used a form of election – though not one that closely paralleled historical liberal democracy.

    The Atjuntja monarchy was itself elective, with the King of Kings being elected by the “kings” of the thirteen Atjuntja noble families. This process of election was sometimes pro forma, where there was one clear heir, but was sometimes a genuine debate among the kings about the merits of candidates. The kings were themselves chosen in a similar manner by eligible members of the noble families. So, to the people of the Middle Country, election thus meant a group of prominent, successful people meeting to deliberate on who had the best qualities of leadership, and then electing that leader.

    The rebels sought a method of identifying successful, wealthy farmers – wealth being deemed a sign of foresight and good land management. They needed a criterion that would identify the best farmers, without including too many of the less successful farmers. They settled on ownership of an imported donkey, since that required that a farmer be of more than average prosperity to take part in the election. While the term “donkey vote” would be disparaged in modern Aururian political discourse, the form of election they used would nonetheless be influential.

    The Blood-Gold rebels had very little direct military success – they failed to capture a single garrison-city, although they besieged several. But the widespread nature of the revolt meant that the King of Kings quickly concluded that suppressing the rebels would be more expensive than was worthwhile, to say nothing of costing even more valuable labour. He opted for the alternative of proclaiming a new range of crimes that were punishable with slavery, and stopped any further attempts to use labour draftees in the gold mines. With this proclamation, and a few subsequent battlefield victories against more ambitious rebels, the revolt was crushed.

    Despite the military failure of the revolt, it made clear the increasing strains on the Atjuntja Empire. With the struggle for labour ever more severe, the King of Kings turned to an alternative source: the Dutch. He asked the VOC factor at the White City if the Company could supply slaves to work in the gold mines. After some back-and-forth communications between the White City and Batavia, the first boatload of unfortunate Javanese slaves landed in Coenstad [Esperance] in 1660, for work in the gold mines inland.

    Two years later, the Great Death arrived in Coenstad, spreading from the deserts to the east, and from there, it spread throughout the Atjuntja realm. The Middle Country would never be the same again.

    * * *

    In Aururia, the 1660s and 1670s would become known as the Time of the Great Dying. The Middle Country suffered as badly as any other region, and worse than some.

    The Great Death [measles] was the first and worst of the great plagues that spread through the Third World during this era. The death toll was severe: about 30% of the surviving population met their end during the Great Death. While the death rates were highest amongst the lower classes, the Great Death was no respecter of rank: the elderly King of Kings, Manyal Tjaanuc, survived the plague, but he lost six of his nineteen sons [3]. All told, the Middle Country had about 920,000 people left after the end of the Great Death; barely more than half of the pre-contact population of 1.75 million.

    The massive death toll and population displacement turned the Atjuntja economy and labour system into chaos. Many people fled their existing lands, either in fear of the coming plague or in response to the death doll. Many smaller holdings and even some small towns were abandoned entirely, with the survivors moving to more populous areas.

    In such a situation, the usual imperial controls over population movement or tribute were simply impossible to enforce. Instead, the imperial administrators did their best to collect what tribute they could from the people who had established themselves in new areas. In between trying to prevent revolts, or suppress those which had started.

    During the plague itself, the imperial government turned to its traditional religious efforts to resolve it. Most of Manyal Tjuaanuc’s many surviving brothers were called on to volunteer to be sacrificed to the death to appease the Lord. Some of his sons followed, together with a whole host of nobles. Nothing abated the Great Death. After the third of his sons was sacrificed, the King of Kings stopped any further shedding of royal blood, although the nobles’ efforts continued a while longer.

    When the immediate deaths from the plague had largely stopped, the imperial government did what it could to maintain order and prevent imperial rule being turned into a polite fiction in the far-flung royal provinces. In this, they faced severe challenges, for unrest was commonplace in the decade that followed. Sometimes this came in the form of open revolt, and sometimes in the form of simple refusal to pay tribute or to supply labour.

    Further challenges came from the spread of new religious movements. The Atjuntja had always imposed state control on religion, which they viewed as part of the proper social order. A non-believer who failed to follow the proper rites of the Lord and Lady could bring disaster not just on themself, but on the broader community. Islanders and the Dutch were permitted to follow their own religious rites in their appointed trading stations, but were forbidden from proselytising, and any locals who converted faced the death penalty. A very few people converted in private, but they usually took care to perform the proper public rites.

    In the turbulent times of the Great Dying, such strictures failed. The widespread suffering, and particularly the failure of all the orthodox rites to do anything to alleviate it, meant that faith in the Atjuntja religion was broken. New religious movements appeared, as some of the secret converts now became public in pronouncing their faiths as what was needed to restore the Middle Country.

    Two main religious movements appeared. One was a much-corrupted form of Dutch Calvinism, which proclaimed that the faith of the Raw Men was what permitted them to survive the Great Death without suffering, and that to endure both this and future plagues, the Atjuntja had to convert and become part of the elect. The other was an Islander-inspired form of Plirism, which declared that the imperial government and aristocracy had brought the Middle Country out of balance by their actions, and that no round of sacrifices could avert it; only embracing the guidance of the Sevenfold Path could accomplish that.

    The surviving imperial authorities sometimes stamped out the converts, at the point of a sword if necessary, particularly if more vocal zealots called for the replacement of imperial rule entirely. In some regions, particularly where labour was already short, the imperial administrators decided to leave well enough alone, and settled simply for suppressing any unorthodox worship which was too public.

    For all of the post-Great Death tumult, the King of Kings maintained his rule. Three pillars supported imperial control of the Middle Country: the imperial near-monopoly on European arms; the lack of coordination amongst rebels; and control of the external supply of labour.

    Thanks to Dutch support, the imperial government had almost a complete monopoly on European arms. Most muskets and horses were still controlled by the King of Kings’ forces. A few English and French smugglers intermittently sold muskets to rebels, but even when they did so, supplies of powder were limited for the rebels. Control of cannon remained completely in the hands of imperial forces, which made it easy to break into any enemy-controlled fortifications, while their own garrison-cities remained nearly impregnable.

    Likewise, while revolts, refusals to labour, religious protests, and noble revolts all happened in the first decade of the Great Dying, they were not well-coordinated. Rebellions were generally localised, whether because of concern over too much tribute, a more than usually successful Plirite preacher, or a noble who decided to take control of labour for his own purposes rather than for imperial tribute. Such rebellions did not usually spread far, and rarely happened simultaneously. This let the (much-reduced) imperial forces quell any revolts one by one, without being too overstretched.

    The third pillar, and perhaps the strongest, was control of the external labour supply. More precisely, the imperial control of the slave trade. Due to previous rebellions, the King of Kings had been forced to allow the VOC open trade in all commodities. However, this agreement did not include traffic in people, since imperial policy had viewed labour drafts and slavery as separate from trade. The slave trade which had been opened on the eve of the Great Death thus fell under control of imperial edict. The terms of this were not highly restrictive – the VOC had too much power for that – but did allow for the King of Kings or one of his governors to prohibit the selling of slaves to any region or individual noble. This meant that the ability to close off the slave trade was a very effective lever that the King of Kings or imperial governors could wield against rebellious nobles.

    In the post-Great Death world, the previous scarcities of labour seemed abundance by comparison. Labour drafts were perforce much reduced, leaving much public works poorly maintained or abandoned entirely. Maintenance of even the essential road network and the main royal buildings in the White City required a new source of labour. Nobles, too, continued to call out for labour to grow the spices that they wanted to trade for Dutch goods. The King of Kings thus called for a major expansion in the slave trade; the question was whether the Dutch could supply it.

    The first slaves which the VOC had supplied came from Java, but this posed a twofold problem for the Dutch: firstly there were not that many potential slaves available, and secondly it did not suit the best sailing routes. The main VOC trade routes relied on sending ships from Europe to the Cape of Good Hope, and then sailing east using the strong westerly winds of the Roaring Forties. Ships could not return via this route, and so swung north to the East Indies and India, returning to Europe via the monsoonal winds of the more northerly Indian Ocean. While it was possible to sail south from Java to Aururia, it was not more difficult, and meant that those ships could not be used to bring spices back to Europe.

    By the early 1660s, the VOC resolved both of these difficulties in the process of solving another problem. The island of Madagascar had seen both English and Dutch colonial attempts during the early seventeenth century, all of which ultimately failed due to disease, climate and hostile Malagasy. However, some of the survivors of those attempts, together with shipwrecked sailors, had turned to piracy, preying on both English and Dutch ships sailing to and from the Orient.

    During the 1650s, the VOC made a concerted attempt to defeat these pirates. This involved building up friendly relations with the Malagasy kingdoms, which mostly involved selling arms and other European goods. The introduction of better weapons led the Malagasy to expand their slaving raids on each other, and to sell some of these slaves to the Dutch in exchange for more weapons. This meant that by the 1660s the VOC now had a suitable source of slaves available, conveniently located near the best sailing route to the Middle Country.

    Given the requests of the King of Kings, the VOC was quick to send ships to Madagascar that were capable of transporting slaves. The first unfortunate Malagasy slaves arrived in the White City in 1663. This marked the beginning of what would be a long period of importing Malagasy and African slaves into Aururia.

    The unfortunate slaves were used for purposes where the imperial governors and aristocrats could not, or would not, use labour draftees. A significant proportion were used in gold mining. The gold which the slave miners produced allowed the King of Kings to pay both for those slaves and for others who were used to replace labour drafts in road construction, and in construction and maintenance of the White City.

    Most of the rest of the slaves were sold to the aristocrats, who used the slaves to expand their production of cash crops – or, in many cases, restore some of the production which had been lost with the Great Death. The most significant cash crop continued to be sweet peppers, with dyes and minor spices providing supplementary crops. In sweet pepper production, slaves were increasingly needed not just for cultivation but for irrigation works, since the imperial administration no longer had the labour drafts to maintain much of an irrigation system [4].

    The nobles were fortunate (though the slaves were not), in that just as they wanted more and more slave labour, so the Dutch in turn wanted more and more sweet peppers. Sweet peppers were highly desirable spices in both Asia and Europe. However, unlike some other spices (such as nutmeg and mace), the VOC could not control the supply to ensure that prices remained high. The production of common sweet peppers was impossible to monopolise, since they were grown throughout almost all of the farming areas of Aururia and Aotearoa. The English and French (and occasionally Portuguese) traded with most of those regions, and thus no-one could monopolise the trade. Instead, the Dutch sought to make profits from sweet peppers based on volume, rather than premium prices.

    With the increasing supply of slave labour, the aristocracy gradually became more tolerant – and, indeed, reliant – on imperial authority. So as the 1660s drew to a close, it appeared that the Atjuntja Empire had weathered the worst consequences of the Great Death, and even begun a very slow recovery.

    Unfortunately, other Old World diseases were still waiting their opportunity to cross into Aururia.

    * * *

    [1] Although syphilis may have originally come from the New World.

    [2] Mintbushes (Prostanthera rotundifolia and relatives) are sometimes called “native thyme”, having a flavour somewhat reminiscent of thyme or mint. White ginger, historically called native ginger (Alpinia caerulea) also produces flavours similar to ginger. These flavours are distinctive enough from the more familiar Old World equivalents that they can command some value as imported spices, but are not sufficient to replace locally available spices entirely.

    [3] Atjuntja monarchs have many wives. Manyal Tjaanuc has in fact been more restrained than the norm, to have so few sons.

    [4] Sweet peppers are naturally subalpine crops which prefer cooler temperatures and higher rainfall. This can be managed in the lowlands by growing them partially shaded – generally on the south side of wattle groves – and by generous irrigation. However, sustaining the required irrigation systems became much more difficult in the labour-scarce Middle Country after the effects of the Great Death.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Lands of Red and Gold #86: The Marble Man
  • Lands of Red and Gold #86: The Marble Man

    “Speak not of good intentions, but of good actions.”
    - Pinjarra [1]

    * * *

    Sandstone Day, Cycle of Fire, 6th Year of His Majesty Lyungong the Fourth [1 May 1660]
    Estates of Wemba of the Whites, near Tapiwal [Robinvale, Victoria]
    Kingdom of Tjibarr

    How can a man feel both searing heat and numbing cold at once?

    Paradoxical, but it is true. Wemba, of the Whites, knows that his thoughts are slower to form now, as fever burns his blood while rash consumes his skin. Inside, he feels only the intensity of fever; outside, he feels the chill of a winter night come early.

    A clap sounds from the doorway. “Enter,” Wemba croaks.

    Light comes from four emu-fat [tallow] candles. A generous use of his resources, where most men would use one or two at most; but he has always preferred good illumination, and they will not be his resources for much longer.

    The man who steps in is visible in silhouette at first. Even then, from the man’s walk, Wemba knows that it is his youngest son, Lopitja. Not his most favoured son, perhaps, but the only one who he can be sure will live through the four-day fever.

    “Ah, my son... I have heard... the fever is broken in you.”

    Wemba stops as his voice fades into a hacking cough. He gestures, and Lopitja hands across a goblet of watered-ganyu [yam wine]. Wemba sips slowly, and the clogging in his throat is eventually cleared. “The fever is broken. You will live. But my fever lingers. It has been five days. I have summoned you... to hear my death-wisdom. You must lead the family, if not the Whites, in the days to come.”

    Lopitja stirs in his seat. “Father, you linger still. You may live-”

    “False words, my son. Of comfort, yes, but false still. They suit you not. Nor are you yet subtle enough in your song of sincerity. You must learn to do better, now that you will lead the family in the steps of the Endless Dance.”

    Lopitja shakes his head. “I hear you, father.”

    “Hear, and heed. You must... organise our estates. Record. Not enough men will be left... to remember everything... that must be done to run it. To remember what is grown... where it is grown... what can be done with it... how to manage the crops in the endless cycle of years... not just the present moment.”

    The cough returns; Wemba sips the ganyu again until he recovers. Speaking is exhausting, wearisome indeed, but must be done while lucidity yet remains. “Find scribes. Pay whatever is needed. Record everything. What was grown, what was traded, what was made, what was owed. Put it down on clay.” Writing that way will be slower, but parchment can crumble. This new Raw Men paper is marvellous for everyday purposes, but disintegrates far too quickly for these records to wait until the family is ready to use them again.

    “Write what you can find out of our neighbours, too. What they gain, what they farm, what they trade. How they use their land.”

    “Is it necessary to-”

    Wemba holds up a hand. “Knowledge is wealth. Our neighbours’ lands... may become ours to use. If not... knowing what they do may change what you plan. All must be recorded, of what needs to be done. Held against the day when the great plagues abate... and the kingdom recovers. Be sure... that the more astute are doing the same... throughout the kingdom. One must always manage the land with one eye to what may come [2].”

    “What about the eye to what must be done now?” Lopitja asks.

    “Better. You learn well. For now, you must change... what the estate grows. Many crops must be abandoned... or grown less. Less timber, for fewer will need to build. Less resin, for fewer will need perfume or incense. Scale back the private ponds. Fish you may eat, if you wish, but fewer will afford to buy it. Nor will many buy the rushes [3] from the ponds.”

    “All will be grown less, with so many hands lost to the four-day fever,” Lopitja says.

    “Most... not all. Of kunduri, you must grow ever more. Kunduri is what sells well to the Nedlandj and Inglidj, so that is... what you must grow more of, for now.”

    “For now?”

    “Ah, you do have... one eye for what is to come. Yes, grow kunduri, for now. As much as you can. But do not grow it forever. Be ever alert, soonest, for other crops. Other things that can be... usefully grown, whether for... the kingdom, or outland sale. Or things which can be made. Never rely... on one crop... for too long.”

    The light does not let Wemba see the frown on Lopitja’s face, but it is clear from his voice. “I do not follow. I know it is said, with sound reason, that a man whose crop has only one buyer is a slave to the buyer. But we have four buyers for kunduri. The Nedlandj through our Copper Coast ports, the Inglidj and Drendj [French] through the Yadji and Islanders in Jugara [Victor Harbor], and the Islanders from every port.”

    “You have learned some... but not all. Truth it is that having only one buyer leaves a man a slave. Truth it is also... that having a single crop makes a man a slave... to that crop. If the buyers can find another source... if a blight ruins the harvest... if the buyers stop wanting the crop... all of this can lead to ruination. So you must... find alternatives. Other crops that can be used... other ways to find wealth from the land and the workers... perhaps the Raw Men’s crops can grow here... in the kingdom. Find out what you can... and learn the value of all.”

    The fever seems to burn ever hotter within him. The ganyu does not douse it, but Wemba forces himself to speak again. He does not wish to join the Evertime with this unsaid. “More, learn all you can... from the Raw Men. Not just their goods... but all of their art of learning. Learn their languages... and their ways... both what they do right... and what they do wrong.”

    “Their ironworkers, and their muskets, and their-”

    “Do not list them all to me! But make sure you know... or will find out. You already know Nedlandj... but the Inglidj must be understood too. Too much of what they do... we cannot accomplish yet. That cannot be allowed... we must not rely on them forever. We must learn. Start with... what they have written about their own knowledge.”

    “I will, father. All that can be written, will be written,” Lopitja said.

    “Excellent. Now all that is left... are the things that must not be written down.”

    Loptitja shakes his head. His recognition is clear; he has been expecting this. Even for a younger son not so well-schooled in the Endless Dance, some truths are obvious.

    “This truth too... is for the future. You must be prepared... for an opportunity. The other faction leaders know this... but do not speak of it with them... just keep yourself ready.”

    “Something all of the factions know and agree on?”

    “The factions do agree... sometimes,” Wemba says. He pauses for a long time, gathering breath and chasing his ever slower thoughts. “That is... the greatest lesson... of the Endless Dance. Factions are often opponents... but they must also know... when to work together.”

    “All the faction leaders who matter... know this. It is... a plan with a method... awaiting the opportunity. A plan forged decades ago... when first we learned of the Raw Men... their weapons... and their refusal to trade them to us. When we saw how the Raw Men... had changed the old steps of the Dance. We decided... we all decided, the factions and old King Guneewin... of the new direction to the Dance... that new partners must replace the old.”

    “I do not follow,” Lopitja says.

    By now, the ganyu does naught to alleviate this throat, and little to calm the cough, but Wemba speaks on. He has few words left in him, and those words must be said. “It is why we made... an alliance we did not need... with Yigutji during the Fever War.... and why we have not allowed... a war with Gutjanal... ever since.”

    Between increasing coughs, his voice fading, Wemba tells his son the rest.

    When he has finished, he can barely keep his eyes open. But he does so anyway, as he looks at his youngest son.

    “I understand now, father,” Lopitja says. “Truly, I do. A true vision of what must be! If I wish one thing, it is that I could have heard more of your vision sooner. But I will follow it, and I will lead the Whites in the same. This I vow.”

    “Then I am... well pleased with you... my son,” Wemba says. He reaches out his hand, and feels his son clasp it. That done, he coughs once more to clear his throat, then leans back and closes his eyes, never to open them again.

    * * *

    Tjan kurra kunna Wemba Dalwal, buminong gwarru, tjomindarr nyabbagarr.
    Here stands Wemba of the Whites, pioneer of knowledge and visionary of unity.
    Hier staat Wemba van de Blanken, pionier van kennis en visionair van eenheid.
    Gadah-nyen Wemba ka Polapee, wyandrah ka tiroon, nyunanti ka yunetee.
    Ici se trouve Wemba des Blancs, pionnier de la connaissance et visionnaire de l’unité.

    - Multilingual inscription (Gunnagal in both Five Rivers and Roman alphabetic script, English, Dutch, Wadang also in both Five Rivers and Roman alphabetic script, and French [4]) at the base of a statue which stands in the courtyard outside the grand hall of the Tjagarr Panipat [5]

    * * *

    [1] Pinjarra, also known as the man who needs no introduction [6].

    [2] A Gunnagal idiom which means, approximately, “look both to what must be done now, and to what is needed for the longer term”.

    [3] “Rushes” is the generic Gunnagal name for a number of water-loving plants that are cultivated in or near their waterworks, and harvested for their edible bulbs, tubers or rhizomes (stem base). Strictly speaking, these plants are cultivated rather than truly domesticated. The most preferred plant is a species which is historically called leek lily (Bulbine bulbosa), despite being neither a leek nor a lily, and whose bulb is intensely sweet and nutritious. Another common plant is water ribbon (Triglochin alcockiae), together with several species of true bulrushes.

    [4] Five Rivers script refers to (two different versions) of the ancient Gunnagalic script, which was mostly a syllabary but with some logographic symbols. Gunnagal is the language of the eponymous people who were the dominant ethnicity in the kingdom of Tjibarr in the pre-Houtmanian era, and Wadang is the language of the eponymous people who were the dominant ethnicity in the kingdom of Gutjanal during pre-Houtmanian days.

    [5] The name Tjagarr Panipat comes from a Gunnagalic phrase which means “Place of Great Disputation”. The Panipat is a prestigious higher educational institution (among other things) which claims to be Aururia’s oldest university.

    [6] Unless you happen to live in another timeline.

    * * *

    Thoughts?
     
    Last edited:
    Top